FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 3 

### A.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

A.3 DISTRIBUTION LIST........................................................................................................................... ..10

SECTION A. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................. .......11

A.4 PROGRAM ORGANIZATION ...............................................................................................................11 A.5 PROBLEM DEFINITION/B ACKGR OUND...........................................................................................18 A.6 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................... 19 A.7 QUALITY OBJECTIVES AND CRITERIA .............................................................................................20 A.8 SPECIAL TRAINING/CERTIFICATIONS.............................................................................................25 A.9 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS...................................................................................................26

SECTION B. DATA GENERAT ION AND ACQUISITION ...............................................................................30

B.1 SAMPLING PROCESS (NETWORK) DESIGN.....................................................................................30 B.2 SAMPLING METHODS........................................................................................................................ ..38 B.3 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CUSTODY................................................................................................41 B.4 ANALYTICAL METHODS ....................................................................................................................42 B.5 QUALITY CONTROL........................................................................................................................ .....44 B.6 INSTRUMENT TESTING, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE......................................................45 B.7 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND FREQUENCY...........................................................................49 B.8 INSPECTION/ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPLIES AND CONSUMABLES .............58 B.9 NON-DIRECT MEASUREMENTS (D ATA FROM OTHER S OURCES ).......................................................60 B.10 DATA MANAGEM ENT ..................................................................................................................... ....62

SECTION C. ASSESSMENT AND OVERSIGHT ........................................................................................... ....77

C.1 ASSESSMENTS AND RESPONSE ACTIONS ........................................................................................77 C.2 REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT..............................................................................................................85

SECTION D. DATA VALI DATION AND USABILITY...................................................................................... 89

D.1 DATA REVIEW, VALIDATION, AND VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS .......................................89 D.2 VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION METHODS.................................................................................94 D.3 RECONCILIATION AND USER REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................100FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 4 

### LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE A.1 PB AIR MONITORING PROGRAM ORGANIZATIONAL CHART ........................................15
FIGURE A.2 ADEQ AIR QUALITY DIVISION ORGANIZATIONAL CHART .............................................16
FIGURE A.3. THE AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING QA PROGRAM ..........................................21

FIGURE B.1 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE GLOBE HIGH WAY SITE.................................................................32

FIGURE B.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF TH E MIAMI GOLF COURSE SITE.........................................................34

FIGURE B.3 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE JLG SUPERSITE ...............................................................................36

FIGURE B.4 CONTIN UOUS DATA COLLECTI ON SYSTEM HARDW ARE ARCHITECTURE ...............64

FIGURE B.5 ERG’S DATA MANAGEMENT AND SAMPLE FLOW DIAGRAM..........................................69
FIGURE C.1. ADEQ INTERNAL AUDIT FINDING FORM ..............................................................................80
FIGURE C.2 ADEQ AUDIT RESPONSE FORM ............................................................................................ .....81
FIGURE D.1 AAAD DCS SECONDARY QUALITY ASSURANCE SCREEN .................................................96



### LIST OF TABLES

TABLE A.1 ADEQ AIR QUALITY DIVISION (AQD) PB PROGRA M PERSONNEL ...................................14

TABLE A.2 PIMA COUNTY WASTEWATER RE CLAMATION LABORATO RY PERSONNEL ..............17
TABLE A.3. SUMMARY OF ADEQ DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS.............................................................27

TABLE A.4 SUMMARY OF PCWRL DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS ...........................................................29

TABLE B.1 SITE AND METADATA INFORMAT ION FOR THE GLOBE HIGHWAY SITE .....................31

TABLE B.2 SITE AND METADATA INFORMATIO N FOR THE MIAMI GOL F COURSE SITE..............33

TABLE B.3 SITE AND METADATA INFORM ATION FOR THE JL G SUPERSITE ....................................35
TABLE B.4 LEAD (PB) AIR MONI TORING PLAN PER SITE.........................................................................39

TABLE B.5 ANALYTICAL METH ODS FOR PB SAMPLES .............................................................................43

TABLE B.6 HIGH-VOLUME TSP SA MPLER SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................45

TABLE B.7 INSPECTION OF FIELD IT EMS FOR TSP SAMP LE COLLECTI ON.......................................47

TABLE B.8 INSPECTION OF FIELD ITEMS FOR PB PM 10 SAMPLE CO LLECTION ...............................47

TABLE B.9 PREVENTATIVE MAINTE NANCE OF FIELD ITEMS................................................................48

TABLE B.10 STANDARD MATERI ALS AND/OR APPARATUS FOR TSP SAMPLER CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION............................................................................................................... ...............................50

TABLE B.11 STANDARD MATERIAL S AND/OR APPARATUS FOR PM 10 LOW-VOLUME SAMPLER CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION ................................................................................................... .............51

TABLE B.12 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR OPERAT ING HIGH VOL+ TSP LEAD (PB) SAMPLERS IN ACTUAL CONDITION ............................................................................................................ ..........................52

TABLE B.13 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR OPERAT ING PARTISOL 2000 FRM SAMPLERS IN LOCAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................... .............................54
TABLE B.14 SUMMARY OF QUALITY CONT ROL PROCEDURES FO R THE PCWRL...........................55
TABLE B.15 SUMMARY OF QUALITY CO NTROL PROCEDURES FOR THE ERG.................................57FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 5 TABLE B.16 CRITICAL FIELD SU PPLIES AND CO NSUMABLES................................................................59

TABLE B.17 SUMMARY OF DATA RE CORDS STORED AT ADEQ .............................................................75

TABLE C.1. SUMMARY OF ASSESSMENTS PLANNED BY EXTER NAL AGE NCIES .............................84

TABLE C.2. SUMMARY OF INTERNAL ASSESSMENTS PLA NNED BY ADEQ........................................84

TABLE D.1 DATA VALIDA TION CODE TYPES ........................................................................................... ....92
TABLE D.2 ADEQ QUALITY ASSURANCE LEV ELS FOR FILTER-BASED AND CONTINUOUS MEASUREM ENTS................................................................................................................... ................................93
TABLE D.3 ADEQ PB HIGH-VOLUME (T SP) VALIDATION TEMPLATE ................................................103FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 6 

### LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

Attachment ID Attachment Name A Rationale for the Hayden Globe Highway Station Siting B Rationale for the Miami Golf Course Station Siting C EPA Air Monitoring Schedule (2013) D ADEQ AAS AMU-002 SOP Operating the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler E ADEQ AAS QA-013 SOP Auditing the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler F ADEQ AAS AFL-001 SOP Unexposed Glass Microfibre Filter Loading G ADEQ AAS AFL-002 SOP Unloading and Cutting Exposed Glass Microfibre Filters H ADEQ AAS FCC-003 SOP Lead (Pb) Filter Data Review and Reporting I ADEQ AAS ADM-003 SOP Corrective Action Process J ADEQ Quality Management Plan K PCWRL Quality Manual L PCWRL EQL-0510-191 SOP M PCWRL Lead Audit Strip SOP N ERG QAPP 2012 O ERG SOP for Determination of Lead (Pb) in PM10 P RTI SOP for Preparation of Lead Filter Audit Strips from NIST SRM and Glass Fiber Filters Q Region 9 SOP for Heated Nitric Acid Ho t Block Digestion and ICP/MS Analysis for Lead (Pb) on TSP High-Volume Filters R Region 9 SOP for Lead (Pb) NPAP Audit StripsFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 7 

### LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

AAAD Air Assessment Ambient Database AAS Air Assessment Section AC actual conditions (aka, local conditions) ADEQ Arizona Department of Environmental Quality ADHS Arizona Department of Health Services ADQ audit of data quality AMU Air Monitoring Unit AMTIC Ambient Monitoring Technical Information Center ANSI American National Standards Institute APTI Air Pollution Training Institute AQD Air Quality Division AQS Air Quality System ASARCO American Smelting and Refining COmpany CA corrective action CAA Clean Air Act CAP corrective action process/program CAFDF custody and field data form CBSA core-based statistical area CFM cubic feet per minute CFR Code of Federal Regulations CL confidence limit COC chain-of-custody CRAO Compliance and Regulatory Affairs Office (Pima County) CV coefficient of variation DAS data acquisition system DCS data collection system DL detection limit DMT Data Management Team DM&QA Data Management & Quality Assurance (Unit) DQA data quality assessment DQO data quality objectives EDO environmental data operation EDXRF energy-dispersive X-ray fluorescence EPA Environmental Protection Agency EQL estimated quantitation limit ERG Eastern Research Group, Inc EU Evaluation Unit FEM federal equivalent method FR Federal Register FMMI Freeport McMoRan, Inc FRM federal reference method GIS geographical information systems GLP good laboratory practiceFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 8 

### h hour HAGH Globe Highway (a monitoring site) IAF internal audit finding ICPMS/ICP-MS inductively coupl ed plasma mass spectrometry IGA intergovernmental agreement ISO International Organiza tion for Standardization IT information technology IUPAC International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry JLG John L. Guyton Supersite (aka, PXSS, Phoenix Supersite – a monitoring site) LAN local area network LC local conditions (aka, actual conditions) LCD liquid crystal display LIMS laboratory information management system L/min liters per minute

m 3 

### cubic meter max./min. maximum/minimum (thermometer) MDL method detection limit mm millimeters mmHg millimeters of mercury MIGC Miami Golf Course (a monitoring site) min minute mL milliliter mo month MO monitoring organization MQO measurement quality objective MSA metropolitan statistical area MSR management systems review μg/m 3 

### micrograms per cubic meter NAAQS national ambient air quality standard NAREL National Air and Radiati on Environmental Laboratory NATTS National Air Toxics Trends Stations NBS National Bureau of St andards (currently NIST) NCore National Core (m onitoring network) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
nm nanometer NPAP (EPA) National Performance Audit Program NPEP (EPA) National Performance Evaluation Program OAQPS (EPA) Office of Air Qual ity Planning and Standards OAR (EPA) Office of Air and Radiation ORD (EPA) Office of Research and Development ORIA (EPA) Office of Radiation and Indoor Air P&A precision & accuracy P&B precision & biasFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 9 

### Pb Lead, a NAAQS criteria pollutant PCWRL Pima County Wastewater R eclamation Laboratory (unofficial acronym) PE performance evaluation PEP Performance Evaluation Program (PM 2.5 

### /PM 10 

### /Pb) PM Project manager or particulate matter (depends on context) PM 10 particulate matter, aerometric diameter ≤ 10 micrometers
PM 10 - 2.5 particulate matter, aerometric diameter 10 – 2.5 micrometer
PM 2.5 particulate matter, aerometric diameter ≤ 2.5 micrometers PO project officer PQAO primary QA organization PQL practical quantitation limit PT proficiency test PXSS Phoenix Supersite (aka, PXSS, JLG Supersite - a monitoring site) Q avg average flow rate QA quality assurance QA/QC quality assura nce/quality control QAHBV2 Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volume II: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program (QAHBV2) (ed. 2008 or current) QAM quality assurance manager QAPP Quality Assurance Program or Project Plan QC quality control QAL quality assurance lead or leader QMP quality management plan RPD relative percent difference RO reporting organization RTI Research Triangle Institute (North Carolina) RTP Research Triangle Park (North Carolina) RWRD Regional Wastewater Reclam ation Department (Pima County) R&P Rupprecht and Patashnick Co. ( no longer in existence – currently Thermo) SIP state implementation plan SLAMS State and local air monitoring station SLB site logbook SOP standard operating procedure S/T/L State, tribal, and local TSA technical systems audit TSP total suspended particulate (any size limit) T&RH temperature & relative humidity USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency XRF X-ray fluorescence

° C degree Celsius or centigradeFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 10 

### A.3 DISTRIBUTION LIST

For the Arizona Department of Environm ental Quality – Air Quality Division

Theresa Rigney, Assessment Section Manager

Michael Sundblom, Evaluation Unit Manager

Mark Carrel, Air Monitoring Unit (AMU) Manager

Ralph Lucero, Senior Technician, AMU

Greg Kendal, Lead Pb Operator, AMU

Kanika Simmons, Acting Supervisor, Air Filter Laboratory

John Olasin, Manager, Data Management & Quality Assurance (DM&QA) Unit

Ceresa Stewart, Lead QA/QC, DM&QA

Andy Clifton, QA Auditor, DM&QA

Heather Colson, Lead Pb Data Reviewer, DM&QA

Jon Midgley, Lead Air Toxi cs Data Reviewer, DM&QA

Vacant, Lead Data Collection System Administrator, DM&QAFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 11 

### SECTION A. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

A.4 PROGRAM ORGANIZATION

This Quality Assurance Program Plan (QA PP) describes ADEQ’s Lead (Pb) Monitoring Network which collects source-or iented and non-source-oriented m easurements of airborne Pb particles. The purpose of this QAPP is to document the results of the techni cal planning process, to describe the associated environmental data operation (EDO) and its quality objectives to be achieved, and to identify key proj ect personnel in one clear, conc ise, and complete document. The QAPP communicates to all parties the specifi cations used to implement and maintain the operation of the Pb network. Topics covered in the QAPP include: the sampling and analysis plan, air monitoring instrument operation and asso ciated quality control requirements, data and measurement quality objectives, th e types of assessments and reports to management planned, and how data collected will be managed.

This QAPP will be updated periodically to reflec t changes that have occurred to the Pb air monitoring network. Although a netw ork’s regulatory purpose and da ta objectives do not change on a frequent basis, logistical changes can im pact the operation of a specific air monitoring network from year to year. For a variety reasons , changes can occur to: the method type and/or manufacturer/make/model of the air monitor selected for use at an air monitoring station, the siting of an air monitor and its geographical location, the sample co llection and shipment schedules, and numerous other operational or ma nagerial processes. To ascertain the most current information regarding the Pb network and its sites, other documents such as the annual Air Monitoring Network Plan, associated Pb standard operating pr ocedures (SOP) and instrument field sheets should be referenced. Each version of the Pb QAPP will document the purpose for such changes as a way of providing va luable historical information regarding the Pb air monitoring network to future employees.

ADEQ is responsible for collecti ng air filter samples, arrangin g for sample analysis with independent laboratories, perf orming data review and validation on sample results, and uploading the Pb concentration data to the U.S. EPA’s national database, the Air Quality System (AQS). To effectively and efficiently produce Pb data of high quality that meets the intended needs of data users as prescribed by the EPA, fi eld, laboratory, and data management procedures must follow quality assurance/qua lity control (QA/QC) requireme nts established by the EPA and potentially other agencies or organizations includi ng ADEQ. This QAPP and its associated SOPs cover the required QA/QC practices for each aspect of the Pb program. SOPs will be carefully followed and QA/QC principles and pr actices will be stringe ntly applied throughout this EDO. In-house assessments of air monitoring programs are required by EPA and are conducted by ADEQ personnel. Assessments, or a udits, will be conducted to assure that field, laboratory, and data management practices are following EPA or ADEQ-specific requirements. Contact information for key program personnel is provided in this document in the event questions arise or additional info rmation is needed regarding elem ents of the Pb air monitoring network.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 12 

### ADEQ will cooperate with all anal ytical laboratories regarding pe rtinent information concerning the collection, preservation, shipment, analysis, a nd reporting of Pb sample results. The Pb program differs from other ADEQ criteria pollutant air monitoring programs in that the Pb filter samples collected by ADEQ must be analyzed using a wet chemistry technique. ADEQ will use the services of two independent analytical laboratories for the Pb network, the Pima County Regional Wastewater Reclamation Department (RWRD), Compliance and Regulatory Affairs Office (CRAO) Laboratory, hereafte r referred to as the Pima County Wastewater Reclamation Laboratory (PCWRL) in this document, and the Eastern Research Group (ERG), i.e., contract laboratories. The laboratories are performing wo rk for ADEQ either under a service agreement, Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA), or EPA-spons ored contract and each is responsible for managing their own QA/QC programs as required by their Quality Manual and following their internal standard operating procedures (SOPs) which are referenced in this QAPP and provided as attachments.

Unless circumstances suggest ADEQ should perform an audit of the inde pendent laboratories, the plan is to assess the laborator ies indirectly by way of other ag encies’ audit reports, audits of data quality, etc. The PCWRL is periodically audited by the Arizona Department of Health Services (ADHS) and the ADEQ QA Team will re view these audit repor ts as they become available. The ERG was selected as the anal ytical laboratory for th e non-source oriented Pb sample because they currently perform analysis on the PM 10 

### filter collected for the National Air Toxics Trend Stations (NATTS) program. ADE Q will work with EPA OAQPS and Region 9 to ensure ERG’s documentation and laboratory prac tices are fully evaluated; however, ADEQ does not plan to perform a TSA on ERG at this time, but to rely upon TSAs conducted by, or on behalf of, the EPA. The EPA Region 9 analytical laboratory will perform quarterly analyses of the collocated QA/QC Pb Performance Evaluatio n Program (PEP) samples collected by ADEQ. The Region 9 laboratory will perform analyses on the PEP sample collected annually by EPA. As with ERG, ADEQ does not plan on performing a TSA on the Region 9 la boratory, but to rely upon TSAs conducted by, or on behalf of, the EP A. Again, the SOPs for the analytical laboratories are provided as attachments to this QAPP.

The ADEQ Air Assessment Section (AAS) is responsible for the Pb air monitoring network. All AAS personnel worked together as a team in launching this new network. Personnel from several Units within the AAS are involved with the ne twork. Key responsibilities for each Unit are:

 Within the Evaluation Unit (EU), an air mode ler was responsible fo r identifying potential sites where the highest airborne Pb concentra tions are expected using meteorological data collected by the source(s). A senior environm ental engineer was responsible for finding physical locations that met EP A criteria and final sites were approved by EPA Region 9 program representatives.

 Within the Air Monitoring Unit (AMU), th e manager and several personnel were responsible for selecting, testing, and in stalling the new high-volume total suspended particulate (TSP) Pb samplers at each sour ce-oriented site. Techni cians tested the new TSP samplers in-house before deploying to the air monitoring sites. Once installed at the sties, the technicians evaluated the new sa mplers’ performance in the field, performed trouble shooting on flow issues occurring at higher elevations, and developed theFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 13 

### standard operating procedure (SOP) for prope rly operating the sample rs and collecting air filter samples. The program’s lead technician/ operator is responsible for the Pb TSP filter sample collection. For the non-source-orien ted site, ADEQ was able to continue operating a low-volume PM 10 

### sampler that was already in-place. A lead technician/operator is assigned to the collection of the PM 10 

### Pb filter sample and the sampler’s operation.

 Within the Air Filter Laboratory (AFL), the lab supervisor was responsible for developing the process and supporting SOPs to be used for preparing unexposed filters for sampling, sub-sampling (cutting filter sample s into strips for analysis), shipping subsamples to the PCWRL, and archiving the remaining samples in case they are needed for future reference. The lab supervisor, or desi gnee, also prepares and manages the shipment of the quarterly Pb PEP QA sample to the Region 9 laboratory and submits the PEP sample information to the RTI database. A se nior laboratory analys t is responsible for support (backup) sample handling services when needed.

 Within the Data Management & Quality Assu rance (DM&QA) Unit, the selection of sites and the modeling results were reviewed by th e Unit manager and toxics data reviewer who also prepares the agency’s network plans. The lead Pb data reviewer is responsible for monthly data validation, reporting the Pb data to the EPA’s Air Quality System (AQS), and developing SOP(s) for the va lidation and reporting procedures. The QA Auditor is responsible for performance evaluation (PE) audits on the samplers, the associated SOP, and coordinating the EPA PE P audits. The QA/QC Lead is responsible for maintaining the official, approved Quality Assurance Program Plan and serving as a backup field auditor. Both the QA Auditor and the QA/QC Lead are responsible for additional QA assessments, such as technical system audits and audits of data quality. The QA/QC Lead established the Pb Team and will be responsible for coordinating meetings as needed. DM&QA personnel al so correspond with PCWRL personnel and review the laboratory reports as part of the data review and QA process.

 The AAS Manager is responsible for securi ng program funding, serving as a liaison to EPA Region 9, and providing leadership and guidance to all Unit personnel involved with the Pb network.

Table A.1 shows ADEQ personnel involved with the Pb air m onitoring program and their responsibilities. Figures A.1 and A.2 provide organizational charts of the ADEQ Air Quality Division (AQD) personnel involved with the Pb program. As shown on the chart, the QA Team is housed in the DM&QA Unit and is independent from the Air Monitoring Unit which generates the Pb filter samples.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 14 

### Table A.1 ADEQ Air Quality Divisi on (AQD) Pb Program Personnel
Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring Program

Name and Title Role Responsibilities Contact Information
Theresa Rigney, Environmental Program Manager Air Assessment Section Manager Program manager and liaison to Region 9 program lead 602-771-2274 tr3@azdeq.gov
Mark Carrel, Environmental Program Supervisor Air Monitoring Unit Manager Air Monitoring Unit operations and deliverables 602-771-2359 mwc@azdeq.gov Randy Redman, Environmental Engineer Site Coordinator Site establishment and liaison to site

owners 602-771-2278 rrr@azdeq.gov
Ralph Lucero, Environmental Program Specialist Senior, Monitoring Technician Air monitoring instrument support 602-771-2390 rvl@azdeq.gov

Greg Kendall, Environmental Health Specialist, II Lead, Pb-TSP Site Operator QA Level 1 reviews, sample collection, instrument verifications and calibrations, troubleshooting 602-771-2258 gwk@azdeq.gov

Terry Taflinger, Environmental Program Specialist Lead, Pb-PM 10 Site Operator and Service Report Reviewer Reviews all AMU field service reports for completeness and
correctness 602-771-2392 tkt@azdeq.gov

Kanika Simmons (Acting), Environmental Program Specialist Laboratory Supervisor Pb filter handling, sub-sampling, shipping, receiving, and archiving 602-771-2241 ks5@azdeq.gov Kanika Simmons, Environmental Health Specialist, II Laboratory Support Alternate for filter lab operations 602-771-2241 ks5@azdeq.gov John Olasin, Environmental Program Supervisor DM&QA Manager Data Management and Reporting, QA/QC logistics and deliverables 602-771-2345 jro@azdeq.gov Vacant, Environmental Program Specialist Lead Data Collection System Administrator Continuous data collection, DCS operations, QA Level 2 reviews
Heather Colson, Environmental Health Specialist, II Lead, Pb Data Reviewer QA Level 3 Pb data reviewer and AQS data entry 602-771-4488 hc2@azdeq.gov

Jon Midgley, Environmental Program Specialist Toxics Data Reviewer & Network Plan Coordinator Pb data review support & network plan development and review 602-771-2356 jm9@azdeq.gov

Ceresa Stewart, Environmental Program Specialist Lead, QA/QC QA Team, QAPP, QA oversight; technical system audits (TSA) 602-771-2297 cs5@azdeq.gov Andy Clifton, Environmental Health Specialist, II QA Auditor QA Team, air monitoring instrument audits and TSA support 602-711-4382 agc@azdeq.gov Feng Mao, Environmental Program Specialist Air Modeler Prepare air models in support of identifying air monitoring sites 602-711-4529 mf8@azdeq.gov

Kami Budhu, Program and Project Specialist I Administrative Assistant Procurement of goods and services 602-711-2370 kb2@azdeq.govFINAL -ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 201215Figure A.1 Pb Air MonitoringProgram Organizational ChartFINAL -ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 201216Figure A.2 ADEQ Air Quality Division Organizational ChartFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 17 

### PCWRL is responsible for providing analytical la boratory services as st ipulated in the IGA. Responsibilities include: analyzing Pb air fi lter samplers according to approved method EQL0510-191, archival of solubilized filter samples for a period of 30 days minimum and reporting analytical results in a timely manner to ADEQ.

Table A.2 shows key personnel with PCWRL.

Table A.2 Pima County Wastewater Reclamation Laboratory Personnel

Program Title: Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Program

Name and Title Role Responsibilities Contact Information

Barbara Escobar, Laboratory Director Executive Project Director and Interagency Liaison Program Oversight & Contract Liaison Barbara.Escobar@wwm.pima.gov (520) 724-6052

Nancy Powell, Quality Assurance Officer Quality Assurance Officer Quality Management Plan, QA Oversight Nancy.Powell@wwm.pima.gov (520) 724-6183

Belinda Gamboa-Felix, Environmental Data Project Supervisor Data Management and Analytical Reports Report and data deliverables Belinda.GamboaFelix@wwm.pima.gov (520) 724-6007

Richard Aros, Chemical Specialist Inorganic Chemical Lab Supervisor Analytical laboratory logistics and deliverables Pb Prep Sample coordination Richard.Aros@wwm.pima.gov (520) 724-6065
Melissa Bomar, Laboratory Chemist Lead Analyst Sample preparation and analysis Bomar.Melissa@wwm.pima.gov (520) 443-6062



### EPA Region 9 is responsible for the followi ng activities in support of this program:

• Reviewing, providing assistance wi th, and approving this QAPP.

• Responding to requests for technical and policy information and interpretations.

• Evaluating quality system performance thr ough technical systems audits, performance evaluations, and network reviews as appropriate.

• Making available to ADEQ the technical and quality assurance information developed by EPA, and making the ADEQ aware of any un met quality assurance needs in a timely

manner.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 18 

### A.5 PROBLEM DEFINITION/BACKGROUND

On November 12, 2008, the Final Rule for loweri ng the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for ambient airborne conc entrations of Pb from 1.5μg/m 3 

### to 0.15μg/m 3 

### for both primary and secondary standards was published in the Federal Register (see 73 FR 67052) . The revised NAAQS became effective on January 12, 2009. Stationary sources ar e thought to be the major emitter of airborne Pb particles, but mobile sources contribute as well. Monitoring and quality assurance requirem ents for Pb are found in 40 CFR Parts 53 and 58 . There are no anticipated end dates for the air monitoring of Pb particulates under either standard. Lead is one of six criteria pollutants regul ated by the EPA under the NAAQS.

The primary standard was revised to better public healt h, especially in “sensitive” populations which include asthmatics, children, and the elderl y. An array of adverse health effects can be attributed to Pb exposure incl uding neurocognitive and neurobeh avioral effects in children. Initially, Pb monitoring was require d near sources that emit more than one ton of Pb per year. EPA later revised the Pb monitoring requirements to include monitoring n ear sources that emit more than 0.5 tons of Pb per year.

To comply with the current primary NAAQS, ADEQ will operate two source-oriented sites east of the Phoenix metropolitan area near the towns of Hayden and Miami. The sites are near copper smelting facilities operated by the American Sm elting and Refining COmpany (ASARCO), Inc. and Freeport McMoRan, Inc., respectively. Tables and figures showing maps and metadata for these sites can be found in Section B. The mining and smelting operations release Pb particulate into the atmosphere. The rationale for siting stat ions in their current location can be found in Attachments A and B.

ADEQ started monitoring for ambient Pb in th ese two areas at the beginning of the 4 th 

### quarter 2010. The EPA required Pb monitoring at the beginning of 2010, but ADEQ funding limitations delayed the purchase of the new instrumenta tion until the summer of 2010. In addition to ADEQ’s Pb sampling near Hayden, additional E DOs under the direction of EPA Region 9 are ongoing in a portion of the area which is designated as a Superfund site.

In addition to the required mon itors near sources of Pb, EPA‘s revised lead (Pb) ambient air monitoring requirements also require Pb monitors to be placed in large urban areas. Pb monitors are required at NCore sites that are located within Core Based St atistical Areas (CBSAs) with a population of 500,000 people or more. To meet this requirement, ADEQ will ascertain Pb concentrations in the Phoenix metropolitan area at ADEQ’s NCore site: the JLG Supersite, also known as (aka), Phoenix Supersite. The Pb concen trations generated fromthe JLG Supersite will come from the speciated PM 10 

### filter sample used for metals’ an alyses for the National Air Toxics Trends Stations (NATTS) program. Therefore, th e collection of Pb samples at the JLG Supersite will satisfy monitoring requirements for the Pb NAAQS and the NATTS programs.

It is worth noting that a PM 10 

### filter sample has been collect ed at JLG since January 2005 and analyzed using an inductively coupled plasma with mass spectrometry (ICPMS) analytical method specified by the NATTS program. Howe ver, the analytical method employed by the contract laboratory at the time was not necessa rily approved by the EPA’s Office of Research and Development (ORD) as currently required for the detection of airborne Pb concentrationsFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 19 

### that are used in comparison to the NAAQS. The ERG’s ICPMS analytical method was approved in June 2012 and this de signation was posted in the Federal Register (see 77 FR 32632) as per EPA regulations 40 CFR Part 53 . Although the earlier analytical method(s) is essentially the same, using Pb data obtained from JLG prior to June 2012 may not be advisable depending on how the data will be used. If such data beco me of interests for purposes other than NATTSrelated information, EPA should be cons ulted regarding suit ability of use.

The ADEQ serves as the Primary Quality Assura nce Organization (PQAO) for any primary and secondary NAAQS Pb air monitoring data collect ed throughout the State of Arizona with the exception of Maricopa and Pima Counties. Maric opa and Pima Counties are each designated as a PQAO by EPA Region 9, and they are responsible for all aspects of their Pb air monitoring network.

A.6 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The principal objective of the Pb network is to m easure the concentration of Pb in ambient air at two different types of monitoring sites: source-oriented and non-source-oriented.

For source-oriented Pb monitoring, ambient air sa mples will be collected onto 8” X 10” fibrous glass filters using high-volume TSP samplers as required by EPA. Samples will be collected on the EPA 1/6 day national air monito ring schedule which is found at: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/calendar.html . See Attachment C for the 2013 schedule. Collocated samples will be collected on every 1/ 6 sample run day and one of the non-required collocated samples per quarter will be used for the EPA Pb PEP program. The PCWRL will analyze samples using the EPA approved me thod “EQL-0510-191; Determination of Lead Concentration in TSP by Inductively Coupled Pl asma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) with Heated Ultrasonic Nitric and Hydrochl oric Acid Filter Extraction”.

For non-source-oriented Pb monitoring, ADEQ w ill use a low-volume sampler to collect a PM 10 

### filter sample at JLG Supersite, ADEQ’s NCore site. Samples will be collected onto a polytetrafluoroethelyne (aka, Telfon®) filter on the EPA 1/6 day national air monitoring schedule. Collocated samples ar e not required at JLG and ADEQ does not currently plan to collect them. The ERG will analyze sample s using the EPA approved method “EQL-0512-202, Determination of Lead in PM 10 

### by Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) with Hot Block Dilute Acid and H ydrogen Peroxide Filter Extraction”.

Meteorological measurements will also be collected at the Pb sites in support of the Pb program. Data generated from these instruments may provi de useful information regarding the source or origin of Pb in ambient air. Monitoring me thods and objectives for meteorological monitoring will be addressed in a separate QAPP.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 20 

### A.7 QUALITY OBJECTIVES and CRITERIA

Quality objectives and associated criteria establish the foundation upon which air monitoring data collection operations are conducted. For ai r monitoring organizations to consistently and confidently produce and report data of a known qua lity that also compare to each other, a number of decisions regarding how the data will be collected and evaluate d must be made prior to launching major air monitori ng programs. Statistical goals a nd a host of operational criteria are established for field, laboratory, and data va lidation operations. Over time as air monitoring instruments become more sophisticated and regula tory limits for pollutant s potentially decrease, these goals and criteria are revi ewed and adjusted as needed by air quality professionals from EPA and the monitoring organizations to ensure high quality data are produced for use by decision makers.

Two types of quality objectives are commonly deve loped and applied to ambient air monitoring programs: data quality objectives (DQOs) and m easurement quality objectives (MQOs). These objectives are defined below; but in general, th ey establish and provide a means to control the error in data at or below a leve l determined to be acceptable, or tolerable, to the decision maker (customer) who uses the data to make decisions regarding the public s’ health and welfare. If data were to contain a level of error that exceeds what is tole rable, the decisions made could either invoke compliance actions that were not necessary or fail to invoke appropriate compliance actions to protect publics’ health a nd welfare; neither produces a desirable outcome. The basic idea is that if we follow establishe d MQOs, the data are expected to meet any established DQOs. But, to truly know if DQOs are being achieved, an assessment must be performed where the data produced are eval uated against the DQOs. More information on assessments is provided in Section C. However, it is important to note that this comparison of data to the DQOs is the final step in completi ng the quality system cycle for an ambient air monitoring operation. DQOs are eval uated and amended over time as needed to reflect realistic goals. Figure A.3 shows the quality assurance life cycle’s stages that are applied to ambient air monitoring programs to help ensure data produced meet their objectives.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 21 

### Figure A.3. The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring QA Program

Source: The EPA Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volume II: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program (2008 version)



### It is worth noting that the Pb regulations found in 40 CFR Part 50 Appendix B and G were not updated prior to the 2008 change s to the NAAQS. However, th e EPA Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) held a number of conference calls and provided a number of technical notes regarding change s to the Pb monitoring program which are reflected in this QAPP. The technical notes and additional info rmation can be referenced on the EPA’s Technology Transfer Network’s Ambient Mo nitoring Technology Information Center’s (AMTIC) Lead Monitoring website . The technical note on “Quality Assurance Issues” contains information on the DQO and MQO goals.

In addition, at the time this QAPP was writte n, an update to the “Pb High Volume (TSP) Validation Template” provided in the Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volume II: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program (QAHBV2) 2008 version was in development but had not been re leased. Upon establishing an operating history with the new TSP samplers, we compared our observations gained from operating the TSP samplers to the new MQOs and the existi ng data validation template found in the QAHBV2

. Based on the experience gained from operating the TSP samplers at the source-oriented stations, ADEQ customized a validation template to reflect th e acceptable range of criteria to be used for sample validation. ADEQ’s validation template is provided in this QAPP. ADEQ personnel feel confident that following best practices and the approved operating criteria will ensure any errorFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 22 

### from field operations will remain within tolerable le vels and that the data we generate is of high quality.

In addition, all laboratories seeki ng to perform analytical services for the Pb samples must have to have their procedure/method approved by EPA to ensure tolerable le vels of error from laboratory practices are not exceeded.

Data Quality Objectives

The DQOs are defined as the qualitative and quantitative statements derived from the DQO planning process that clarify the purpose of the study, define th e most appropriate type of information (data) to collect, determine the mo st appropriate conditions from which to collect that information, and specify the toler able levels of potential decision errors . DQOs are based on the data requirements of the user, or decision ma ker, who needs to feel confident that the data used to make environmental decisions are of adequate quality. DQOs assess the adequacy of data (new or existing) in relation to the intended use. ADEQ has developed the following objectives for the Pb program.

The EPA publishes DQOs for air monitoring program s collecting data used for comparison to the NAAQS as well as other types of air monito ring programs. EPA used the DQO process to determine the appropriate precision and bias MQ Os for the Pb program, but at the time this QAPP was written, no broad DQO stat ements were written for the Pb program similar to other programs such as the NATTS. Therefore, the ADEQ developed the following objectives for the data collected from the Pb monitori ng network. The objectives are to:

 Determine total suspended particulate (TSP) or PM10 concentrations of airborne Pb for comparison to the NAAQS

 Ascertain the impact regulated sources have on air quality in their vicinity

 Provide an estimate of the reason ableness of source-oriented sites selected based on air shed models and to adjust site locations if needed

 Determine the level of ambient airb orne Pb occurring in the Phoenix Metropolitan area

 Support the development and implementation of a SIP (if required)

 Produce high quality data for decision makers (data users) such as public health officials assessing the potential ill health effects associated with PbFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 23 

### Measurement Quality Objectives

MQOs are designed to evaluate a nd control various phases of the measurement process to ensure that total measurement uncerta inty is within the range pr escribed by the DQOs. ADEQ will adhere to the MQOs developed by the EPA. EP A intends to assess the following goals on three years of data at the PQAO level of aggregation.

The EPA’s MQOs for the Pb program (source-oriented/TSP samplers) are:

 Precision goal is ≤ 20% coefficient of variation (CV) for a 90% confidence limit. The measure of precision will be determined from the Pb concentration of the collocated TSP filter samples and will only include Pb concentration data > 0.02 μg/m 3



### .

 Overall absolute bias upper bound goal is ≤ 15% at the 95% conf idence limit. The measure of absolute bias will be determined by the field-portion of the Pb PEP audit program for the TSP samplers. The EPA, or their contractor, will collect a filter sample on a regularly scheduled collection day using an EPA-selected TSP sampler that will be temporarily collocated at one of the source-orient ed sites. It is worth noting that as per the EPA issued “Technical Note – Pb Monitoring Implementation Strategy Quality Assurance Issues ” , “this process does not suggest that the Pb-PEP sampler or lab technique is superior to thos e used by the monitoring organization; it simply allows for a better comparison of differences should they exist.”

The tests above help determine measurement un certainty that could be introduced into the sample collection process beginning with the une xposed filter setup through analysis at the laboratory. To date, the EPA has not established a Pb PEP require ment for the collection of Pb samples using the low-volume PM 10 

### samplers as ADEQ is performing at the NCore site. Intercomparision tests for Pb sample collecti on using this method will be implemented as required if added in the future.

In addition to the EPA’s MQO’s, ADEQ plans to evaluate additional information from data routinely collected in the Pb pr ogram to further evaluate how well other quality control checks perform over time. ADEQ plans to use the statistics provided by the AMP 255 Report to determine how well we meet the following metrics. The use of this information is voluntary and for in-house goals only.

ADEQ’s supplemental MQOs for the Pb progr am (source-oriented/TSP samplers) are:

 For flow rate verifications, an annual absolute bias goal of ≤ 7% based on all TSP flow rate verifications that pass flow rate accepta nce criteria. If a samp ler fails a verification check, the flow rate value for that check w ill not be averaged into the annual bias statistic.

 For the quarterly Pb audit strips, a bias goal of ± ≤ 10% will be targeted.

These goals will be evaluated periodically by EP A and ADEQ. It is anticipated that EPA will assess the nation-wide MQO goals on three years of data at the PQAO level of aggregation. ADEQ plans to assess these goals both annually by way of the data certification process, and onFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 24 

### a three year basis, by way of the EPA’s report. ADEQ’s in-hous e goals will be monitored on an annual basis. As QA/QC data are collected and evaluated over the course of the Pb program, MQOs may be revised or updated based on the initial results.

Data Quality Indicators

To help assess how Pb data compare to th e established DQOs and/or MQOs, data quality indicators (DQI) are used. DQI s provide additional information used for evaluating the quality of data. The EPA provides a software program that produces the AMP 255 Report which is a report on some of the DQIs. In addition, EP A posts an annual DQI report on AMTIC which ADEQ will begin utilizing more fre quently to assess how well the Pb program is meeting certain DQIs. This report is located at: EPA - TTN - AMTIC Quality Indicator Assessment Reports

. ADEQ will enter the information provided from fl ow rate verifications, the Pb PEP program’s collocated sample results, and performance evalua tion audits into the program which calculates statistical results for precisi on and bias. Some DQIs must be assessed manually by technical personnel.

DQIs for the Pb program are:

 Representativeness – is a measure of the degree to which data accurately and precisely represent a characteristic of a population, parameter variations at a sampling point, a process condition, or an environmental condi tion. Representativeness is controlled largely by the site location.

 Precision

– is the measure of mutual agreemen t among individual measurements of the same property usually under prescribed sim ilar conditions. This is the random component of error. Precision is estimated by various st atistical techniques us ing some derivation of the standard deviation (based upon monitoring calibration and verifi cations). Precision is determined using collocated sampling results and routine verifications.

 Bias – is the systematic or persistent dist ortion of a measurement process which causes error in one direction. Bias will be determined by estimating the positive and negative deviation for the true value as a percentage of the true value. There are different ways to assess bias. Bias can be determined by an assessment of the comparability between routine flow rate verificati ons and routine PE audits. The Pb PEP program can also provide a measure of bias.

 Detectability – is the determination of the low range critical value of a characteristic that a method specific procedure can reliably discern. The method sensitivity for the analysis of Pb samples using ICPMS is adequate for de termining Pb at concentrations equal to, or less than, 5% of the NAAQS (0.15 μg/m 3 

### ). The type of air sampler and filter media selected to collect Pb samples can affect comparability. The Pb TSP samplers collect particulate matter with aerometric diamet er of up to 50 micrometers and the PM10 sampler collects particulate matter with aero metric diameter of up to 10 micrometers.

 Comparability (reporting units and analysis) – Pb concentrations will be reported in micrograms/meter cubed (μg/m3) as required by EPA for air monitoring organizations. Monitoring measurement uncertainty also en sures data are comparable with other agencies.

 Completeness – a measure of the amount of valid data obtained from the measurement system compared to the amount that was e xpected to be obtained under correct, normalFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 25 

### conditions. The minimum data completeness re quirement set by EPA is 75% for a rolling three-month period. ADEQ is targeting 85% completeness for a rolling three-month period.

A variety or errors can result in a sample being missed or an analyt ical result not being available. These include:

1. Sampling error such as instrument failure or malfunction 2. Collection error such as damaging a filter during retrieval 3. Shipping error such as a shipment being lost 4. Laboratory error such as a filter being damaged prior to analysis 5. Quality assurance/quality control error such as PE audit failures and analytical laboratory criteria not being met

All monitoring instruments will be operated w ithin the acceptance criteria defined by ADEQ, which meet or exceed the minimum EPA requirement s. Operating criteria for the TSP samplers are found in Section B on Table B.12. In additio n, some of this information is shown on the “ADEQ Pb High-Volume (TSP) Validation Template” found in Section D. This template is used for the validation of data.

Additional information concerning ADEQ’s air monitoring plan per site can be found under Sampling Methods on Table B.4 and under Analytic al Methods on Table B.5. If any instrument fails its verification, calibration, or performa nce evaluation (PE) audit, AMU will take the appropriate actions to correct in strument performance as quickly as possible to prevent missing scheduled sample collection days.

A.8 SPECIAL TRAINING/CERTIFICATIONS

The TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP air samplers pur chased by ADEQ for source-oriented Pb monitoring had not been operated by AQD prior to 2010. In previous years, early versions of high-volume TSP samplers were used for particulate air monitoring. However, use of those samplers was discontinued years ago due to mo re sophisticated low-volume samplers becoming the required method for particulate matter sampli ng and the requirement to sample for airborne Pb being lifted after sufficiently low levels of Pb were detected in Arizona for a suitable period of time.

ADEQ conducts on-the-job training as the primar y means of training personnel. In general, AMU’s plan is for new personnel to work with experienced personnel for a period of about one to three months. Before working independently, new personnel must exhibit, to a technician with more seniority in AMU, the knowledge, skill, and ability needed to succes sfully operate an air monitoring instrument(s). Personnel have ade quate time to review instrument manuals, monitoring literature, and EPA regulations. Technical pe rsonnel have access to the ADEQ QMP, QAPPs, and SOPs as well as other gu idance such as the manufacturer’s operating manuals. Management will provide sufficient tim e for personnel to read and understand these documents. AQD strives to provide professional development to employees whenever possible. Training includes courses, workshops, conference s, or trade shows. In addition, employees participate in webinars provi ded by EPA and complete self-i nstructional courses availableFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 26 

### through EPA’s Air Pollution Training Instit ute (APTI). Each employee’s professional development is reviewed annually by the unit manager.

A.9 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS

Personnel within the AAS use our shared netw ork for storing documents electronically in addition to maintaining hard copi es of program-related documents . The network drive is backed up daily by ADEQ Information Tec hnology. Documents are stored for a minimum of five years.

The modeling reports developed by the Evaluation s Unit for source-oriented site selection are provided in Attachments A and B a nd electronic copies are found in each sites respective folder at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\M ONITORING UNIT\SITE_L OG\ADEQ Active Sites.

AMU service documents, otherwise known as fiel d sheets, related to the operation of air monitoring sites and instruments are generated and stored in hardcopy site files and/or electronically in each site’s fold er at: J:\AQD\AQD\ ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Site s. Field sheets include: s ite logs, instrument logs, communication logs, instrument ve rification and calibration sheets, site and instrument change forms, and field service reports. The hardcopy reports are reviewed and approved by the AMU Manager and/or the field service report reviewer then routed to the QA/QC Lead for review and dissemination to the Pb data reviewers for use during data review and validation. DM&QA uses these documents for Level 3 data validation.

The AFL manages the ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record, i.e., a form associated with each sample that combines chain-of -custody (COC) and field data in formation. An original and two copies are produced with each form using no-ca rbon-required sheets. The original accompanies the sample when it is sent to the analytical laboratory. A copy is maintained by the AMU operator and by AFL along with the shipment records.

In addition, the QA Auditor submits the PE audit fi eld sheets to the QA/QC Lead for review and dissemination to the Pb data reviewer(s). The QA Team will submit any technical system audit (TSA) reports to the DM&QA Unit Manager for approval. Once approved, the report will be sent to the AAS Manager and the AMU Manager for review.

Section D contains more detailed information regarding how data will be managed from the Pb network. The source-oriented Pb concentration data and its associ ated quality control data will be archived by ADEQ in the Air Assessment Ambi ent Database (AAAD) for future reference by the agency and other interested parties. Data will be uploaded to th e EPA AQS database as required by EPA. Non-source-orient ed Pb concentration data and its associated quality control data will be stored in AAAD, but the uploading to AQS may be a shared task with ERG. Also, it is possible that the process for uploading this non-source-oriented data may change over time. Table A.3 shows a summary of documents stored by ADEQ and their locations.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 27 

### Table A.3. Summary of ADEQ Documents and Records
Type of Record Medium Data Storage Location(s) Responsibility

AQS Reports Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead DM&QA

Calibration and verification records Hardcopy and electronic DM&QA Site File or J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites and DM&QA Site File AMU and DM&QA

Certificates for all

instruments and standards Hardcopy and Electronic DM&QA Site File, AMU instrument files J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites and AMU and DM&QA

Corrective Action Reports Hardcopy and Electronic DM&QA Site Files or J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT

AND QA UNIT\Quality Assurance\Corrective Actions QA Team

Custody and field data forms Hardcopy and Electronic AMU COC Files or J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT

AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead AMU, DM&QA, and PCWRL

Data Review/Validation forms and notes Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead DM&QA

Downloaded files from samplers with QC data Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\Airlab\Field Instruments\Field Instrument Data (Palm Data)\Lead Sites AMU

Lab validated data sets sent from the laboratory

to ADEQ including metadata Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead DM&QA

Maintenance and

service records Hardcopy AMU Instrument File and DM&QA Site File AMU and DM&QA

Pb QAPP Hardcopy and electronic Hardcopies provided to AMU and DM&QA staff and J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\QAPPs & SOPs\QAPPs QA Team

Quality Assurance

Audit Records (includes all audit reports, e.g., PE audit, TSA, ADQ, etc.) Hardcopy and electronic DM&QA Site Files and J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING

UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites DM&QA

Raw Data Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead DM&QA and PCWRL
Sample Preparation notes Hardcopy and Electronic Notes stored at PCWRL and available upon request by ADEQ PCWRL

Shipping and receiving records Hardcopy AMU Shipping File AMU/AFL

Site and instrument logbooks Hardcopy Site logbooks (SLB) remain at site until closure unless storage space is not available – then retired SLBs will be stored at AMU; and a copy of SLB entries is stored in DM&QA site folders. Instrument logbook travels with sampler until retired – then in AMU AMU and DM&QAFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 28 Type of Record Medium Data Storage Location(s) Responsibility

Site Information Hardcopy and Electronic Network Plan J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Docs\AQD\Reports And J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\SITE_LOG AMU and DM&QA

Site Photographs Hardcopy and Electronic Network Plan J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Docs\AQD\Reports And J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\SITE_LOG AMU and DM&QA

SOPs Hardcopy and Electronic Hardcopies provided to AMU and DM&QA staff and J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\QAPPs & SOPs\SOPs\ADEQ Final SOPs QA Team

Training records Hardcopy Unit Manager’s Staff Files and J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\TRAINING_RECORDS\Internal (Employee) AAS

Validation documents and notes Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead and J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Docs\AQD\Reports\Quarterly Data Review DM&QA



### The PCWRL, ADEQ’s selected laboratory for the source-oriented samples, maintains all laboratory records separately from ADEQ’s AAS. The type of records maintained, the location they are stored, and the person responsible for maintaining these records are listed with the table below. Table A.3 shows the documents and records that are generated in c onjunction with the Pb program. Table A.4 shows the PCWRL documents and records generated for the Pb program.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 29 Table A.4 Summary of PCWRL Documents and Records
Type of Record Medium Data Storage Location(s) Responsibility

Audit Records Hardcopy and electronic Arizona Department of Health Services ADHS Lab Licensure

Calibration and verification records Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab ICPMS computer for each run - backed up on CD and/or network. Lab Richard Aros

Certificates for all instruments and standards Hardcopy and Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab Attached to each standard in Element Lab - Richard Aros, electronic copies

Control Charts Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab Hardcopy in Supervisor’s Office Hard copy only by Importing data into qc program and printing graphs. Audit Strips: Z:\Dir Div\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\Inorganic Unit\Inorganic Unit Available in Element under QA Admin-Control Charts Lab – Nancy Powell, hard copies

Richard Aros, electronic copies

Corrective Action Reports Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab X:\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\Corrective Action\Inorganic\EQL TSP air filters Lab – Nancy Powell

Chains of Custody Hardcopy & Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Files, Electronic PDF’d with Final Report Lab – Belinda Gamboa

Data Review/Validation forms and notes Hardcopy and electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab Hardcopies in Supervisor’s Office, Electronic Element Approvals Lab - Richard Aros & Nancy Powell

Digestion Log Hardcopy and Electronic Notes stored at PCRWRD CRAO Lab and available upon request by ADEQ

Z:\Dir Div\CRAO\Lab Svcs\Shared Data\Lab\Inorganic Unit\Inorganic Unit\Digestion Logs\Pb Air Filters Lab – Melissa Bomar

Instrument logbooks Hardcopy PCRWRD CRAO Lab benchtop Lab – Melissa Bomar

Maintenance and service records Hardcopy PCRWRD CRAO Lab in Instrument Logbooks Lab - Melissa Bomar & Belinda Gamboa

Raw Data Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab Instrument based computers ICPMS computer and backed up on CD and/or on network Lab – Richard Aros

SOPs Hardcopy and Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab Files Y:\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\SOPs Lab QA/QC Unit

Training records Hardcopy and Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Lab Files X:\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\training-files Lab – Nancy Powell

Final Reports Hardcopy and Electronic PCRWRD CRAO Files X:\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\training-files Lab – Belinda Gamboa-FelixFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 30 

### SECTION B. DATA GENE RATION and ACQUISITION

B.1 SAMPLING PROCESS (NETWORK) DESIGN

Site Selection and Information

See Attachments A and B for source-oriented siting rationales. The siting of Pb samplers meets 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix E

. Source-Oriented Monitoring Sites

As stated in Section A, site selection was ba sed on the location where the highest level of airborne Pb concentration is expected to occu r, the potential for popul ation exposures, and the feasibility of operating samplers. To determine loca tions that represent the highest concentrations of airborne Pb, dispersion modelin g and existing environmental data were used. This information was compared to the location of the population a nd the ability to obtain power, avoid obstacles that obstruct air movement, provide sufficient se curity to ensure sample custody and integrity, and safe accessibility for personnel. A review of all factors combined with consultation from the Region 9 contact, yielded the following locations:

1. Globe Highway (near ASARCO) 2. Miami Golf Course (n ear Freeport-McMoRan)

NCore (Non-Source-Oriented) Monitoring Site

Site selection was based upon the NCore requirements and the need for sampling to occur in CBSAs where the population is greater than 500,000 people.

1. JLG Supersite (in Phoenix)

See Tables B.1, B.2, and B.3 for site and metada ta information and Figures B.1, B.2, and B.3 for photographs concerning the above sites. Although ADEQ has no pl ans to change the type of samplers collecting Pb filter samples at either the non-source-oriented or the source-oriented sites, a change is possible. Furthermore, air mon itoring sites tend to be dynamic over time. It is possible that a site could move or that additional air monitoring instruments could be added to measure other pollutants. To view the most curre nt information for a site’s configuration and the air monitoring instruments being operated by ADE Q, see ADEQ’s Annual Network Plan which is posted on ADEQ’s website at http://www.azdeq.gov/environ/ air/assessment/links.html

.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 31 

### Table B.1 Site and Metadata Information for the Globe Highway Site Globe Highway Site Purpose : NAAQS compliance network and a source permit requirement.

This site is the location of the collocated TSP Pb monito rs in Hayden, AZ. ASARCO mine also maintains a sulfur dioxide analyzer at the site. The site is located on the southwest end of a small canyon and is located approximately 1 km to the east/southeast of the ASARCO sm elting facility. Due to its proximity to the end of the canyon, the site may be influenced by both broad and local meteorological conditions.

Site Information AQS ID None ADEQ ID 16593 Address SR 77 Winkelman, AZ 85292 County Gila Groundcover Gravel CBSA Payson Latitude 33.002 Surrounding Area Desert/Residential Longitude -110.765

Distance to road 5 m – W Elevation 602 m Traffic count n/a Site Established Date 01/01/1975

Pb Monitoring Information Monitor Pb TSP Wind Temp/RH Network SLAMS MET MET Objective Source Population Population Spatial Scale Middle Middle Middle Monitor Start Date 10/01/2010 04/15/2011 04/15/2011

Instrument Tisch TE-8550-BL TSP RM Young 5103 Anemometer Vaisala HMP155 Probe Instrument Start Date 10/01/2010 04/15/2011 04/15/2011 Instrument Location Platform Tower Tower

Analysis method ICP-MS with Heated Ultrasonic Nitric and Hydrochloric Acid

Filter Extraction (TSP) None None Method code 191 40 -- Sampling schedule 1 in 6 Continuous Continuous Sampling duration 24 hour Hourly Hourly Sampling season All year All year All year Probe height from ground 2.5 m 10 m 2 m Probe distance from structure -- -- 1 m Distance from obstructions 3.7 m -- 32 m Distance from trees 1.5 m -- 36 m Unrestricted airflow degrees 330° 360° 360° Distance between collocated monitors 1.8 m -- -- In climate-controlled shelter? N N N Flow-rate verification frequency Every 12 days -- -- Monitor audit frequency Quarterly Annual Annual PEP audit monitor? Y -- -- Data submitted to AQS? Y N N Data submitted to AirNOW? N N NFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 32 

### Figure B.1 Photographs of the Globe Highway Site

Site Photos

Aerial view of Globe Highway Shelter, towers, and TSP monitors at Globe Highway – 5/10/2011FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 33 

### Table B.2 Site and Metadata Informatio n for the Miami Golf Course Site

Miami Golf Course Site Purpose : NAAQS compliance network and a source permit requirement.

This site is the location of the TSP-Pb monitor in Miami, AZ. PM 10 is also monitored by both Freeport McMoRan and ADEQ at this site. The site is located near the Cobre Valley Country Club with residential areas to the south and east and the Freeport McMoRan facility ap proximately 2 km to the west/southwest.

Site Information AQS ID 04-007-8000 ADEQ ID 16629 Address SR 188 and US 60 Miami, AZ 85539 County Gila Groundcover Gravel CBSA Payson Latitude 33.4190 Surrounding Area Residential Longitude -110.8296

Distance to road 230 – E Elevation 1000 m Traffic count n/a Site Established Date 01/01/1997

Pb Monitoring Information Monitor Pb TSP Wind Temp/RH Network SLAMS MET MET Objective Source Population Population Spatial Scale Middle Middle Middle Monitor Start Date 10/01/2010 06/08/2011 06/08/2011

Instrument Tisch TE-8550-BL TSP RM Young 5305 Anemometer Vaisala HMP 155 Probe Instrument Start Date 10/01/2010 06/08/2011 06/08/2011 Instrument Location Platform Tower Tower

Analysis method ICP-MS with Heated Ultrasonic Nitric and Hydrochloric Acid

Filter Extraction (TSP) None None Method code 191 40 -- Sampling schedule 1 in 6 Continuous Continuous Sampling duration 24 hour Hourly Hourly Sampling season All year All year All year Probe height from ground 3.5 m 10 m 2 m Probe distance from structure -- 1 m Distance from obstructions -- -- -- Distance from trees 4 m 10 m 5 m Unrestricted airflow degrees 180° 360° 90° Distance between collocated monitors -- -- -- In climate-controlled shelter? N N N Flow-rate verification frequency Every 12 days -- -- Monitor audit frequency Quarterly Annual Annual PEP audit monitor? Y -- -- Data submitted to AQS? Y N N Data submitted to AirNOW? N N NFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 34 

### Figure B.2 Photographs of the Miami Golf Course Site

Site Photos

Aerial view of Miami Golf Course Fenced Miami Golf Course site – 05/2011FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 35 

### Table B.3 Site and Metadata Information for the JLG Supersite JLG Supersite Site Purpose : NAAQS compliance network, NCore, PAMS, NATTS , STN, AQI forecasting, monitor urban haze, and meteorological support.

The site was established to represent air quality in the central core of the P hoenix metropolitan area. The surrounding area is primarily residentia l neighborhoods, with I-17 approximately 1.6 km to the west. This is also an IMPROVE protocol site.

Site Information AQS ID 04-013-9997 ADEQ ID 16328 Address 4530 N. 17 th Ave. Phoenix, AZ 85015 County Maricopa Groundcover Gravel CBSA Phoenix-Mesa-Scottsdale Latitude 33.5038 Surrounding Area Residential Longitude -112.0957

Distance to road 8.5 m – E Elevation 354 m Traffic count 20,214 – Campbell Ave. Site Established Date 07/01/1993

Pb Monitoring Information
Monitor Pb PM 10 Wind Temp/RH Network SLAMS/NCore Met/NCore Met/NCore Objective Population Population Population Spatial Scale Neighborhood Neighborhood Neighborhood Monitor Start Date 01/01/2005 07/01/1993 07/01/1993

Instrument R&P Partisol 2000 RM Young 5103 Anemometer Rotronics MP101A Probe Instrument Start Date 01/01/2005 07/01/1993 01/15/2010 Instrument Location Metal Roof Tower Tower

Analysis method ICP-MS with Heated Hot Block in Dilute Acid and Hydrogen Peroxide

Filter Extraction (PM10) None None Method code 202 40 -- Sampling schedule 1 in 6 Continuous Continuous Sampling duration 24 hour Hourly Hourly Sampling season All year All year All year Probe height from ground 5 m 10 m 2 m Probe distance from structure -- -- 1 m Distance from obstructions 8 m 8 m 8 m Distance from trees 5 m 5 m 5 m Unrestricted airflow degrees 210° 360° 210° Distance between collocated monitors -- -- -- In climate-controlled shelter? N N N Flow-rate verification frequency Monthly -- -- Monitor audit frequency Biannual Annual Annual PEP audit monitor? N -- -- Data submitted to AQS? Y N N Data submitted to AirNOW? N N NFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 36 

### Figure B.3 Photographs of the JLG Supersite

Site Photos

Aerial view of JLG Supersite Eastern side of JLG Supersite – 09/2008



### Monitoring Plan

As stated under the program’s description, the m onitoring plan is to measure airborne Pb near regulated sources emitting 0.5 tons/year (tpy) or mo re and the in the Phoenix metropolitan area, which is a CBSA with greater than 500,000 populat ion. Continuous meteorological data will also be collected at each site. Measurement erro r will be kept at minimum by following the established acceptance criteria for air monitori ng instruments found in Section B7. There is no anticipated end date for operating the Pb network.

Each calendar year, a total of 60 - 61 routine samp les will be collected on the primary samplers following the 1/6 day monitoring schedule, aka, sample run day. A total of 60-61 collocated samples will be collected on the secondary samp ler at the collocated Globe Highway site. ADEQ plans to collect collocated samples on each 1/6 sample run day because it is easier to plan for and provides additional samples at minimal cost s. ADEQ may elect to revert to the EPA 1/12 day schedule for collocation in the future.

Each quarter, one of the collocated filter sample s collected on a non-requir ed 1/6 day monitoring schedule will be used for the EPA’s Pb PEP. AD EQ’s plan is to use the first non-required 1/6 collocated sample for the PEP. If for any reason the Pb PEP sample is not successfully collected on that day or this filter is not used for any other reason, ADEQ will default to using the next non-required collocated sample available. ADEQ w ill continue to default to the next possible 1/6 sample run day that is not a required 1/12 sample run day in the event collection problems arise. An example of the national monitoring sche dule is provided in Attachment C. Near the beginning of each calendar year, the annual schedule will be obtained from EPA here: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/calendar.html

.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 37 

### To meet ADEQ’s in-house goal of 85% data co mpleteness for sample collection, only two (2) filter-based samples can be missed for each three-month period. To meet the minimum requirement of 75% data completeness, only th ree (3) filter-based samples can be missed. Completeness will be based on rolling three-month periods, rather than calendar quarters.

Make-up Samples

The EPA makeup sample requirements for the Pb program are aligned with the PM 10 

### and PM 2.5 

### requirements. Makeup samples will be collect ed according to the following guideline: If a TSP or the low volume PM 10 

### sampler fails to collect a valid sample at a site on the regularly scheduled 1/6 sample day run day, then a makeup sa mple will be collected at the site prior to the next run day if possible using the unsampled filter provided for the next scheduled run (a replacement filter will be obtained for the next scheduled run day), OR on the 7 th 

### day following the missed event.

Since sequential samplers are not in-use, meeti ng the makeup requirements could pose logistical challenges in the field. Timely communication among the Pb Team regarding any sample loss from the field is important and will allow fiel d personnel to plan for makeup samples as needed providing as much leeway as possible.

Any additional, valid samples collected outside the makeup sample timeframe requirements will be considered extra samples. The Pb concentrat ions from these samples are useful and will be used in design value calculations that are comp arable to the Pb NAAQS; however, extra samples can not be used for data completeness purposes.

Field Blanks

TSP and PM 10 

### field blanks will be collected for each sampler at a frequency of 10%. A field blank will be collected on the 10 th 

### run day following the start of sampling for each calendar year.

Site Accessibility

The source-oriented sites are located near or adjacent to major state highways making them easily accessible for service and sample collecti on. The NCore site is located close to ADEQ’s Main Office in downtown Phoenix which allows eas y access to the site. However, it is possible that sample collection could be interrupted if a site becomes temporarily inaccessible due to a variety of unusual circumstances that may include road closures, a wildfire, or a hazardous condition that was not previously present. If this occurs, ADEQ personnel will not attempt to access a site for sample collection or any othe r purpose until the area has been cleared and reopened by the proper authorities. Field personn el will report the site closure information to their direct supervisor and the program manager will be alerted to the incident as well. Each incident of site inaccessibility and the need for possibly esta blishing an alternate site or relocating an existing site will be handled on a case-by-base basis.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 38 

### B.2 SAMPLING METHODS

Lead (Pb) Air Sample Collection

To ascertain the levels of airborne Pb, filter-based samplers will be used.

For source-oriented sampling:

ADEQ will use high-volume total suspended partic ulate (TSP) samplers to collect filter-based samples from midnight to midnight every sixth day following the EPA’s Monitoring Schedule. These samplers meet EPA’s requirements for th e collection of Pb samples. AMU personnel will maintain and operate these samplers according to AMU’s SOP. The QA Auditor will audit the samplers according to the QA SOP for this sa mpler. Each TISCH TSP sampler contains a microprocessor with the ability to store sample run summary data and 5-minute interval data, a scan diskette for data backup and retrieval, a pump, a step-up tran sformer (added per the manufacturer’s recommendation to achieve the required flow rate du e to altitude at the sourceoriented sites), and an automated mass flow contro ller. Menu-driven software is used to program these samplers so they operate according to the required sampling schedule. These samplers do not use size-selective inlets and can collect particles up to 50 micrometers (μm) in aerometric diameter depending on meteorological conditions . The samplers will operate in Actual Conditions (AC), aka, Local Conditions (LC) . Again, Table B.4 shows the air monitoring instruments and the sample co llection plan for each site.

Samples will be collected onto 8” X 10” fibrous glass filters supplied annually by the EPA. These filters are assumed to meet all regulator y and acceptance criteria established by EPA prior to receipt. AFL will receive these filters and prepare them for sampling by assigning sample identification numbers to each filter , loading the filters into each sampler’s filter holder cassette, and preparing the associated ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record for each sample to be collected. The filters will not be weighed before or after sampling to determine a PM concentration because ADEQ does not currentl y own a microbalance that can accommodate the 8” X 10” filter size. ADEQ may elect to weigh filters in the future. AFL will receive exposed sample filters from the field operator, sub-sample each filter, and prepare and coordinate shipments of Pb filter sample strips to PCWRL. Sub-sampling refers to the process of cutting the filter into strips that are to be used for laboratory analyses. AFL’s processes follow AFL SOPs and all ADEQ SOPs are included as attachments to this QAPP.

For the non-source-oriented sampling:

ADEQ plans to use a low-volume PM 10 

### sampler to collect filter-based samples of particulate matter containing particles up to 10 μm in aerometric diameter on the same monitoring scheduled cited above. The sampler was operate d in standard conditions initially, but the sampler’s operating mode was changed from sta ndard conditions to local conditions in midSeptember 2012. This change improved the effici ency of determining and reporting each filter sample’s Pb concentration and it better aligned the comparability of the Pb/NATTS filter sample with other monitoring organizati ons around the country. The samp ler will be operated according to AMU’s SOP; and, the QA Auditor will audit th e sampler according to the QA SOP. Samples will be collected onto 47 mm Teflon® filters. These samples will not be sub-sampled beforeFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 39 

### shipping to ERG. The sampler produces sample su mmary and 5-minute interval data that will be downloaded and reviewed as part of the QA process.

Sample volume is provided by each sampler in the summary data. Interval data files are checked to ensure that an over or under run did not occu r. Sample volume is periodically checked by hand using the following equation:

Sample Volume = (Collection Time ) (Average Ambient Flow Rate)

Table B.4 Lead (Pb) Air Monitoring Plan per Site
ADEQ

Site (Abbreviation) Instrument (Quantity/Type/ Operating Mode/Designation) Measurement Collection Media Collection Frequency Duration & Time Annual Quantity of Samples Planned Scale

1/TISCH HIGHVOL+ TSP/AC/Primary 8” X 10” fibrous glass filter 1/6 day 23 – 25 hours midnight to midnight 60-61

1/ TISCH HIGHVOL+ TSP/AC/Secondary Pb particles up to 50μm aerometric diameter depending on meteorological conditions 8” X 10” fibrous glass filter 1/6 day 23 – 25 hours midnight to midnight 60-61

(30-31 are required on 1/12 day schedule; 4 are PEP; remainder
are extra samples) 1/RM Young Model 5103/Wind Monitor/ Continuous Wind speed and direction Direct read - electronic communicat ion to data logger Hourly values with 5 second max wind speed N/A HAGH*

1/Vaisala HMP 45C T&RH Sensor/Continuous Temperature and relative humidity Direct read - electronic communicat ion to data logger Hourly values N/A Middle

1/TISCH HIGHVOL+ TSP/AC/Primary Pb particles up to 50μm aerometric diameter depending on meteorological conditions 8” X 10” fibrous glass filter 1/6 day 23 – 25 hours/ midnight to midnight 60-61

MIGC

1/RM Young Model 5103/wind monitor/Continuou

s Wind speed and direction Direct read - electronic communicat ion to data logger Hourly values with 5 second max wind speed N/A MiddleFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 40 ADEQ

Site (Abbreviation) Instrument (Quantity/Type/ Operating Mode/Designation) Measurement Collection Media Collection Frequency Duration & Time Annual Quantity of Samples Planned Scale

1/Vaisala HMP 45C T&RH Sensor/ Continuous Temperature and relative humidity Direct read - electronic communicat ion to data logger Hourly values N/A

1/Thermo Partisol 2000 FRM/AC/ Primary Pb particles up to 10μm aerometric diameter depending on meteorological conditions 47 mm Teflon® filter 1/6 day 23 – 25 hours/midnight to midnight 60-61

1/RM Young Model 5103/wind monitor/ Continuous Wind speed and direction Direct read - electronic communicat ion to data logger Hourly values with 5 second max wind speed N/A JLG

1/Rotronics MP101A T&RH Sensor/ Continuous Wind speed and direction Direct read - electronic communicat ion to data logger Hourly values N/A Neighborhood



### *Collocated Site Key: HAGH = Globe Highway MIGC = Miami Golf Course JLG = JLG Supersite (aka, PXSS)FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 41 

### B.3 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CUSTODY

Sample handling and custody is one of the most im portant aspects of a quality system. Sample handling procedures must be consistently followed to provide data meeting the DQOs. Currently, EPA does not require that Pb filter samp les be collected within a certain timeframe, or that they be chilled to a specific temperature, or analyzed within a ce rtain number of days following collection. ADEQ plans to collect filter samples within 6 days following each run day, usually within 48-hours. The samples will be hand led as carefully as possible to prevent loss of particulates from the filters. Shipments of T SP sample strips and 47mm Telfon® filters to the analytical laboratories will be done in a timely ma nner to ensure adequate time for analysis, data validation and reporting.

To protect a sample from tampering and to ensure that a sample’s history and integrity is known, a chain-of-custody accompanies each sample. The ADEQ LEAD TSP 

### Air Sampling Record serves as the chain-of-custody (COC) as well as the sample collection data card for each TSP sample generated. The ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Record is used for the same purpose for the Pb samples collected at the NCore site.

A sample is considered to be in custody if it is in one’s actual physical possession, is stored in a secured area restricted to au thorized personnel as found with the AFL or AMU office/lab/shop area, or when it is in view after being in one ’s possession such as when a sample is being relinquished for shipping or analys is at an analytical laboratory.

To ensure sample integrity, security measures have been taken to prevent unauthorized persons from tampering with a site or th e air monitoring instruments. Site access is limited to authorized ADEQ, county, or mine personnel. Each sample r’s shelter door is ke pt locked except during service or filter changes. Site configurations va ry, but each site is protected from trespassers or unauthorized persons using some combination of security mechanisms such as signage/no trespassing posts, fencing that may have an upper peri meter barrier such as barb or razor wire, or a raised platform with locked door or chain. If a site is gated; it is padlocked. In the event security becomes an issue at a site, ADEQ will implement more stringent security mechanisms.

To prevent loss of material from the exposed TSP filter samples, the plan is to cover the exposed TSP filters with a filter holder faceplate following the retraction of the sample saver shield and to remove the filters as soon as possible following sampling. Then, the filter cassette holder is carefully removed from the samp ler, placed into a plastic zipper storage bag, and then placed into a site-specific transport case which further protects the sample from disturbance during transport to AFL. For the exposed PM 10 

### filters removed from the lo w-volume sampler, the plan is to enclose the filter sample in a plastic case, aka, clam shell, prior to transporting to AFL. More details concerning filter handling and custody can be found in the SOPs which are provided as attachments.

To prevent sample contamination, each filter casse tte holder, filter holder faceplate, and filter ring assembly is cleaned following sample collecti on and prior to the next unexposed filter being prepared for the next sample run day. The Pb TSP operator cleans dust from the surface inside the TSP samplers and from the TSP sample saver shield prior to each sample collection. The tools used for sub-sampling, i.e., cutting a filter into strips for analysis, the 8”X10” TSP filterFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 42 

### samples are cleaned following each use. The low-volume sampler’s inlet and interior are checked for debris or dust after each sample run and cleaned as needed by the operator.

B.4 ANALYTICAL METHODS

Laboratory Analyses

For source-oriented TSP Pb filter samples:

The AFL receives blank fibrous glass filters used for sampling from the EPA each calendar year. Unexposed filters are prepared for the AMU operator by AFL personnel. AFL receives the exposed filter samples from the AMU operator after sampling. AFL personnel cut the TSP filter samples into strips (sub-sample), verify info rmation on the COC/data information sheets, and ship samples with all required documentation to the PCWRL on a monthly basis to the address shown below. The frequency of shipments will be adjusted as needed. PCWRL plans to provide the laboratory analysis re sults on a monthly basis.

Pima County (PC) CRAO Lab 3035 W. El Camino Del Cerro Tucson, AZ 85750 Phone: 520-443-6052

For NCore PM 10 

### Pb filter samples:

The AFL receives blank Teflon ® 

### filters used for sampling from the EPA each calendar year. Unexposed filters are prepared for the AMU ope rator by AFL. AFL receives the exposed filter samples from the AMU operato r after sampling. AFL personnel verify information on the COC/data information forms using the sampler’s summary and interval data, and ship samples with all required documentation to the ERG laborat ory on a monthly basis to the address below. The frequency of shipments will be adjusted as needed. ERG plans to provide the laboratory analysis results on a monthly basis.

Eastern Research Group 601 Keystone Park Drive, Suite 700 Morrisville, NC 27560-9998 Phone: 919-468-7800

For the quarterly collocated TSP Pb PEP filter samples:

The AFL prepares the unexposed filters for co llocated sampling for the AMU operator. AFL receives the exposed filter samples from the AMU operator after sampling. AFL personnel verify information on the COC/data information form, and ship each sample and all required documentation to the Region 9 laboratory on a quarterly basis. The filters are not sub-sampled, but shipped whole to the address below. Additionally, AFL personnel submit the COC information electronically to the RTI database.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 43 

### USEPA Region 9 Laboratory Bldg. 201 1337 South 46 th 

### St Richmond, CA 94804-4600 Phone: 510-412-2389

The analytical laboratori es quality manuals and/or SOPs are found as attachments within this QAPP. Each analytical laboratory uses an EPA-approved method for analyzing the Pb filter samples. In Arizona, a state statute contains a provision that any laborat ory performing analysis for environmental compliance purposes be licen sed by the Arizona Department of Health Services (ADHS) for the analy tical method. Table B.5 shows the approved EPA analytical method or equivalency method for determini ng the concentration of Pb in TSP and PM 10 

### samples as well as the ADHS license number. Currently, only the PCWRL falls subj ect to the licensure requirement. To date, Pb concentrations measur ed at the JLG Supersite are considerably lower than the NAAQS. As stated previously, ADEQ meas ures Pb at this site to satisfy the EPA requirements for an NCore station within a CBS A having a population of 500,000 or more. If Pb concentrations measured at the JLG Supersite start approaching the Pb NAAQS, the need for ERG’s method to be licensed by the Arizona Depart ment of Health Services will be reviewed again.

Table B.5 Analytical Methods for Pb Samples
Parameter EPA Method Licensure# Analytical Method Laboratory TSP Pb – applies to routine primary & secondary samples, blanks, audit strips EQL-0510-191 AZ Dept. of Heath Services - # AZ0159 

### Determination of Lead Concentration in TSP by Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) with Heated Ultrasonic Nitric and Hydrochloric Acid Filter Extraction Pima County Wastewater Reclamation Laboratory, Tucson, AZ

TSP Pb – applies to the quarterly Pb PEP sample generated by ADEQ and the annual collocated PEP filter sample generated by EPA EQL-0710-192 Not applicable since concentration is not used for comparison to the NAAQS Heated Nitric Acid Hot Block Digestion and ICP/MS Analysis for Lead (Pb) on TSP High-Volume Filters US EPA Region 9 Laboratory, Richmond, CA

PM 10 Pb – applies to routine primary samples and blanks EQL-0512-202 Applicability being determined Determination of Lead in PM 10 by Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) with Hot Block Dilute Acid and Hydrogen Peroxide Filter Extraction Eastern Research Group, Morrisville, NCFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 44 

### B.5 QUALITY CONTROL

Quality control (QC) is the overall system of tec hnical activities that measure the attributes and performance of a process against established st andards to verify that performance meets the stated requirements established by the decisi on maker or data user. Information on data validation and verification can be found in Section D.

To assure the quality of data from air monito ring measurements, two distinct and important interrelated functions must be pe rformed. One function is the cont rol of the measurement process through broad quality assurance (QA) activities such as establishing policies and procedures, developing DQOs, assigning roles and responsibili ties, conducting QA oversight and technical system reviews, and implementing corrective actions.

The other function is the control of measuremen t error by implementing specific quality control checks at established frequencies to ensure the samplers operate within specified criteria. QC procedures include, but are not limited to: periodic (typically annual) NIST-traceable certification of calibration standard s/references (aka, calibrators) used for testing samplers and supporting meteorological instrume nts; regularly scheduled calib rations, verifications, and PE audits; collocation of samplers and participatio n in the national EPA Pb PEP. The analytical laboratories perform extensive QC functions on a regular basis that support the analytical instrumentation as well.

Section B of this QAPP contains supporting QA/ QC information regarding specifications and performance criteria for the samplers. In addition, the “ADEQ Pb High-Volume (TSP) Validation Template ” (see Table D.3.) and the EPA “ PM10 Filter Based Local Conditions Validation Template ” (see QAHBV2 ) provide additional information used by ADEQ during the data validation process to ensure the accuracy of Pb concentrati ons released to the public and used for NAAQS compliance purposes.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 45 

### B.6 INSTRUMENT TESTING, IN SPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE

The purpose of this element is to discuss th e procedures planned for verifying that all instruments and equipment are properly maintain ed and operate within acceptable performance levels. Prior to being deployed to a site, air monitoring instruments are tested in the AMU Shop to verify that they are working properly and that they meet the operating criteria.

The main component of ensuring correct instrument operation is through routine verifications. As mentioned previously, the fr equency of TSP sampler verifica tions may change once the Pb program is well established, but th e procedures used to perform th e verifications are anticipated to remain essentially the same. The flow rate for a TSP sampler is verified by using a water manometer following ambient temperature and pressu re verifications. All this information is used in a calculation to determine the flow rate, and the flow rate calculated is compared to the set point of the instrument. Refer to the AMU’ s SOP and Table B.12 for de tails pertaining to the verification process and acceptance criteria.

For Pb measurements at source-oriented si tes, ADEQ plans to use only high-volume TSP samplers that meet 40 CFR Part 50 Appendix B specifications. Currently, Pb samplers do not have manufacturer-specific federal reference me thod (FRM) or federal equivalent method (FEM) designations. Instruments are properly operated and maintained following 40 CFR Part 50 Appendix B , manufacturers’ requirements, and recommendations of technical personnel from the EPA and ADEQ’s AAS. Table B.6 show s specifications of TSP samplers.

Table B.6 High-Volume TSP Sampler Specifications Criteria Acceptable Range Citation/ Information

Design Criteria  seal filter to housing without leaks

 filter convenient to change

 adjustable flow rate Operational Flow Range

 Operate within 1.1 to 1.7 m 3 /min (39 – 60 CFM)

Operational Set Point

 1.13 m 3 /min (actual conditions) (40 CFM) Part 50 App B sec 7.2.1

Motor  Capable of reliably operating for continuous 24 hr periods Part 50 App B sec 7.2.4

Sampler Shelter  Rectangular with gabled roof

 Protects filter from precipitation/weather

 Exhaust discharge 40 cm from inlet

 Designed to minimize collection of dust by incorporating a baffle between exhaust and the supporting surface

 Filter in horizontal position at least 1 m above supporting surface Part 50 App B sec 7.3.1

Sample Cover  Uniform inlet on all sides

 Air velocity between 20 and 35 cm/sec (0.66 - 1.15 ft/sec)

 Recommended velocity 25 cm/sec ±2 (0.82 ft/sec +2) Part 50 App B sec 7.3.2

Filter Exposed Area (nominal)  406.5 cm 2 (63 in 2 ) Part 50 App B sec 7.1.2 

### NOTE : Above criteria verified prior to purchase and startup of sampler/samplingFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 46 

### For Pb measurements at the NCore site, ADEQ plan s to use only low-volume samplers that have received the EPA’s federal reference method (FRM) or federal equivalent method (FEM) designation for Pb-PM 10 

### sampling. Air monitoring instruments mu st meet strict criteria in order to obtain the FRM or FEM designation from EPA. ADEQ plans on c onducting flow rate, pressure and temperature verifications on the low-volume PM 10 

### sampler at the NCore site every four weeks. These verifications are performed us ing a NIST-certified flow , barometric pressure and temperature digital calibrator. ADEQ technicians and operators possess a strong understanding of how to operate these samplers because the instruments have been used by ADEQ for the collection of PM 10 

### and PM 2.5 

### filter samples for many years. Refer to the AMU’s SOP for details pertaining to the veri fication and calibration processes.

Inspection and acceptance of filter sample media is also performed. To prevent an interruption in the collection of Pb filter samples and to ensu re DQIs are met, ADEQ strives to keep critical supplies and consumables in stock such as fibr ous glass and polytetrafluoroethelyne filters, calibrators (standards/references ), spare parts for instrument ation, and if possible, backup samplers and meteorological monitors. Supplies and consumables are inspected for defects prior to use and their availabi lity in-house is monitored by the AMU personnel.

Inspection of Field Items

There are several items that need routine inspection in the field before and after a Pb sample has been collected. Table B.7 shows the inspections performed in the field before and after TSP sample collection.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 47 

### Table B.7 Inspection of Field Items for TSP Sample Collection Item Inspection Frequency Inspection Parameter Action if Item Fails Inspection Documentation Requirement Filter holder cassette including the following components:

 2-part metal frame

 (2) Thumb (finger) nuts

 Metal wire mesh filter holder support

screen

 (2) 8x10” silicon gaskets Before and after each run Any damage (warps, cracks, other signs of wear)

AND

Visible particulate or foreign objects Replace

Clean with a cloth using amended water or other surfactant solution such as Windex Document in sampler and site logbooks; on AMU Field Service Report and/or other AMU form

Same as above

Filter Holder Faceplate Before and after each run Any damage Replace Document in sampler and site logbooks and AMU Field Service Report Filter holder gasket (rubber gasket located between filter holder and blower motor) Semiannually Any damage Replace Document in sampler and site logbooks; on AMU Field Service Report and/or other AMU form Fibrous glass filter Before and after each run Any damage or anomalies Replace Document on AFL Air Lead TSP Sampling Record and/or other AMU form



### Table B.8 shows the inspections perfor med in the field before and after PM 10 

### sample collection.

Table B.8 Inspection of Field Items for Pb PM 10 

### Sample Collection Item Inspection Frequency Inspection Parameter Action if Item Fails Inspection Documentation Requirement 47mm filter holder (plastic ring, plastic clam shell) Before and after each run Cleanliness (Visible particulate)

Damage (warps, cracks, other signs of wear) Rewash or Replace Document in laboratory logbooks

Teflon ® filter Before and after each run Any damage or anomalies Replace Document on AFL Air PM 10 Sampling Record and/or other AMU formFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 48 

### Preventative Maintenance of Field Items

There are many field items associated with prev entative maintenance of a successful field program. Table B.9 details the maintenance checks of the Pb samplers. Details on maintaining the samplers can be found in the associated ADEQ SOPs and manufacturer’s operating manuals.

Table B.9 Preventative Maintenance of Field Items Instrument Item Maintenance Frequency Responsible Party Location Maintenance Performed Filter holder cassette silicon gaskets Replace every 3 years OR Replace if found compromised in any way during routine inspection or when leak is present AMU Operator OR AFL Supervisor or support analyst AFL

Rubber filter holder gasket Replace annually AMU Operator or Technician In field at site

Wire mesh filter holder support

screen Clean monthly AMU Operator OR AFL Supervisor or Support Analyst AMU Shop

CPU backup power battery Replace bi-annually AMU Operator or Technician In field at site

Sampler hood and sampling chamber Clean before and after each sample collection event AMU Operator In field at site

Brushless motor Replace every 8 years or sooner if motor function is compromised AMU Operator or Technician In field at site or in AMU ShopTISCH HIGHVOL+

Control and pump box Clean monthly AMU Operator or Technician In field at site

Inspect Sampling Chamber Clean as needed after use

Inspect Filter Cassettes for contamination Each filter sample setup

Rubber Lip Seal Each time filter is exchanged Clean PM 10 inlet, check o-ring(s) Every 14 days of inlet usage

Replace large inline filter Every 6 months of sampler operation Clean air inlet

screens Every 6 months of sampler operation Thermo Partisol 2000 FRM

Check battery voltage Every 6 months AMU Operator or Technician In field at site



### NOTE: Adjustments to routine, preventative ma intenance frequencies will be made as needed based on site conditions.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 49 

### B.7 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND FREQUENCY

Calibration is defined as the comparison of a m easurement standard, instrument, or item with a standard or instrument of higher accuracy to de tect and quantify inaccuracies and to report or eliminate those inaccuracies by adjustment. Use of the term “calibration” indicates that an adjustment either in the instrument or the soft ware occurred. EPA recomm ends that adjustments be minimized to prevent introducing measuremen t uncertainty and that verifications, “checks without correction”, be used to confirm whether or not an instrument is operating within the acceptable operating range.

The purpose of calibration is to minimize bias. Typi cally, calibration activities follow a two-step
process.

1. Certifying the calibration sta ndard and/or transfer (wor king) standard against an authoritative standard, usually the NIST. 2. Comparing the routine sampling or analytical instrument against a calibration or transfer standard.

The following calibrations are typically performed in the field:

 Verification/calibration of volumetric flow ra te of each sampler against the transfer standard;

 Verification/calibration of sampler temperatur e and pressure sensor s against the working temperature and pre ssure standard; and

 Verification/calibration of sampler’s internal clock against a NIST-traceable timepiece such as a cell phone, GPS, or atomic watch.

For the TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP samplers, the pr imary standard used for calibration is an orifice (top hat) manufactured by TISCH. A water ma nometer will be used to verify and calibrate the instrument’s flow rate. Flow verifications are performed manually by the field technicians and are conducted in ambient cond itions. Flow calibrations are ini tiated by field technicians, but the calibration process is an automated process. Due to instrumentation limitations, calibrations are performed in standard conditions. Prior to th e auto-calibration procedur e, the calibration flow range in standard conditions (SC) is entered by the technician so that the equivalent ambient flow range brackets the set point equally on both sides. The flow range may vary from site to site, based on differences in ambient temperature and pressure. See AMU’s SOP for exact calibration flow ranges for sites with TSP samplers. The equi valent ambient flow rates were calculated for each site, based on typical measurements of temp erature and pressure. The calibration flow rates are determined by the digital manometer within the instrument. While the digital manometer cannot be verified during the calibra tion process, it is verified duri ng the flow verifications. If the on-board digital manometer is out of tolerance during the flow verification, a Pcal (inches of water) calibration is conducted. For more details on the calibration procedure, see the AMU SOP in the attachments. A digital temperature and pressure device will be used for verifying ambient temperature and barometric pressure. One-point temperature and pressure verifications are conducted at the same frequency as the flow verifications. The high frequency of one-point verifications allows for an assessment of the te mperature and pressure se nsors over a wide rangeFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 50 

### of ambient conditions as they are conducted throughout the year. Standard materials and/or apparatus used for Pb TSP sampler calibrati on and verification are shown in Table B.10.

Table B.10 Standard Materials and/or A pparatus for TSP Sampler Calibration and Verification

Parameter M=Material A=Apparatus Std. Material Std. Apparatus Mfr. Name Model# Acceptance Criteria Variable Control Settings Flow Rate A

A

M+A

A

M

M NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

Fibrous Glass Orifice (top hat)

Roots Meter

Water
manometer

Syringe

Tubing

8”X10” TISCH

Dresser

Dwyer

Any

Any

Any #TE-5025 (or equivalent)

#5M125

30”

NA

NA

NA AnnuallyNISTtraceable certification

Every 3 yearsNISTtraceable calibration at minimum

Use with low resistance fluid

1/8” ID or 10
gauge

No visible damage MFC Set Point

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

Temperature A NA Digital standard BGI, BIOS, or other comparable manufacturer tetraCal ®

or equivalent digital standard Annual NISTtraceable certification NA

Pressure A NA Digital standard BGI, BIOS, or other comparable manufacturer tetraCal ®

or equivalent digital standard Annual NISTtraceable certification NAFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 51 

### For the low-volume PM 10 

### sampler, the standard materials a nd apparatus used for verifications, calibrations, and audits is found in Table B.11.

Table B.11 Standard Materials and/or Apparatus for PM 10 

### Low-Volume Sampler Calibration and Verification

Parameter M=Material A=Apparatus Std. Material Std. Apparatus Mfr. Name Model# Acceptance Criteria Variable Control Settings Flow Rate A

M

M NA

NA

Teflon ® Digital standard with Venturi 1 (6- 30 L/m)

Tubing

47mm diameter BGI, BIOS, or other Comparable manufacturer

Any

Any tetraCal ®

or equivalent digital standard

NA

NA AnnuallyNISTtraceable certification

1/4” ID

No visible damage NA

NA

NA

Temperature A NA Digital standard BGI, BIOS, or other comparable manufacturer tetraCal ®

or equivalent digital standard Annual NISTtraceable certification NA

Pressure A NA Digital standard BGI, BIOS, or other comparable manufacturer tetraCal ®

or equivalent digital standard Annual NISTtraceable certification NA



### For the Pb TSP samplers, ADEQ may conduct calib rations more frequently than required by EPA because ambient temperature and barometric pressure vary significantly from season to season throughout the state. Acceptance criteria fo r calibrations, verifications, and audits of the TSP samplers are found in Table B.12 and the ADEQ Pb Validation Template found in Section D. The associated SOPs are included as attachments. Parameters of the ADEQ Pb TSP samplers that are subject to routine calibrations, veri fications, and audits in the field include:

 Flow rate

 Ambient temperature

 Barometric pressure

 Date/Time

Table B.12 shows the acceptance cr iteria for the TSP Pb sample rs ADEQ plans on operating for the Pb network.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 52 

### Table B.12 Acceptance Criteria for Operating HIGH VOL+ TSP Lead (Pb) Samplers in Actual Condition Criteria Frequency Acceptan ce Range Corrective Actions Monitoring Instrument

Average Flow Rate (FR) Every 24 hours of operation Set Point: 1.13 m 3 /min (40 CFM) If sampler fails to maintain FR troubleshoot/repair/cali brate Standards (Reference) Flow Rate TISCH Orifice (Top Hat)

Digital Temperature Probe Digital Pressure Probe Certified annually to a NISTtraceable primary standard

Certified annually to a NISTtraceable primary standard Resolution 0.02 m 3 / min ± 2% reproducibility

± 0.5 oC accuracy ± 5 mm Hg accuracy Ensure annual certification is completed and repair or

replace references as needed

Verification/Calibration

One-point (QC) Flow Rate Verification

Date and Time Temperature Verification Pressure Verification Leak Check

5 point PCal (in H 2 O)

Multi-point Flow Rate Verification/Calibration Prior to every other sample collection event (may be reduced after

operating history is established)

Same as above “ “ “

Performed prior to flow rate calibration if needed

Annually, at minimum; upon installation; after repair; following flow rate failure; when action level is triggered In Actual Conditions: Action Level: ±5% difference from std Failure Level: ±7% difference from std

± 2 min

± 2oC ± 10 mmHg Audible check with

faceplate blocked

± ≤ 5% difference

5 points over operating range of ~1.02 – 1.25

m 3 /min (36 – 44 CFM) R-value limit of ≥ 0.99 (as per manufacturer’s recommendation) If failure occurs, adjust, repair, or replace unit.

Respond to Auditor using Corrective Action form

Adjust or replace “ “ “

“

See AMU’s-SOP for calibration range in standard conditions

Performance Evaluations

ADEQ PE Audits Each Sampler

EPA Pb PEP Quarterly; Near beginning of program; upon instrument change-out; following corrective action; and prior to sampler removal

Annually - 1 field audit Quarterly - 1 collocated filter sample ± 10% of audit standard and design value (40 CFM)

95% CL Absolute bias ± 15% If sampler fails audit, Submit Corrective Action form and audit field sheet to QA/QC Lead, DM&QA and

AMU ManagersFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 53 

### ADEQ plans on following the required acceptance cr iteria for these checks and the associated frequencies shown on the “PM 10 

### Filter Based Local Conditions Validation Template”. Additional information concerning acceptance criter ia for calibrations, verifications, and audits are shown in Table B.13. The associated AMU a nd QA SOPs are included in the attachments as well. Parameters of the low-volume PM 10 

### sampler that are subject to routine calibrations, verifications, and audits in the field include:

 Flow rate

 Ambient temperature

 Barometric pressure

 Date/Time

Table B.13 shows the acceptance criteria for the low-volume PM 10 

### samplers ADEQ plans on operating for the Pb network.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 54 

### Table B.13 Acceptance Criteria for Operating Partisol 2000 FRM Samplers in Local Conditions Criteria Frequency Acceptan ce Range Corrective Actions Monitoring Instrument

Average Flow Rate (FR) Every 24 hours of operation Set Point: 16.7 l/m If sampler fails to maintain FR troubleshoot/repair/ calibrate Standards (References) Digital Flow Rate Meter

Digital Temperature Probe Digital Pressure Probe Certified annually to a NIST-traceable primary standard

Certified annually to a NIST-traceable primary standard Resolution 0.02 l/m ± 2% reproducibility

± 0.5oC accuracy ± 5 mm Hg accuracy Ensure annual certification is completed and repair or

replace references as needed

Verification/Calibration

One-point (QC) Flow Rate Verification

Date and Time Ambient Temperature Verification Filter Temperature Verification Barometric Pressure Verification External Leak Check

Multi-point Flow Rate Verification/Calibration Every four weeks

Same as above “ “ “ “

Annually, at minimum; upon installation; after repair; following flow rate failure; when action level is triggered In Local Conditions: Action Level: ±3% difference from std Failure Level: ±4% difference from std

± 2 min

± 2oC ± 2oC ± 10 mmHg <126 mmHg/60 sec

5 points over operating range of 15 to 18.3 l/m within ± 2% difference of transfer standard If failure occurs, adjust, repair, or replace unit.

Respond to Auditor using Corrective Action

form if failed audit is involved

Adjust or replace “ “ “
“

If multipoint verification does not pass; recalibrate; if sampler does not hold calibration; change out with different sampler

and contact Thermo Performance Evaluations

ADEQ PE Audits of Sampler Semi-annual; Near beginning of

sampler startup;upon instrument changeout; following corrective action; and prior to sampler removal ± 4% of audit standard and ± 5% of design value (16.7 l/m) If sampler fails audit, Submit Corrective Action form and audit field sheet to QA/QC Lead, DM&QA and

AMU ManagersFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 55 

### Table B.14 shows a summary of quality control procedures and their acceptance criteria for PCWRL analysis.

Table B.14 Summary of Quality Control Procedures for the PCWRL Criteria Frequency Acceptan ce Range Corrective Actions Verification/Calibration

Calibration - standards at 1, 5, 25, 50, 75, and 100ppb Every Run R 2 = 0.998 or greater The lowest standard must recover ±15% of the expected value and the remaining must recover ±10% of the expected values to be acceptable Must meet criteria to continue, if fails make adjustments to system and reanalyze calibration curve until it meets criteria

Initial Calibration Verification (ICV) – must be from second

source Immediately following calibration ±10% to continue Must pass to continue, if fails make adjustments to system, recalibrate and

reanalyze. Initial Calibration Blank (ICB) Immediately following calibration and ICV <Reporting Limit to continue Make adjustments to system, reanalyze.

LLCV Low Level Calibration Verification (LLCV) – Concentration shall not be more than 3X the lowest calibration standard and at a level not used in calibration curve. Following ICV and ICB and at the end of each run ±30% of the expected values to continue The problem must be corrected and the instrument re-calibrated and the analysis repeated



### . The analysis may be restarted at the last passing set of the

LLCV/CCV/CCB Continuing Calibration Verification – (CCV) Following ICV, and every 10 extracted samples, and at the end of the run 10% of the expected values to continue The problem must be identified, corrected

and the analysis restarted at the point where the last set of

LLCV/CCV/CCB passed. Continuing Calibration Blank – (CCB) Following ICV, and every 10 extracted samples <Reporting Limit to Continue The problem must identified, corrected

and the analysis restarted at the point where the last set of

LLCV/CCV/CCB passed Quality Control
Laboratory Reagent Blank - (LRB) Once per batch <Reporting Limit If the result of the LRB is greater than the reporting level, then the source of contamination must be identified and corrected.. Laboratory Fortified Blank – (LFB), Once per batch ±20% If the result of the LFB is outside theFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 56 Criteria Frequency Acceptan ce Range Corrective Actions acceptance criteria, the problem must be identified, corrected

and the LFB reprepped/re-analyzed. Internal Standard - All samples and QC Samples Must meet recovery between 70% and 120%. If matrix effects are suspected the sample must be diluted and reanalyzed. Dilution is

continued until the internal standard falls within the range. Ratio must fall within 0.833- 1.42 to pass Spike – Concentration should be near calibration curve midpoint. Once per Batch ±20% of expected value Document any nonconformance, qualify samples appropriately Duplicate Once per Batch ≤ 20% RPD Document any nonconformance, qualify samples appropriately. Serial Dilution – Concentration of 10X the lowest standard. Five fold dilution. Once per Batch ±10% of undiluted result If the serial dilution fails, physical or chemical interferences should be suspected. Qualify sample results appropriatelyFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 57 

### Table B.15 shows a summary of quality control procedures and acceptance criteria for ERG metals analysis.

Table B.15 Summary of Quality Control Procedures for the ERG

Source: The ERG Quality Assurance Pr oject Plan, Category 1, 2012FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 58 

### B.8 INSPECTION/ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPLIES AND CONSUMABLES

The purpose of this element is to establish a nd document a system for inspecting and accepting all supplies and consumables that may directly or indirectly affect the quality of the Pb Program. The ADEQ Pb monitoring network relies on various s upplies and consumables th at are critical to its operation. This section details the supplies/ consumables, their accep tance criteria, and the required documentation for tracking this process.

Sampling Media Supplies

On an annual basis, EPA will provide 8”X10” fibrous glass filters to be used for the collection of routine TSP Pb samples, collocated and PEP TSP Pb samples, and TSP Pb field blanks. Similarly, EPA also provides ADEQ an annual allotment of 47mm Teflon® filters. AFL will collect the shipment upon arrival at the ADEQ Bu ilding Shipping & Receiving Office. Typically, EPA provides an ample supply of filters; however, AFL will inspect the shipment to ensure the number of filters shipped is adequate for the year . If filters are consumed at a faster rate than anticipated for any reason, AFL will contact th e currently designated EPA representative and request additional filters. In the event the annual allotment of f ilters is exhausted at an unusually high rate, the QA Team will help determine the root cause of excessive filter use and identify any corrective actions needed to return the Pb network to the normal EP A monitoring schedule.

To prevent damaging the brittle, fibrous glass fi lters before or after sampling, a second filter holder cassette and faceplate were purchased for each sampler to allow filter setup and removal from the cassette to occur in an indoor environm ent free of wind gusts and dust. In addition, the duplicate filter holders and faceplates allow the op erator to easily set-up a makeup sample run if needed without having to handle exposed and une xposed filters in the field which reduces the opportunity for contamination or physical damage to the filter. The QA Auditor also has a separate filter holder cassette and faceplate which are dedicated to QA and used to protect filter integrity while a PE audit is being conducted.

Unexposed and exposed filters are visually insp ected several times during the sample collection process to verify that the filter is without da mage or defects including pin holes, tears, and uneven thickness. Filters are examined when lo aded into the filter holder cassette, upon installation and removal from the sampler, and during sub-sampling prior to shipment to the analytical laboratory.

Table B.16 shows the critical fi eld supplies for the Pb network.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 59 

### Table B.16 Critical Fiel d Supplies and Consumables Area Item Description Vendor Windex

Citrus Cleaner Used for cleaning - surfactant-based cleaning solutions Canned Air Iso-propanol or Ethanol Paper Towels
Medium-size, soft paint brush Used for cleaning - debris removal and/or drying apparatus/material 

### General Supplies

Powder-free anti-static gloves Used to protect sample integrity during filter change-out and operator from exposure to settle dust components Grainger, Costco, Home Depot, Tritec, etc.

Combo Philips/Flat-head screw driver Channel lock pliers Crescent wrench 5/16” nut driver Used during routine service checks and repairs TISCH, Grainger, Home Depot, etc

6 feet of: 1/8” tubing with tfitting Water manometer with colored, low resistance fluid TISCH, Grainger, Home Depot, etc

Digital Temperature and Pressure sensor/calibrator BGI, BIOS, etc. Orifice and resistance plates TISCHTISCH HIGHVOL+ Sampler

Back-up fibrous glass filter for calibration/verification/audit checks Used during calibration/verification
process

EPA

Digital Flow, temperature and pressure sensor/calibrator BGI, BIOS, etc.

Multimeter O-ring lubricant O-ring/seal package (part#59- 005514) Foam fan cover for filter/pump compartment Grainger, Home Depot, etc

47 mm Teflon® test filter for calibration/verification/audit checks EPA THERMO Partisol 2000 FRM Sampler

47 mm sealed test cartridge for leak checks Used during calibration/verification
process

Modified in-house by AMUFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 60 

### B.9 NON-DIRECT MEASUREMENTS (Data from other Sources)

This element addresses data to be used in the Pb program that is not obtained by direct measurement from the ADEQ Pb network. Thes e data are obtained from non-measurement sources and historical or concur rently acquired databases not unde r the direct control of ADEQ.

Chemical and Physical Properties Data

Chemical and physical properties data and values of fundamental constants are often needed in ambient air studies. Examples of acceptable sour ces for fundamental units and constants and the relationships between metric and U.S. or British units are:

 National Institute of Sta ndards and Technology (availab le online at www.nist.gov)

 International Organization for Standard ization (ISO) (available online at www.iso.ch), International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) (available online at www.iupac.org), American Na tional Standards Institute (ANSI) (www.ansi.org), and other national and in ternational standards organizations

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (a vailable online at www.epa.gov) sources

 Current editions of handbooks on chemistry and physics such as the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics (CRC Press).

Sampler Operation and Manufacturers’ Literature

Important information is found in the manufacturers’ literature and operating manuals. Manuals for the Pb samplers, the devices used to verify a sampler’s proper operation (temperature sensors, pressure gauges, and flow meters) and to calibra te it, data acquisition de vices (laptop computers and the programs they contain), and all analytical instrumentation used in the laboratory will be available.

Geographic Location

Another type of data that will commonly be us ed is geographic information. For identifying the location of sampling sites, conventional longitu de and latitude coordinates, or universal transverse mercators (UTMs) are reported in EPA’s AQS database.

Historical Monitoring Information

Historical monitoring data and summary informati on derived from previous data may be used in conjunction with current monitoring results to calculate and report trends in pollutant concentrations. In calculating histor ical trends, it is important to verify that hist orical data are fully comparable to current monitoring data. If different methodologies were used to gather the historical data, the biases and other inaccuracies will be described in reports using those data.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 61 

### External Monitoring Databases

Data from the EPA AQS database may be used in published repor ts with appropriate caution. Care must be taken in reviewing/ using any data that contain flags or data qualifiers. If data are flagged, such data shall not be utilized unless it is clear that th e data still meet critical QA/QC requirements. It is impossible to assure that a database such as AQS is completely free from errors including outliers and bias es, so caution and skepticism is called for in comparing data from other reporting agencies as reported in AQS. Users should review available QA/QC information to assure that the external data ar e comparable with the measurements and that the original data generator had an acceptable QA program in place.

Meteorological Data from Other Sources

Meteorological data from sources such as the National Weather Service, National Climate Data Center, and other regional climate centers may be used to provide information required when developing monitoring sites, computing corrections needed to convert form standard conditions to actual conditions, and to support analysis and monitoring efforts. These data are not reported to AQS and are identified if they are used in monitoring or reporting.

Data Used to Establish this Network

To ascertain the geographical areas where the highest concentration of airborne Pb is expected to occur, several non-ADEQ data sources were utilize d. These data were obtained from ambient air quality and meteorological monitors operate d by local facilities. The ADEQ QA Auditor performs annual PE audits on these facility-operated monito rs to verify the quality of these data. Also, ADEQ often utilizes meteorological data collected by the National Weather Service (NWS) to aid in the understanding of the relations hip between ambient air quality concentrations and meteorological phenomena. AAS personnel have reviewed the QA/QC measures associated with NWS data and have found them to be acc eptable. In addition, EPA-approved dispersion modeling was used to assist in the siting of Pb monitors, partic ularly for the Miami area. The AERMOD dispersion model, utilizing facility an d NWS data, was utilized to determine the area of maximum Pb concentrations in the Miami ar ea. ADEQ strives to approve all environmental data and computer software that are to be used to aid in the monitoring effort, though sometimes data of lesser quality are the only informati on available. For these cases, the limitations and precautions are considered througho ut the decision making process.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 62 

### B.10 DATA MANAGEMENT

Data management (DM) describes how the data are handled through th e collection, analysis, validation, and reporting proce sses; and, it identifies responsib ilities and requirements during each process. DM begins with sampling activitie s and includes any or all of the following operations and their documentatio n: data recording, transfor mation, transmittal, reduction, validation, analysis, storage, and retrieval. DM also includes an overview of any mathematical operations and analyses performed on raw (“as-collected”) data. The handling of data is covered in ADEQ and PCWRL SOPs found as attachments to this QAPP.

Data Flow and Management

Data collected from ADEQ-operated instruments in the Pb network will consist of measurements from filter-based samplers operating on an every sixth day (1/6) schedule and from meteorological instruments generating hourly measurements. The DM&QA Unit will apply accepted QA/QC procedures to th e Pb and meteorological data.

Source-oriented samplers

For Pb data from the TSP samplers operated by ADEQ’s AMU, interval and sample summary data are scheduled to be downloaded following each sample run day during filter changes and transferred to the appropriate folder in the shared network drive. A Level 1 QA check is performed on the filter samples prior to them being prepped and shi pped to the analytical laboratory. This check involves review of the in terval data by the AMU lead operator or AFL supervisor to verify that the sampler operated within acceptance criteri a and each filter sample was not exposed to air flow before or after th e scheduled sample collec tion day. In addition, the summary data for each sample run day is chec ked to verify the information provided on the corresponding ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record sheet is correct. Following analysis, PCWRL performs verification and va lidation on Pb concentration data prior to sending results in μg/m 3 

### and μg/strip to DM&QA. This constitute s the Level 2 validation. PCWRL assigns the appropriate validation flag to data as neede d. The data are submitted in electronic AAAD format on a monthly basis. These data are then lo aded to ADEQ’s AAAD by the DM&QA Lead Pb Data Reviewer, who then performs Level 3 valid ation on the data. Upon completion of the Level 3 validation, the data are then tr ansferred to the EPA AQS database.

Non-source-oriented samplers

For Pb data from the low-volume PM 10 

### samplers operated by ADEQ’s AMU, interval and sample summary data are scheduled to be downloaded weekly during filter changes and transferred to the appropriate folder in the shared network drive. A Level 1 QA check is performed on the filter samples prior to them being prepped and shi pped to the analytical laboratory. This check involves review of the in terval data by the AMU lead operator or AFL supervisor to verify that the sampler operated within acceptance criteria and each filter sample was not exposed to air flow before or after th e scheduled sample collec tion day. In addition, the summary data for each sample run day are checked to verify the information provided on the corresponding ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Record sheet is correct. Following analysis, ERG performs verification and valida tion on Pb concentration data pr ior to sending results in μg/m 3 

### toFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 63 

### DM&QA. This constitutes the Level 2 validati on. The ERG assigns the appropriate validation flag to data as needed. The data are submitted in electronic Excel file on a monthly basis. These data are then reviewed by the DM&QA lead Pb data reviewer or the lead air toxics data reviewer, who then performs Level 3 validati on on the data. Upon completion of the Level 3 validation, DM&QA staff report an y discrepancies noted in the monthly report to ERG, and provide approval for ERG to load the data to the EPA AQS database. Having ERG load these data to the AQS database does raise some con cerns about data ownership. These concerns are being investigated by ADEQ, ERG, and EPA sta ff to allow maximum flexibility to the PQAO. SOPs will be updated to reflect any cha nges in these data reporting procedures.

Meteorological Measurements

For meteorological data, ADEQ has estab lished electronic communication with the meteorological instruments using a DCS data l ogger system. DM&QA personnel will perform all levels of data validation on wind direction, wind speed, ambient temperature, and relative humidity data. Figure B.4 shows the data collect ion system hardware architecture for retrieving continuous data.

Other measurements

If secondary Pb or meteorological data are use d, DM&QA will be responsib le for determining if it meets EPA and/or internal standards for quality.FINAL -ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 201264Figure B.4 Continuous Data Collection System Hardware ArchitectureFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 65 

### Data Management Responsibilities by Entity

DM activities and responsibilities at ADEQ for th e Pb network will be shared by the AMU, AFL, and the DM&QA Units.

Air Monitoring Unit Responsibilities

The AMU is responsible for:

 set-up, operation, maintenance, and take -down of the ADEQ air monitoring and meteorological instruments and the thr ee monitoring sites (MIGC, HAGH, JLG)

 documenting all instrument verifications, calibra tions, maintenance, change-outs, instrument and site log books, site information forms; and, providing such repor ts to DM&QA for QA
purposes

 transporting unexposed filters and exposed filte r samples to and from sites; loading and unloading of filters into samplers; and, providing sample collection information in the field portion of the ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record and/or the ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Record form for each sample

 downloading of data from filter-based samplers and transferring such files to proper ADEQ network drives

 ordering and managing air monitoring in struments, supplies and consumables

 responding to corrective action notices generated by the QA Auditor for failed PE audits

 site maintenance unless the site is not owned by ADEQ – then ADEQ will work with site owner regarding any changes or upgrades needed

 reporting and documenting any changes to a monitoring site to management

The AMU will follow good data practices by:

 filling out all hand-recorded documents completely, accurately, and legibly

 verifying all hand-recorded documents

 maintaining the site and instrument logbooks

 using consistent naming conventions for each site

 storing electronic and hard copy docum ents in AMU and/or with DM&QA

 communicating status of air monitoring to management

Good data management practices also incl ude personnel accountability for completion of specific tasks. Therefore, all field sheets, ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record and PM 10 

### Air Sampling Record forms, shipping documents, et c., will be reviewed by the appropriate AAS personnel member for correctness and complete ness, including any required signatures or initials.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 66 

### Air Filter Laboratory Responsibilities

The AFL is responsible for:

 pre-sampling - for all three monitoring sites set ting-up filters in the filter cassette holders for each sampler and initializing ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record and the ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Record for each sample and field blank collected

 post-sampling – removing exposed filter samples and field blanks from the filter cassette holders

 sub-sampling filter samples and shipping sample strips along with all needed paperwork to PCWRL

 shipping PEP Pb filter samples to the USEPA Region 9 analytical laboratory

 keeping relevant correspondence including em ails, shipping records, copies of ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Records (COC/data form), and other documents as needed

The AFL personnel will follow good data practices by:

 reviewing all ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record and the ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Record information for completeness and correctness

 developing and using consistent identification numbers for filter samples and blanks

 storing hard copy documents (COC, shippi ng schedules and records, etc.) in the appropriate files

 communicating with management

Good DM practices rely upon personnel accountabili ty for completion of specific tasks. To ensure good DM practices are continuously employed, documentation, such as ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Records and the ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Records, shipping documents, etc., and required signatures/initials, is routinel y reviewed by AAS personnel for correctness and completeness.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 67 

### Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit Responsibilities

The DM&QA Unit is responsible for conducting PE audits and TSAs, reviewing all field sheets, managing and reviewing all data, pe rforming final validation of a ll data and reporting data to EPA’s AQS database. Specific responsi bilities for the Pb network are:

 collecting site and in strument metadata a nd entering it into AAAD

 reviewing PCWRL and ERG data results for the filter samples and blanks from the three monitoring sites

 loading of lead concentration and meteor ological data into DCS, AAAD and AQS

 overseeing the automated Level 1 QA pr ocedures performed within the AAAD

 performing Level 2 and 3 QA of th e meteorological data in AAAD

 verifying deliverables needed from PCWR L and ERG for Pb concentration data

 performing Level 3 QA on Pb concentration data results,

 loading Pb data into AAAD (TSP data only)

 reporting any changes needed with Pb concentration data to ERG (PM 10 

### data only)

 reporting to the ADEQ program manager when review, loading, and reporting of each batch of data is completed

 maintaining files containing all hard copy fiel d sheets, instrument checks, audit reports, site and instrument change forms, etc.

 PE audits of TSP and PM 10 

### samplers and meteorological equipment

 generating and tracking of a ny corrective actions for mon itoring instruments and data

 preparing metadata and quality assured da ta summaries for delivery to the program
managers

 overseeing and evaluating PE and PEP result s to ensure high degree of data quality

The validated data deliverables from the PCWRL will be provided in the appropriate units and format for loading into the AAAD. DM&QA pr ovided the format and specific variables required.

As stated above, good data management practic es also include personnel accountability for completion of specific tasks. DM&QA will fo llow good data practices and document the data management processes by:

 verifying any electronic data entry of files during loading into AAAD and other software applications for analysis

 developing and using consistent naming conventions for each data set

 storing hard copy documents from the AMU personnel

 providing reports to managementFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 68 

### Contract Laboratories’ Data Management Responsibilities

Details regarding the laboratories internal data management procedures are described in their respective QM and SOPs which are found in th e Attachments. The c ontract laboratories, PCWRL and ERG, are responsible for:

 processing the collected samples and blanks

 validating the sample and blank results

 transforming the results into AAAD format (PCWRL only)

 delivering the results in a timely manner to ADEQ

 storing the data and associated documents

 uploading data to AQS (ERG only)

The PCWRL uses a Laboratory Information Ma nagement Systems (LIMS) to store sample metadata, analysis, flags, and any additional information available for validation of the sample results. The laboratory must retain any data review doc uments provided by ADEQ. ADEQ expects the PCWRL to follow EPA and ADHS gui delines such as good laboratory practices. They are also expected to follow good data management practices regarding sample identification and tracking, data entry, verifica tion, storage and securit y. The laboratory is responsible for integrating fi eld data from the ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record with the analyzed data from the filter samples. The laboratory is also responsible for maintaining sample analysis and COC information. The ADEQ AMU w ith support from AFL will follow their usual procedures for providing preliminary Level 1 sample validation of filter samples prior to the filter samples being sub-sampled and sent to PCWRL. PCWRL will conduct Level 2 QA reviews of analytical results prior to sending the data to DM&QA Unit for review and entry into the AAAD.

The ERG also uses a LIMS to facilitate data st orage, retrieval, analysis, and reporting. Each PM 10 

### Pb filter sample received will be logged into the system. The ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Records are reviewed to verify th at all data entry is complete as well. Sample tracking and COC information are entered into the LIMS system as shown in Figure B.5. All LIMS users must be authorized by the ERG Program Manager. The LIMS aides in maintaining data quality by generating data summaries, QC charts, flags, and other graphs in a consistent manner.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 69 

### Figure B.5 ERG’s Data Management and Sample Flow DiagramFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 70 

### Data Management Responsibilities by Activity

Pre-sampling and Start-up Activities

For source-oriented sampling:

The AMU will set-up three TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP sa mplers at two monitoring sites, perform initial and subsequent calibrations , and verify flow rates prior to every other run until otherwise approved by the AAS Manager. AMU will set-up the meteorological instruments needed at the sites and perform initial and subsequent calibrations and precision checks.

The DM&QA will conduct PE audits on all of the instruments near the beginning of monitoring activities; quarterly thereafter on samplers; an nually on meteorological instruments. DM&QA personnel will perform site evaluations on an an nual basis. DM&QA personnel will enter the required information in DCS, AAAD, and AQS, a nd establish file folders for hard copy field sheets.

The AFL will obtain and prepare the unexposed fibrous glass filters to be used in the samplers. The AFL will establish an ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record for all TSP Pb filter samples and blanks. The AFL will set-up and adjust as needed a shipping schedule for sending the TSP Pb filter samples and field blanks for ICPMS analys is with PCWRL. All required supporting data will also be sent to the laboratory.

For non-source-oriented sampling:

The AMU plans to operate a Partisol 2000 FRM low-volume PM 10 

### filter-based sampler at the JLG Supersite for Pb measurements. Initially, the sampler was operated in standard conditions, but was changed to operating in local conditi ons in September 2012. AMU will perform initial and subsequent calibrations and verify flow rates once every four weeks. AMU will operate meteorological instruments that meet NCore height requirements and perform initial and subsequent calibrations and precision checks.

The DM&QA plans to conduct PE audits on the sampler once every six months and annually on meteorological instruments. DM&QA personnel will perform site eval uations on an annual basis. DM&QA personnel will enter the required information in DCS, AAAD, and AQS; and, establish file folders for hard copy field sheets.

The AFL will obtain and prepare the unexposed 47mm Teflon® filters to be used in the sampler. The AFL will establish an ADEQ PM 10 

### Air Sampling Record for all PM 10 

### Pb filter samples and blanks. The AFL will set-up and adjust as needed a shipping schedule for sending the PM 10 

### Pb filter samples and field blanks for ICPMS analysis with ERG. All required supporting data will also be sent to the laboratory.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 71 

### Sample Collection Activities

The AMU operator or their designee will collect the prepped, unexposed filters/filter cassette holders and their associated ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms from AFL and load the TSP and PM 10 

### samplers per the EPA Monitoring Schedule for 1/6 day collection. The AMU operator or their designee will collect filters/ filter cassette holders after the sampling has completed and fillin the ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms. The AMU operator or their designee will download summary and interval data from the Pb samplers. The AMU operator or their designee will return filters and ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms to AF L. The downloaded electronic data files will be reviewed and loaded to the designat ed location(s) on ADEQ’s network drives.

AFL Laboratory Supervisor or their designee will process the Pb filter samples and blanks from the samplers following procedures found in the Attachments. AFL personnel will ship filter strips to PCWRL and ERG for analysis on a mo nthly basis or other timeframe as needed.

The AMU operator or their designee will downloa d summary and interval data files from the samplers onto laptops, thumb drives, palm pilot or other suitable elect ronic device and copy to the ADEQ network drive. Data downloads are sc hedule to occur after each sample run day at source-oriented sites and weekly at JLG.

The AMU operator or their designee will perform a Level 1 review of the sample summary and interval data files. The Lead Pb Data Reviewer or their designee will perform Level 3 validation on the Pb data once it is received from PCWR L. The Lead Air Toxics Data Reviewer will provide data review support as needed.

AMU will perform routine maintenance, verifications, and calibrations. DM&QA QA Auditor will perform routine PE audits on air monitori ng instruments in the Pb network on a regular basis.

AFL will ship Pb filters to PCWRL and ERG fo r ICPMS analysis on monthly basis, or other frequency if needed.

The Lead Continuous Data Reviewer or their de signee will load files from meteorological instruments into DCS and then AAAD and will do a Level 2 QA check on data and report the results to DM&QA Unit Manager.

Post Sample Collection Activities

DM&QA Auditor will perform final PE audits on samplers and meteorological instruments prior to their shutdown. AMU will remove equipment from monitoring sites. DM&QA will verify presence of field documents for completion of Level 3 QA review. The DM&QA Lead Pb Data Reviewer or their design ee will load the final data into AAAD and into AQS.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 72 

### Data Management Practices

This section describes the data handling practices that will be followed by ADEQ. The data handling practices followed by the PCWRL, ERG, a nd the Region 9 laboratories are described in detail in their respective quality manuals and SOPs.

Manual Data

In general, whenever data are recorded by hand, manually copied or entered into an electronic medium, the personnel member performing the opera tion and, if possible, the personnel member receiving the data, must verify that the opera tion was performed correctly. Manual data checks include:

 verifying that the information was recorded or copied correctly (e.g. from instrument screens to field sheets)

 verifying that handwriting is legible and ha ndwritten numbers are clearly identifiable

 verifying that documents have been da ted and signed or initialed as required

 verifying that the documents have b een filed in the appropriate location

Field records are reviewed for completeness a nd accuracy and initialed by the Lead Service Report Reviewer, the Lead for QA/QC, and the Lead Pb Data Reviewer.

Electronic Data

All electronic files must be visually inspected by opening the files and viewing the records. This includes files downloaded from samp lers and dataloggers, files from the AFL, and files received from the contract laboratory. The purpose of this inspection is to:

 verify that the file can be opened and is readable

 verify that all deliverables have been received per the contract

 verify that the dataloggers ha ve been correctly programmed

 identify the format of the data prior to load ing into a database or software application

It is best to inspect these files as soon as po ssible after receiving the files, especially if data review will not occur immediat ely. Any questions or problems that arise during this inspection can be resolved in a timely manner.

In general, when electronic data are copied or saved to another file format or loaded from one software application to another, the person perf orming the operation must verify that the data have transferred correctly. Checks on electronic data ope rations include:

 verifying that the data are in the correct fields

 verifying that the old and new files have the same number of records

 verifying that formats are correct (i.e., leadi ng zeroes are included and the data are rounded or truncated to the correct number of decimal places)FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 73 

###  verifying that the files are in the correct locations

Sample and Data Tracking and Documentation

The following information and documents are used by ADEQ to track and control the movement and handling of samples and data, to ensure pr oper procedures are fo llowed, and to support the data review and validation processes.

Site and Metadata Information

The representativeness of a site or monitor can be the most important factor when making decisions about the data collected from that site or monitor. The metadata associated with the site or monitor serves as the documentation of this representativeness. A ll necessary site and instrument information (e.g., site location, sa mpler siting information, date(s) of sampler installation and/or removal, etc.) is recorded in a Site Information and Metadata File which is maintained by the DM&QA Unit. Site and instrument change forms are used to document changes. In addition, logbooks are ke pt at each site and with each Pb sampler for use by the field technicians to record all activit ies at each site visit and note any problems. Site and metadata information for the three sites generating data for this network is shown in Tables B.1, B.2, and B.3 and on Figures B.1, B.2, and B.3.

Chain-of-Custody & Field Data Forms

A chain-of-custody ( COC) will be used with each Pb filter sample and blank generated by ADEQ. Both the COC and field data informati on for each sampling event are recorded on the appropriate ADEQ Air Sampling Record form. The COC portion tracks w ho is in possession of and responsible for the filter. The COC originates with the first party responsible for the filters. For the Pb network, the COC for the Pb f ilters will be initiated by AFL personnel.

The field data portion provides critical sample collection information which is needed for calculating the Pb concentration for each sample. The ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record has specific spaces for each item below. The handwri tten notations on the forms provide critical information including, but not limited to the following:

 site, date, and time that sampling actually occurred

 total volume sampled

 minimum, maximum, and average temperature, flow rate, and barometric pressure (BP) during the sampling period

 identification numbers for samples and blanks, and

 operators’ names and free-form not es regarding a ny irregularities

Examples of these forms and additional informa tion regarding their use are provided in the AFL & AMU SOPs found in the attachments. Comple ted ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms will be made available to the PCWRL, ERG, and DM& QA personnel validating Pb data. A copy of eachFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 74 

### ADEQ Air Sampling Record is retained by ADEQ and checked to ensure that all information is complete, accurate, and legible prior to samples being shipped for analysis.

Shipping and Handling Records

The ADEQ AMU/AFL will maintain shipment records.

Data Corrections

Following good data management practices helps to ensure that mistakes will either be avoided or found and corrected early in the process. Occasionally, however, errors will be made and overlooked, or problems discovered at a later date. In such cases, it may be necessary to change data after it has been uploaded to the AAAD or AQS. The DM&QA Unit is responsible for making the changes in these databases for TSP data.

The DM&QA Unit is responsible for communicating changes needed to PM 10 

### Pb data to ERG, and ERG is responsible for making changes to Pb data in the AQS. Th e DM&QA data reviewers are responsible for checking that requested changes were made successfully.

Data Storage and Retrieval

Data management includes storing and archiving all data, data files and any related documents needed to ensure data quality. Table B.17 summ arizes the specific ADEQ records and documents and the Unit responsible for storing them. The co ntract laboratories’ data storage and retrieval techniques are described in their respective QM and SOPs.

The analyzed data will be kept in AAAD. In addition, the analyzed da ta will be kept in the original electronic form produ ced by the contract laborator ies and stored on ADEQ AQD’s network drive. A brief description of the AAAD database is provided below.

AAAD

The AAAD is the central data repository for da ta collected and used by the AAS. The AAAD is an Oracle relational database built by ADEQ’s Information Systems Development Unit (ISDU) and put into production in July 2002. It contai ns both continuous data from the DCS and noncontinuous data from filters, canisters, and cartridges (FCC). The AAAD also contains instrument information and has graphics capabilit y to assist users in quality assurance data review. AAAD is linked to the ADEQ AZURITE data base which contains place information for the monitoring sites.

Access to the AAAD is controlled by a valid User ID and password. There are also six user roles which control user privileges in cluding table access, screen acce ss, and the ability to insert, update and delete data and metada ta. User roles are assigned by the database administer (the DM&QA Unit Manager). In addition, the AAA D is linked to ADEQ’s central AZURITE database which contains ‘Place’ and ‘Customer’ in formation. The user role to access the ‘Place’FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 75 

### information required for the AAAD is assigne d by ADEQ’s Information Technology Section (ITS) after the user has complete d an in-house training course.

The AAAD database is housed on the ADEQ Oracle server kept in the ITS server room. The ITS has daily, weekly, and monthly back up procedur es as well as back-up power support to the server room. The Oracle server is inside the ADEQ firewall and protected with antivirus and other security software. The ITS has Oracle databa se administrators with 24-hour/7-day access to identify any server issues. The back-up and securi ty procedures of the ITS are described in the ADEQ QMP.

The AAAD was designed to store up to ten years of data online with older data rolled off to archive storage space. Archived data will be kept in simple text-delimited files that can be accessed via special request to the ITS. These pr ocedures have not been finalized and may be part of the current ISDU developmen t of an AZURITE data warehouse.

Table B.17 Summary of Data Records Stored at ADEQ

Type of Record Medium Da ta Storage Location or Responsibility

Completed COC and field data forms Hardcopy and electronic AMU and DM&QA

Site and instrument logbooks Hardcopy DM&QA Shipping and receiving re cords Hardcopy AMU/AFL

Certificates for all instruments and standards (e.g., NIST or manufacturer's certificate) Hardcopy AMU and DM&QA

Instrument calibration and verification records Hardcopy AMU and DM&QA Instrument maintenance and service records Hardcopy AMU and DM&QA

Downloaded files from monitors with QC data Electronic AMU (computer - network drive) QA records, including PE audit and technical system audit reports Hardcopy and electronic DM&QA

Lab validated data sets sent from the laboratory to ADEQ including metadata Electronic DM&QA (computer – network drive)

Data Review forms Hardcopy and electronic DM&QA

Quality Assured Data Electronic (AAAD) DM&QA

AQS Reports Hardcopy and electronic DM&QA

Purchasing records Hardcopy AMU and AAS Correspondence between ADEQ and the PCWRL Electronic AMU and DM&QAFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 76 Correspondence and business records with subcontractors involved with the program Hardcopy and electronic AMU and AAS

Training records Hardcopy AAS Correspondence and reports with subcontractors performing data analysis (if applicable) Hardcopy and electronic DM&QA and AASFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 77 

### SECTION C. ASSESSMENT AND OVERSIGHT

C.1 ASSESSMENTS and RESPONSE ACTIONS

This element describes the extern al and internal checks planned for the Pb network to ensure that:

 elements of the QAPP are correctly implemented as prescribed,

 the data generated are of high quality and meet the needs of users, and

 response/corrective actions, when needed, ar e implemented in a timely manner and their effectiveness is confirmed.

An assessment, for this QAPP, is defined as an evaluation process used to measure the performance or effectiveness of the quality sy stem for a monitoring network, its sites, and various measurement phases of the EDO. The results of assessments indicate whether the QC efforts are adequate or need to be improved. To ensure the adequate performance of the quality system, ADEQ and EPA Region 9 plan to perf orm assessments on the ADEQ’s various air monitoring networks periodically.

Assessments of External, Auxiliary Organizations

As stated in Section A, ADEQ does not plan to independently perform assessments of the contract laboratories, but technical personnel will work with EPA as needed to evaluate the laboratories practices. ADEQ plans to review assessment reports generated by other government agencies as a means to evaluating laborator y performance periodically. The QA information received from the ERG and PCWRL will be reviewed on a regular basis when batches of data are submitted for Level 3 validation.

Assessments of ADEQ Program Activities

Surveillance

Surveillance is the continual monitoring and an alysis of records to ensure that specified requirements are being fulfilled. On a routine basis, AMU and DM&QA personnel review log books and instrument service reports (calibrations , verifications, PE audits, instrument change forms, and corrective action repor ts, etc.) generated from the ope ration and maintenance of the Pb samplers to verify that the acceptance crite ria are being met. In addition, ADEQ plans to review the electronic data files from the Pb sample rs before and after sample collection to ensure that the samplers operated correctly.

Technical Systems Audits (TSAs)

A TSA is a thorough and systema tic on-site qualitative audit, where facilities, equipment, personnel, training, procedures, a nd record keeping are examined for conformance to the QAPP and governing EPA regulations. 40 CFR Part 58 requires EPA to conduct TSAs on air monitoring organizations under thei r jurisdiction. EPA may opt to use the services of a thirdFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 78 

### party contractor for external TSAs. The EP A Region 9 plans to conduct a comprehensive TSA on ADEQ’s air monitoring program every thr ee years. ADEQ also plans on conducting a comprehensive TSA on a three year schedule. However, an internal TSA may be conducted more frequently or a TSA may be conducted on a specific air monitoring network if requested by management or if the QA Team has reason to believe an assessment is needed on a specific network.

Typically, the AAS QA Team, which is comprised of the QA/QC Lead and QA Auditor, conducts TSAs as a joint effort, but it is po ssible that the TSA may be conducted by one QA Team member. In addition, the QA Team anticip ates that other AAS personnel or technical experts will want to participate on internal TSAs and may be needed as pa rticipants on occasion. Therefore, the members of an Audit Team may vary from TSA to TSA.

To increase uniformity of a TSA, the QA Team pl ans on using a checklist and/or questionnaire. The checklist and/or questionnaire may be amende d overtime in order to ascertain information more precisely. Although the TSA is comprehensiv e, each TSA may be tailored toward specific issues currently under focus. These items may include emerging issues at a local or national level or requests for more information rega rding a specific air monitoring network from management or the EPA.

TSA activities commonly involve:

 visiting air monitoring sites,

 reviewing records such as logbooks, service reports on air monitoring instruments and NIST-traceable certifications of calibration standards/references,

 interviewing key personnel (individuals i nvolved with planning, laboratory and field operations, QA/QC, data manage ment, and reporting), and

 evaluating data for accuracy.

For the Pb network, there are three distin ct service areas that will be reviewed:

 Laboratory – filter ordering and receiving, pre-sampling filter and chain-of-custody setup, post-sampling filter cutting, shipping, arch iving; third party audits of contract laboratories will also be reviewed

 Field – station and sampler siting and ope ration, filter sample collection, sample handling during change out and transport

 Data Management – metadata and pollu tant data collection, flagging, editing, validation, security, archiving, and up loading to AAAD and AQS databases.

ADEQ’s air monitoring program and its quality sy stem are ultimately evaluated against the EPA regulations, 40 CFR Parts 50 and 58 , any applicable State of Ariz ona rules and regulations, and ADEQ’s QAPPs and Quality Management Plan. Th e QA Team is available to help identify solutions to audit findings and usually meets with the audited group as needed to help identify solutions that will yield a positive result for all concerned. Findings and recommendations identified during both the external and internal TSAs are reported in a formal report. Usually findings and recommendations derived from the TSA process fall into major and minorFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 79 

### categories. These findings and recommendations as well as the solutions implemented are recorded. This preserves valuable historical information pertaining to the air monitoring program’s networks.

Any deficiencies that are deemed “serious” meani ng there is reason to believe that the quality of pollutant data is being signifi cantly compromised and the matter needs immediate attention from management, will be identified using a specific fo rm. The ADEQ Internal Audit Finding (IAF) form will be used to present such findings to the audited group and thei r management at the TSA debriefing (See Figure C.1). An IAF form will be generated for each serious deficiency and it will clearly identify pertinent information such as: pollutant(s) impacted, estimated time period of deficiency, site(s) affecte d, and reason of action. During th e debriefing discussion, evidence may be presented that reduces the significance of the finding; in which case, the finding may be removed. If the audited group is in agreement with the finding, the discussion is documented and the form is signed by the organization’s director , or their designee, duri ng the exit interview. If a disagreement occurs, the Audit Team will record the opinions of the audited group and set a time at some later date to address the finding at issue. The Audit Team and the audited group may work together to solve required correc tive actions. An ADEQ Internal Audit Response (IAR) form (Figure C.2) will be initiated by the audited group’s unit or section managers in response to each ADEQ IAF generated that can not be resolved at the debriefing.

It is customary for both external and internal TS As to end with a closi ng or debriefing meeting with key personnel and management. This provides a forum for discussion with auditors regarding positive observations as well as the fi ndings and recommendations geared toward the continuous improvement of an air monitoring netw ork and the data it pro duces. If needed, an attempt will be made to rank the findings in orde r of their potential impact on data quality if needed.

The major post-audit activity is the preparation of the TSA report. The Audit Team will prepare the TSA report that includes a written executi ve summary of findings covering the following service areas: laboratory, fiel d, and data management. To prepare the TSA report, the Audit Team will compare observations with collected documents and results of interviews and discussions with key personnel. The audit findi ngs, both accomplishments and deficiencies, will be discussed in adequate detail in the written report. ADEQ pl ans to use information gleaned from TSAs as well as other types of audits to improve QAPPs and SOPs in order to produce the highest quality data possible. See Se ction C.2 for more on the TSA report.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 80 

### Figure C.1. ADEQ Internal Audit Finding Form

ADEQ Internal Audit Finding

Audited Unit/Team:

______________________________________________________ Audited Activity : Audit Date : Finding # :

_______________

Finding:

___________________________________________________________________________________
Discussion:

Audit Team Lead Signature: __________________________ Date: ______________

Audited Unit Supervisor Signature:____________________ Date: ______________FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 81 

### Figure C.2 ADEQ Audit Response Form

ADEQ Internal Audit Finding Response Form

Audited Unit/Team :______________________________________________________________
Audited Activity: ____ Audit Date: ________ Finding #: __________

Finding:

Cause of the problem:

Actions taken or planned for correction:

Responsibilities and timetable for the above actions:

Prepared by: Title________________ Date: _____________

Audited Unit Supervisor: Title _______________ Date: _____________

Audit Team Lead: Date: _____________

Remarks:

Is this audit finding closed? When?

File with official audit records. Send copy to AuditeeFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 82 

### Audits of Data Quality

An audit of data quality (ADQ) reveals how the data are handled, what judgments were made, and whether uncorrected mistakes were made. A DQs can often identify the means to correct systematic data reduction errors and they ma y help to identify improvements needed in a network’s operations. ADQ are deta iled evaluations of a small percen tage of the data reported to the EPA’s national database and include an ev aluation of both the raw data and the supporting documentation. The QA Team plans on conducti ng an ADQ once every 6 months on the various types of data generated by the AAS’s air monito ring program or more frequency if requested by management.

The auditor or QA Team will devote sufficient time a nd effort to this activity to ensure a clear and complete understanding of data flow and the associated documentation is well-founded. Pertinent ADQ questions will appear on the TSA checklist or questionnaire to ensure that the data maintain their integrity at each level of validation. The ADQ may serve as an effective tool for organizing the extensive amount of information to be gathered during a TSA from the laboratory, field, and data management functions. The ADQ will have the same reporting/corrective action requireme nts as the TSA. The QA/QC Lead and QA Auditor plan to conduct an ADQ in conjunction with a TSA. The EPA Region 9 QA Office may also conduct ADQs. The ADQ should not be confused w ith the data quality assessment (DQA).

Data Quality Assessments

A DQA is a statistical analysis of air quality, or other environm ental data, that is used to determine whether data generated by a part icular air monitoring network have met the established DQOs and MQOs, and in doing so, are of adequate quality for use by decision makers. The DQA process is discussed in detail in Section D.3 of this QAPP.

Management Systems Review (MSR)

An MSR is a qualitative assessment of a data collection operation or organization to establish whether the prevailing quality management struct ure, policies, practices , and procedures are adequate for ensuring the type and quality of da ta needed are obtained. MSRs are conducted or lead by the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Manager and are targ eted for every three years. The reviewer(s) will ensure that sufficient management controls are in-place and carried out by the organization to adequately plan, implement, and assess the results of the program. The QA activities for all criteria pollutants including Pb should be pa rt of the MSR. The ADEQ QA/QC Unit will report the findings to the AAS Manager within sixty (6 0) days of completion of the MSR. The report will be appropriately issued to ADEQ Director s. Follow-up and progress on corrective action(s) will be tracked, documented, and filed appropriately as per AAS’s corrective action plan.

Performance Evaluation

The EPA defines a performance eval uation (PE) as a type of aud it in which the quantitative data generated in a measurement system are obtaine d independently and compared with routinelyFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 83 

### obtained data to evaluate the proficiency of an analyst, or laboratory. Laboratories analyzing both type of Pb filter samples, TSP and Teflon®, will participate in a proficiency test (PT) on a quarterly basis where 6 filters strips of a known c oncentration are analyzed and reported to EPA. ADEQ will monitor how well the analytical laboratories perform.

In addition, the DM&QA QA Auditor performs indepe ndent audits, or QC ch ecks (verific ations), using a different NIST-traceable calibration st andard, or reference, on both the TPS and PM 10 

### Pb samplers. ADEQ PE audits are conducted once a quarter by the QA Auditor. These checks do not generate Pb data; but they provide assuran ce that air monitoring instruments are performing as shown during regular verifi cation checks performed by the AM U technicians. The main components audited are: site condi tions and an air monitor’s flow rate, ambient temperature, and ambient pressure.

ADEQ’s Pb TSP samplers are required to par ticipate in the EPA Pb Performance Evaluation Program (Pb PEP) which is part of the EP A’s National Performance Evaluation Program (NPEP). The QAHBV2 provides the following list of be nefits derived from the NPEP:

 Allows one to determine data comparability and usability across sites, monitoring networks (Tribes, States, and geographic regions), instrument and laboratories;

 Provides a level of confidence that mon itoring systems are operating within an acceptable level of data quality so data users can make decisions with acceptable levels of certainty;

 Helps verify the precision and bias estim ates performed by monitoring organizations;

 Identifies where improvements (t echnology/training) are needed; and

 Assures the public of non-biased assessments of data quality.

PEP reports will be compiled by EPA and disseminate d to air monitoring agencies. The EPA is applying the following two-part appro ach to the Pb PEP QA/QC process:

1. One, annual, EPA-generate d, collocated filter sample will be collected by an independent field auditor (EPA personnel or EPA contractor ) who temporarily sites, an EPA-selected TSP audit sampler beside one of ADEQ’s TSP sa mplers at a source-orie nted site. Then, a 24-hour collocated sample is collected on a regularly schedu led sample collection (run) day. The auditor then collects the audit, or PE P, filter sample and sends it in its entirety, i.e. does not sub-sample, to an independent laboratory for analysis. The ADEQ sampler audited is expected to vary each year and the EPA Region 9 Laboratory is analyzing the Pb PEP samples.

2. One, quarterly, ADEQ-generate d, collocated filter sample will be collected by an ADEQ operator in addition to the routinely required collocated filter samples. ADEQ submits the audit, or PEP, filter sample in its entirety to the EPA Region 9 Laboratory for analysis. The sampler used is the designate d secondary sampler at the collocated Globe Highway site. NOTE: Collocated filter sample s are required every other run day. ADEQ opted to collect a collocated filter sample on all sample run days which (1/6 day) becauseFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 84 

### it was easier to plan and provided extra samp les without significantly increasing time and effort by personnel.

Table C.1. Summary of Assessments Planned by External Agencies Assessing Agency Type of Assessment Agency Assessed Frequency
EPA Pb PEP ADEQ Annually

EPA-generated TSP collocated filter sample ADEQ Annually

ADEQ-generated TSP collocated filter sample ADEQ Quarterly

EPA Pb PT Audit Strips (both TSP and Teflon®) PCWRL, ERG, R9 Lab Quarterly

EPA DQA ADEQ Once every three years EPA Region 9 MSR or TSA ADEQ Once every three years ADHS MSR/TSA PCWRL Once every three years

EPA PT for PM 10 filter sample* ERG Periodically



### * - a NATTS-driven PT for the PM 10 

### toxic metals filter sample

Table C.2. Summary of Internal Assessments Planned by ADEQ Units Responsible Type of Assessment Frequency
ADEQ QA/QC Unit MSR Once every three years

DM&QA TSA DQAs (all data) ADQ PE Audits (flow rate) Once every three years Annually Semi-annually Quarterly

DM&QA, AMU, and Evaluation Surveillance Ongoing

DM&QA, AMU Air Monitoring Network Plan Annually

DM&QA, AMU, and Evaluation Air Monitoring Network 5- Year Assessment Report Once every five years beginning 2010FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 85 

### C.2 REPORTS to MANAGEMENT

Effective communication among all personnel is also an integral part of a quality system. Reports to management provide the opportunity to alert management of data quality problems, to propose viable solutions to problems, and to pr ocure necessary additional resources. Routine reporting also provides a mean s for tracking the following:

 adherence to scheduled delivery of data and reports;

 documentation of deviations from approved QA and test plans, and the impact of these deviations on data quality; and

 analysis of the potential uncertainti es in decisions based on the data.

The following sections describe the quality-related reports and communications to management necessary to support the Pb network operations and the asso ciated data acquisition, validation, assessment, and reporting.

Quarterly and Annual Data and QA Summary Reports

Data summary reports will be dist ributed quarterly to management to brief them on the status of the operations of the instrumentation as well as th e status of data summary metrics in comparison to the NAAQS. These quarterly reports are base d on quality assured Level 3 data. During the first year of Pb monitoring, mont hly reports will also be provid ed to management to provide more timely updates on the overall operation of th e instrumentation and the status of data summary metrics in relation to the NAAQS. Th ese monthly reports are based on preliminary Level 2 data.

Periodic assessments of the Pb data quali ty are required to be reported to EPA ( 40 CFR 58 Appendix A ). This requirement is fulfilled by the repor ting of precision and bias data to the AQS. These precision and bias data ar e also taken into consideration when certifying the ambient Pb data as documented in the annua l data certification p ackage to EPA. The precision and bias data are obtained from:

 AMU flow verifications (p recision and bias checks)

 QA Auditor flow rate audits (bias checks)

 Routine collocated sample results (precision estimates)

 Pb PEP audits and quarterly collocated PEP sample (bias estimates)

 Quarterly audit strip analyses (bias estimates)

Data from the AMU flow verifi cations and DM&QA flow rate a udits are uploaded to the AQS once a quarter for the previous quarter. All precisi on and bias data for the calendar year must be entered before the annual certifica tion deadline of the following year.

DM&QA staff produce quarterly repor ts that document the data validation process and provide data summaries for various programs. The data validation and data summaries from the Pb-TSPFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 86 

### samplers are included with the SLAMS filter-based particulate data report. The data validation and data summaries from the Pb-PM 10 

### sampler are included with th e speciation and toxics data report. The Pb data and QA su mmaries are included as a section within these reports. Information such as data completeness, NAA QS comparisons, collocation details, and a summary of quality assurance issues are cont ained within these repor ts. These reports are reviewed by the DM&QA Unit manager.

Annual reports to management primarily include the annual data certification letter and the annual audit report. The data certif ication letter is a requirement that is due to EPA by May 1 of the following year for which the data have been collected. ADEQ’s DM&QA Unit includes an overall assessment of the data from all of the mo nitoring networks as an attachment to the annual data certification letter. This letter and accompanying report focu ses on the quality assurance and data review aspects that are associated with ambient air qua lity monitoring. DM&QA personnel utilize the AQS AMP255 Data Quality Indicator Report to summarize an d assess precision and bias information for each monitor ADEQ operates. If any significant issu es arise throughout the year or during the annual review of the QA data, this is documented in the certification letter.

At the end of each calendar year, an annual audit report is developed by the ADEQ AQD QA Team and distributed as above. This document de scribes the quality objectives for measurement data and how those objectives have been met. The QA Annual Report includes quality information for all data collected by each ne twork, including Pb beginning in 2011. The Annual Audit Report includes, but is not limited to, the following QA information:

 monitoring program overviews and update s on any changes to the audit program,

 a summary of the flow rate and performan ce audits performed in that year for each network, and

 a summary of any internal or EPA TSAs conducted during the year and any corrective actions taken in response

For reporting measurement uncer tainties, the QA Annual Report contains the annual AQS QA summary report and summary statistics of the following for each monitoring network or
program:

 Precision

 Bias

 Completeness

 Timeliness

Annual Monitoring Network Plan an d Five-Year Network Assessment

Effective December 18, 2006, 40 CFR 58.10 requires states to complete an annual monitoring network plan and submit it to the EPA Regional Administrator for approval by July 1st of the following year. The monitoring network plan identif ies the purpose of each monitor and provides evidence that the siting and operation of each mo nitor meets EPA requirements. It is used to determine how well a particular air monitoring network is achiev ing its required air monitoringFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 87 

### objective(s) and what modificati ons are needed for it to conti nue or to better meet its objective(s).

The annual monitoring network plan must be ma de available for public inspection (website, hardcopy posting in libraries and public offices, and/or newspaper li sting) for at least 30 days prior to submission to EPA. Although not re quired, EPA recommends soliciting comments during the public inspection period. If an oppor tunity for public comment is provided, any comments received must be included in the network plan, and any changes made to the plan after the public comment period must be identified.

Every 5 years, in addition to the annual plan, an assessment of the air qu ality network must be submitted to EPA Region 9. This five-year network assessment must determine 1) if the network meets the monitoring objectives defined in 40 CFR 58 Appendix D, 2 ) whether new sites are needed, 3) whether existing site s are no longer needed and can be terminated, and 4) whether new technologies are appropriate for incorporati on into the ambient air monitoring network. This assessment must also include a review of existin g and proposed sites to determine if areas with relatively high populations of susceptible individual s (i.e., populations with sensitivities such as children with asthma) are characterized. In addi tion to the requirements above, the five-year network assessment may also in clude 1) re-evalua tion of the objectives and budget for air monitoring, 2) evaluation of a netw ork’s effectiveness and efficien cy relative to its objectives and costs, and 3) development of recomme ndations for network reconfigurations and improvements. The first assessment under th ese new regulations was due July 1, 2010.

Technical System Audit Reports

External TSAs are scheduled to be conducted at least every three years by the EPA Region 9 Office as required by 40 CFR Part 58 . The report with the audit findings will be provided to the ADEQ AQD Director and forwarded to the AAS Manager. Internal TSA reports provided by the DM&QA QA Team will be provided to the AAS unit managers, AAS section manager, and made available to EPA personnel when they au dit ADEQ or provided upon request. The reports will be filed appropriately.

The internal TSA report will include:
 audit title and any other identifying info rmation such as an audit ID number;

 audit team leaders, audit team par ticipants and audited participants;

 background information about the project, purp ose of the audit, dates of the audit; particular measurement phase or parameters th at were audited, and a brief description of the audit process;

 summary and conclusions of the audit and corrective action requires; and

 attachments or appendices that include all audit evaluations and audit finding forms.

The goal is to have the TSA draft audit report pr epared within thirty days (30) following the debriefing. The report will be made available to the audited group for comment. The audited group will have at least two (2) weeks to review the report and make comments. If the auditedFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 88 

### group has written comments or questions concer ning the audit report, the Audit Team will review and incorporate them as appropriate, and subsequently prepare and resubmit a final report. The final report should be ready for distribution about sixt y (60) days following the TSA debriefing. The report will include an agreed-u pon schedule for corrective action implementation or follow-up meetings will be held to develop a schedule.

Corrective Action Process and Performance-Related Records

A corrective action process (CAP) is in-place for the Air Assessment Section (AAS). The program ensures personnel have a means of communicating any perceived problems involving potential safety issues that ma y present a risk to the site technicians, operators, and auditors, or, ope rational or procedural problems that may adversely affect data in a number of ways. The CAP is g eared toward problems, or deficiencies, to which no prescribed corrective action has been identified in SOPs or QAPPs. The CAP is a closed-loop system and is geared to ward preventing recurrence of a problem by addressing its root cause. Failed PE audits fa ll under the CAP. For more information on the CAP, see AAS’s SOP which is included in the attachments.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 89 

### SECTION D. DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY

D.1 DATA REVIEW, VALIDATION, and VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

Data review is the set of veri fication and validation procedures used to examine the products of data collection and data processing to determine th eir quality and usability. It spans a wide scope of tests from low level checks on sample identity to high level checks on spatial and temporal comparability. The main goal of the review is to determine if the data products (measurements) are representative of their environment. This is accomplished through ve rification and validation of the preliminary data results with sample collection procedures, sampler operation, and laboratory processing. In general, whenever an operation affects the data product, verification and validation checks should be defined and im plemented to ensure the operation was done correctly.

Data review also provides feedback on the fiel d and laboratory analysis activities; it identifies those data points that may indicate the need for corrective action to a field or laboratory procedure. Data are only invalidated when speci fic evidence exists that show a clear cause for the invalidation, i.e., a failed flow verificati on. Outliers not explained by instrument or processing errors are considered valid from an operations’ standpoint and require further investigation with meteorologi cal, climatological, and other environmental information to determine what event they represent. However, if there is supporting in formation that indicates environmental data are not representative of the ambient environment, the data may be invalidated through a weight of evidence approach as long as it is thoroughly documented. More information regarding this approach is provided in data review SOPs . Ideally, data review is to be performed as soon as possible after data collection and on a regular schedule during the project to enable timely investigation of questio nable data, to meet data reporting requirements, and to take corrective action.

Data verification and valida tion are defined as follows:

 Data Verification techniques confirm through provision of objective evidence that specified requirements have been fulfilled. Data verification ensures and documents that the data are what they purport to be; i.e., it verifies what was actually done and documents that the data fulfill applicable requirements. Data not meeting the requirements are to be identified and documented with the cause of the insufficiency.

 Data Validation techniques confirm by examination and through provision of objective evidence that the particular requirements for a specific intended use are fulfilled. Data validation focuses on the particular data need s for a project and ensures that reported values meet the quality goals of the environm ental data operations. The purpose of data validation is to verify that data values are representative of air quality conditions at a sampling station and to detect those data va lues that do not represent actual air quality conditions.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 90 

### Data verification and data vali dation are typically sequentia l steps performed by different persons. Data validation begins with the outputs from data ve rification and, ideally, it is performed by a data reviewer inde pendent of the data collector, data processor, and data user. In general, data verification techni ques occur during the sample colle ction and processing phases of the project. Data validation techniques are then applied on the resulti ng data product, which requires review of information generated thr oughout the entire sample collection, sample analysis, and data handling pro cess. Additional verifi cation and validation ch ecks can be created as necessary to check the results of any operation affecting the data product.

Data review is not the same as data quality a ssessment or evaluation of the DQOs. Only after the data set has been reviewed, verifi ed, and validated can it be fully assessed and/or used to address the specific scientific and regulatory questions embodied in the DQOs. The following sections describe ADEQ’s data review processes and requ irements. The specific data review procedures used by the contract laborato ries are not included here.

The Data Verification and Validation Process

Data verification and validati on will be performed by both th e contract laboratories and by ADEQ. AMU personnel will review summary and interval data for each sample collected and verify that the field data information matches the sampler’s record. AMU personnel verify that a valid sample was collected before processing the sample for laboratory analysis. The information on the COC is verified and reviewed before sh ipment of the sample to the ERG and PCWRL laboratory. These sample verifica tion procedures constitute the level 1 review and validation.

ERG and PCWRL will perform additional verificati on and validation procedures, most of which are specific to laboratory analysis procedur es. These laboratory veri fication and validation procedures constitute the Level 2 review and validation. ADEQ is responsible for Level 3 validation but will also perform additional Level 2 checks as a means of verifying the results obtained from the laboratory. Leve l 2 checks include verification of the processed data with the ADEQ Air Sampling Records and review of all flagged data includi ng invalid and qualifier flags. Level 3 data validation will be performed to identify and validate outliers, monitor trends over time, and incorporate field QC checks into th e data validation decision making process.

The ERG and PCWRL will provide the validated filte r data results from the ICPMS analyses for further validation by ADEQ. ERG and PCWRL pr ovide the required deliv erables in batches approximately 30 to 60 days after sample ship ment based on the contract agreement with DM&QA at ADEQ. These deliverabl es include electronic files of:

 raw and validated sample data in the labor atory’s format with detection limits or uncertainties

 a definition list for all acronyms a nd abbreviations used by the laboratory

 an index or key to identify sites, sample ids and sample dates

 a list of flag definitions

 any narratives by laboratory personnel

 validated data in AAAD format (PCWRL data only)FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 91 

### The DM&QA Unit will continue with Level 2 QA ch ecks of the validated data by reviewing the data flags applied by the laboratory in the labora tory’s files. ADEQ will use its in-house records to examine data that have been flagged for attr ibution, sampler problems, and outliers. Questions about flags applied by the laboratory will be directed to the laboratory manager.

The DM&QA lead Pb data reviewer and Air Toxi cs data reviewer will perform Level 3 QA on the Pb TSP and Pb PM10 data sets, respectively. Th e specific procedures used for data validation are described in the Pb and Air Toxics data validation SOPs found in the attachments.

Data Review, Validation and the Air Assessment Ambient Database (AAAD)

Much of the data review and validation pro cess is done within the AAAD. As discussed in Section B, AAAD offers some t ools to assist data reviewers and validators throughout the data review and validation process. The degree to which each datum has been reviewed is documented in AAAD through the QA Levels. The QA Levels range from Raw to Final. The raw data are considered to be the original data derived from the instrumentation or laboratory analysis. Occasionally, transformations of th e data are performed by DM&QA within AAAD. These data transformations typically occur during the AAAD automated upload and validation processes and only occur so that data reported from various instrument s, laboratories, and agencies are of a common data format. While these data transformations may occasionally occur, the raw data files are always archived.

Levels of Data Review

The data review procedure at ADEQ requires a ll data measurements to move through multiple levels of quality assurance. When each level of da ta review is completed, the data are assigned a Quality Assurance Level that is entered in the AAAD, ADEQ’s central data repository, along with the status (valid, invalid, or suspect) of the data at that level and a code or flag that further describes the status. The primary objective of each level of quality assurance is to examine the data results, to verify the measurements are what they purport to be, and to validate their quality in relation to the requiremen ts of conformance to procedures, equipment operation, and environmental effects. Those measurements not meeting the requirements are assigned an invalid or suspect status with a reason code describing the nonconformance.

AAAD flagging protocol requires a reason code for each sample va lue at each quality assurance level. The reason code format consists of a letter followed by a number or another letter depending on the code type. The data validation code types are shown in Table D.1. The unique combination of letters and numbers creates specif ic reason codes that further explain the status code. If additional explanation is needed, the comme nt field can be utilized. Each data record is comprised of a data value field, a QA status field, a reason code fiel d, and a comment field.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 92 

### Table D.1 Data Validation Code Types

Data Field Letter Number or Letter QA Status Meaning
Null B Number Invalid Sample not processed or determined invalid Data Value V Number Valid QA complete Data Value S Number Suspect Requires further QA Data Value Q Number or Letter Valid Letter or number following ‘Q’ is the AQS qualifier code



### In general, data are corrected, flagged, or i nvalidated based on the best assessment of the individual situation. Data corrections and fl agging are noted in re gular QC reports to management. Systematic problems that lead to unacceptably large biases are investigated and documented by DM&QA. Corrective actions are initiated as needed.

Data completing all three levels of review and co nsidered to be valid can be promoted to Level Final or can remain at Level 3. Promoting data to Level Final occurs on an annual basis and is associated with an overall review of QA/QC re sults and activities that occurred throughout the given year. This annual review and promotion of data to Leve l Final occurs during the data certification process. The primary documentation of this process occurs via the data certification letter and accompanying report(s), but this pr ocess may also be documented within the AAAD. A description of ADEQ’s QA Leve ls is listed in Table D.2.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 93 

### Table D.2 ADEQ Quality Assurance Levels for Filter-based and Continuous Measurements

QA Level QA Objective QA Results

Raw Original unchanged sample data recorded at sampler or produced by laboratory analysis; to be archived. None

1 Data are reviewed (either manually or programmatically) to determine if:

 sample value produced came from proper and assumed instrument

 instrument producing sample value came from proper and assumed site

 instrumentation problems occurred, as documented by instrument flags or error log Flag data as valid, invalid, or suspect. Add comments. Corrective actions taken if necessary.

2 Review Level 1 data to:

 identify outliers or anomalous data (typically temporal-based) and make a preliminary validation decision.

 identify media preparation problems, laboratory transformation problems, etc. Flag Level 1 data as valid, invalid, or suspect. Add qualifiers to valid and suspect data if necessary. If necessary, add comments to data values further explaining issues at hand. Initiate Corrective Action if necessary.

3 Review Level 2 data over longer periods of time ( ≥ one month for continuous data and ≥ three months for filterbased data). Additionally, Level 3 data review is intended
to:

 compare data both spatially and temporally

 incorporate and verify the field generated QC results into the data review process

 make a final determination on the validity of outliers identified during the Level 1-3 QA
process

 identify environmental even ts (natural or humancaused) with appropriate flagging protocol Flag Level 2 data as valid or invalid. Add qualifiers to valid data if
necessary. If necessary, add comments that help explain validation rationale. Initiate corrective action if necessary.

Final Field generated QC data asso ciated with environmental data are reviewed annually for precision, bias, and completeness. This occurs as part of the data certification procedures. Certified data are promoted to Level Final. Promote Level 3 data to Level Final after performing annual certification procedures.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 94 

### D.2 VERIFICATION and VALIDATION METHODS

All data collected by the AAS must be reviewed and quality assu red to the appropriate QA Level for the data type. These levels of quality assura nce have the objective of reviewing the data at different scales to identify those measuremen ts influenced by sampler problems, collection errors, or laboratory analysis e rrors. The remaining data are cons idered representative of their ambient environment; measurements above or be low expected values are investigated to determine the nature of the envir onmental conditions they represent.

Data verification and validation requirements and the multiple levels of quality assurance have been previously described in Section D.1. This section will describe the data review methods employed to verify and validate data at these le vels and ensure that QA requirements have been met. These QA levels segregate th e verification and validation checks to focus the data review in a particular way. QA Level 1 reviews the data from an individual sample at a single site. QA Level 2 focuses on internal and between sample cons istency on a site by site basis; data may be reviewed over a week (continuous data) or in sample batches (FCC data) to examine the behavior of the data through time. QA Level 3 reviews the data over l onger periods of time, investigating data behavior seas onally or annually or in comparis on with historic data. QA Level 3 also reviews the data spatia lly, looking at regional patterns and performs a final validation based on all information that was collected a nd documented during the sample collection and analysis process.

Data Verification and Validation Processes

The complete data review process spans a wide sc ope of tests from low level verification checks on sample identity to high level validation checks on temporal and spatial comparability. For FCC samples, the process is a cooperative e ffort between laboratories, which conduct the chemical analyses and complete the first stag es of data validation, and ADEQ, which conducts further validation and verificati on. For continuous measurements collected by the DCS, ADEQ is solely responsible for the data validation. FCC and DCS data ar e stored in the AAAD, the data repository for the AAS. As discussed in Sect ion D.1, AAAD, and the tools within AAAD, is used to perform certain data review checks a nd to move the data through the QA Levels. The data review methods used by ADEQ are described in the following sections.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 95 

### DCS Data Review Methods

The meteorological measurements collected at the Pb monitoring sites will be collected using the DCS. Each meteorological instrume nt is connected to a data logge r that continuously records and calculates hourly averaged measurements. At least once per day, the DCS will poll each site, download data from the dataloggers, and stor e both raw data files and AAAD formatted data files on the ADEQ network drives for loadi ng to the DCS and AAAD. The AAAD load and validation process performs Level 1 automated checks to verify the pr esence of all hours, all site and instrument metadata are accu rate and exist in the database, conversion of units if necessary, and initial flagging of outliers. Level 2 data validation will be done by the lead continuous data reviewer as soon as possible after the load proces s to identify any problems with the data caused by the instruments (instrument failures, clock errors, power outages, etc.). The QA Level 3 reviewer will incorporate the field QC checks into the data validation process, but at this time, does not perform the standard Level 3 data review procedure(s). As a result, the meteorological data are only validated through QA Level 2 in A AAD since they do not undergo the entire Level 3 data review process. All data are assigned re ason codes (flags) at each QA level. The comment field within AAAD is often utilized as a mean s of communication between the various data reviewers and QA levels. This field is also used to further clarify the use of flags during the QA
process.

DCS QA Level 1 Review

Loading data into the AAAD from the DCS is a two-step operation c onsisting of automated checks:

1. Data Upload from DCS to AAAD using Oracl e SQL Loader: The upload process verifies correct formatting of each data record coming fr om DCS; i.e., correct number of fields and valid data type in each field. If the record is incorrect, a file containing the invalid record is written back to the DCS. The lead continuous data reviewer or their designee checks the file and makes corrections and uploads the file or deletes th e record. Valid records enter the AAAD staging table.

2. Data Validation: The data in the staging tabl es are validated and moved to the database where they are accessed with the DCS Quality Assurance screen or the DCS Secondary Quality Assurance screen (Figure D.1). The original DCS value is displayed in the Raw Data section of the screen; the validated data are displayed in the lower portion of the screen at QA Level 1 with a QA status and QA reason code assigned.

The following automated validation checks are performed:

 check for missing observations and fill in th e time period with a null value assigned for the raw value and the QA value at Leve l 1. A preliminary determination of the QA status and reason code is assigned

 check for hour beginning or hour ending; ad just all data from hour ending instruments to hour beginningFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 96 

###  convert English unit measur ements to metric units

 check screening limits for the parameter a nd assign Level 1 QA status of Suspect if outside the limits

Figure D.1 AAAD DCS Secondary Quality Assurance ScreenFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 97 

### DCS QA Level 2 Review

QA Level 2 review will be done by the lead continuous data reviewer or their designee as soon as possible after loading the data into the AAAD. The Level 2 QA is performed to verify data collection by DCS and AAAD, to identify any valu es that are not repres entative of ambient conditions, i.e., data influenced by instrument checks or other outages , and to identify any problems in data collection. In addition to th e data collection verifi cation, Level 2 review includes a manual review of data on a scale of th ree to nine days. Typically, criteria pollutant data undergo Level 2 quality assu rance procedures on a daily basi s, while meteorological data and non-criteria pollutant data und ergo Level 2 data review on a weekly or monthly basis. The Level 2 review includes the following steps:

1. Check the AAAD DCS Upload Validation scre en to verify upload and validation processes. Records appearing in this screen are in the AAAD staging tables and have not met the automated verification requirements. Th e deficiency will be identified, the records corrected or deleted, and th e validation process run. 2. Using the DCS Secondary QA screen, graph data and evaluate for outliers. Pay particular attention to data that were flagged and suspect during the Le vel 1 review. If invalid, enter the Level 2 status of invalid and assign the appropriate ‘B’ code using information from field reports, verbal communi cation, or email communication. Check flagged data and if valid, copy the data to Level 2 and assign the V1 flag. Promote the remaining data to Level 2 using the appropriate reason code.

DCS QA Level 3 Review

The QA Level 3 review is completed by the lead continuous data reviewer or their designee. Level 3 data review includes an evaluation of the data on longer temporal scales, usually on the order of months. The Level 3 data review process also serves as a final validation of data and incorporates the official field activity reports (and the instrument QC data) into the validation decision-making process. It is al so during the Level 3 data review process that data are flagged with the appropriate qualifier fla g, if needed. Most often, this incl udes flagging of data that have been influenced by natural or exceptional events. An Oracle Discoverer procedure is used to query AAAD and extract Level 2 data by pa rameter. The data review steps are:

1. Review all field sheets associated with th e parameters of concern. Verify that all instruments passed their QC checks. The QC ch ecks that are considered during the Level 3 data review process can be found in the critic al criteria section of the validation template (see Table D.3). If a QC failure occurs, data should be invalidate d back to the last successful QC check unless the QC data or ambient data indicate an exact point of instrumentation failure.

2. Using the DCS Secondary QA screen or other graphical software, examine the parameters for a period of one to three months worth of measurements. Graph the Level 2 data and examine. The AAAD graphing tool will identify any data that were determined suspect during the level 2 validation proces s. Evaluate all data that ar e represented in the graphicalFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 98 

### plot. Check flagged and suspect data.

3. Identify any additional anomalous data that were not identified dur ing the previous QA level reviews. Communicate and coordinate with other data revi ewers, air quality forecasters, and instrument technicians to dete rmine validity of data. Other data sources may be utilized, such as the data from the NW S, to assist with the validation process.

4. Perform spatial comparisons of the da ta parameters, when applicable.

5. When completed, promote values in AAAD to QA Level 3 with appropriate status and reason codes.

FCC Data Review Methods

The TSP and PM 10 

### Pb data consist of discrete 24-hour samples. ADEQ plans to load the TSP data into the FCC section of the AAAD as stated previously. These data are loaded into the AAAD through the DCS computer, but do not become part of the DCS database. ERG and PCWRL perform extensive Level 1 and Level 2 checks on the data collection and ICPMS analysis results from the filter samples. The da ta are delivered to the DM&QA Unit for review and loading into the AAAD for Level 2 and Leve l 3 validation checks by the lead Pb data reviewer or their designee. At this point in time, the PM 10 

### Pb data are not exp ected to be loaded to ADEQ’s internal database (AAAD). Instead, the data will be loaded directly to EPA’s AQS database by ERG after ADEQ and ERG perf orm all validation and ADEQ gives ERG the approval to load the data. This process ma y be reviewed and amended in the future.

FCC QA Level 1 & 2 Review of Filter Lab and Contract Lab Files

Filter-based data undergo the majori ty of their Level 1 and 2 data review within a laboratory setting or out in the field. Unlike continuous data collection which goes through an automated validation process, the Level 1 and 2 data review and validation process for filter-based data is predominantly subjected to a manual review to verify the following:

 For each sample, the chain-of–custody and fiel d data forms are completely filled out and accurately document the transf er of filters throughout the data collection and analysis
process

 Filters have been analyzed for any deform ities or anomalous particulate deposits and documented if any exist

 Review the chain-of-custody and field data form s along with the electron ic data to verify that the samplers operated for the desired am ount of time and any instrumentation errors are documented

 Confirm that the laboratory has provided all information a user would need to interpret the analysis results

 Review and verify results of laboratory equipment calibrations

In addition to the manual Level 1 and 2 validatio n procedures above, some automated validationFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 99 

### procedures may also be incorporated. These include:

 Continuous laboratory environment (verifying correct temperature and humidity during filter analysis) or analytical instrume nt monitoring (verifying calibration),

 Similar to the DCS validation process, FCC data (Pb TSP) undergo an automated validation process that verifies the instrument and site metadata are accurate and exist within the AAAD

The laboratories are primarily res ponsible for Level 2 validation a nd data review. This consists of verifying that all samples and analyses passed their QC criteria, or flagging those data that exceeded laboratory specific accep tance criteria. For a list of these laboratory specific acceptance criteria, see Tables B.14 and B.15. Upon receipt of the filter-based da ta from the laboratories, the lead Pb and/or air toxics data reviewer performs a final Level 2 review of the data checking for data formatting issues or ambiguities in the flags issued by the laboratory.

FCC QA Level 3 Review

The FCC Level 3 QA and data review procedures are similar to that of the DCS Level 3 procedures. FCC Level 3 data review includes an evaluation of the da ta on longer temporal scales, usually on the order of months. The Level 3 data review process al so serves as a final validation of data and incorporates the official field activity reports (and the instrument QC data) into the validation decision-making pr ocess. It is also during the Le vel 3 data review process that data are flagged with the appropr iate qualifier flag, if needed. An Oracle Discoverer procedure is used to query AAAD and extract Level 2 data by parameter. The data review steps are:

1. Review all field sheets associated with th e parameters of concern. Verify that all instruments passed their QC checks. The QC ch ecks that are considered during the Level 3 data review process can be found in the critic al criteria section of the validation template (see Table D.3). If a QC failure occurs, data should be invalidate d back to the last successful QC check unless the QC data or ambient data indicate an exact point of instrumentation failure.

2. Using the FCC Quality Assurance screen or other graphical software, examine the parameters for a period of one to three months worth of measurements. Graph the Level 2 data and examine. The AAAD graphing tool will identify any data that were determined suspect during the level 2 validati on process. Evaluate all data that are represented in the graphical plot. Check flagged and suspect data.

3. Identify any additional anomalous data that were not identified dur ing the previous QA level reviews. Communicate and coordinate with other data revi ewers, air quality forecasters, instrument technicians, and labor atory personnel to determine validity of data. Other data sources may be utilized, such as th e data from the National Weather Service, to assist with the validation process.

4. Perform spatial comparisons of the data parameters, when applicable.FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 100 

### 5. When completed, promote values in AAAD to QA Level 3 with appropriate status and reason codes.

For additional details on the data review and validation process, refer to the DM&QA SOP(s) which is/are included as an attachment(s).

D.3 RECONCILIATION and USER REQUIREMENTS

On an annual basis and in conjunction with the data certification pro cess, the ambient data collected by ADEQ and their associated QA/QC data are subjected to a data quality assessment (DQA). This DQA includes a final review of the am bient data (via a data summary review), a review of data completeness, and a review of the QA/QC data in comparison with the DQOs and/or MQOs that have been establis hed. This DQA serves two primary purposes:

1. Acts as a final validation of the ambient data which typically results in official certification of the data 2. Serves as an overall assessment of data qua lity for a particular program or network by comparing the desired objectives with the actual results

For criteria pollutant data, EP A’s Data Quality Indicator Repo rt (AMP 255) is the primary statistical tool for relating the QA/QC results to each monitoring program’s DQOs and/or MQOs. If it is determined that ADEQ is continuously not meeting the DQOs and/or MQOs established in this QAPP for the Pb network, the AAS will re -evaluate any internal objectives for the Pb network. Based upon this evaluation, ADEQ AAS w ill identify improvements that can be made to the Pb network and/or determine if the in ternal DQOs are too stringent for the monitoring methodologies in-use. If ADEQ AAS determines that any internal DQOs or MQOs are too stringent, then AAS personnel will develop and implement more real istic internal objectives. If the national DQOs established by the EPA are not met, ADEQ AAS personnel will work with the EPA as needed to develop more realistic DQOs for the national Pb network.

Once it has been determined that the Pb data collected by ADEQ meets the EPA’s requirements, the data can then be used to determine compliance with the NAAQS.

Measurement Quality Objectives and Validation Templates

ADEQ expects EPA to provide a 3-year summ ary report regarding how well air monitoring agencies around the country met the establishe d Pb MQOs. In the event the Pb MQOs are revised in the future, ADEQ plans to follow the most current MQO goals provided by EPA.

ADEQ anticipates that the EPA will provide updates to the TSP validation template found in the QAHBV2 in 2013. However, at this time, ADEQ plan s to use the Pb TSP validation template produced in-house and approved alo ng with this QAPP in lieu of the EPA’s TSP template should there be a differences in acceptance criteria fo r operating the TSP samplers. As always, ADEQFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 101 

### will work with EPA to resolve any concerns th at may arise from this plan. For the Pb PM 10 

### samples, ADEQ plans on using the “PM 10 

### Filter Based Local Conditi ons Validation Template” provided in QAHBV2

. ADEQ developed the following in-house validation template for the Pb TSP samplers. The template establishes the information used to consistently validate Pb TSP mass concentrations collected by the agency and to en sure consistency with monitori ng organizations across the US. This validation template has been develope d based on the current state of knowledge. The template should evolve as new information is di scovered about the impact of the various criteria on the error in the resulting mass estimate. Interactions of the criteria, whether synergistic or antagonistic, will also be considered and incor porated as seen fit when the impact of these interactions becomes quantified. Due to the potentia l misuse of invalid data, data values that are invalidated will not be uploaded to AQS, but a record or flag documenting the invalidation will be included in AQS. More detailed informati on including comments and the multiple levels of QA will be retained in the ADEQ AAAD database or on the ADEQ network drives. These data will be invaluable to the evolut ion of the validation template.

There are three tables of criteria where each tabl e has a different degree of implication about the quality of the data. The criteria and informati on included on the tables ar e derived from the TSP sampling method found in 40 CFR Part 50 Appendix B and 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A , as well as analytical methods found in 40 CRF Appendix G , the “TSP Hi-Vol Compendium Method IO2.1”, and a few criteria that were provided by TISCH.

The first table, which is colored purple, has the criteria that must be met to ensure the quality of the data. An example criterion is that the aver age flow rate for the sampling period must be maintained to within ±10% of the set point wh ich is currently 40 CFM in actual conditions for the TSP samplers. The second table, which is colore d yellow, has the criteria that indicate that there might be a problem with the quality of the da ta and further inves tigation is warranted before making a determination about the validity of the sample or samples. The third table, which is colored blue, has crit eria that indicate a potentiallysystematic problem with the environmental data collection activity. Such system atic problems may impact the ability to make decisions with the data. An example criterion is that at least 75% of the scheduled samples for each quarter should be successfully collected and validated.

To determine the appropriate table for each crit erion for the ADEQ Pb TSP validation template, the ADEQ Pb Team members considered how si gnificantly the criteria impact the resulting concentration. This was based on experience from Pb Team members, experience from EPA Region 9 and OAQPS, criteria contained in the 1977 Pb High Volume (TSP) Validation Template which was developed for sampling by TSP and analysis by atomic absorption, and feasibility of implementing the criterion.

Criteria that were deemed critical to maintaini ng the integrity of a samp le or group of samples were placed on the first table. Observations that do not meet each and every criterion on the Critical Criteria Table should be invalidated unless there are compelling reasons and justification for not doing so. Basically, the sample or group of samples for which one or more ofFINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 102 

### these criteria are not met is invalid until proven otherwise. The cause of not operating in the acceptable range for each of the violated criteria must be investigated and minimized to reduce the likelihood that additional samples will be invalidated.

Criteria that are important for maintaining and evaluating the quality of the data collection system are included on the second table, the Operational Criteria Table . Violation of a criterion or a number of criteria may be cause for invalidation. The decision should consider other quality control information that may or may not indicate the data are acceptable for the parameter being controlled. The reason for not meeting the criteria mu st be investigated, mitigated or justified.

Finally, those criteria which are important for the correct interp retation of the data but do not usually impact the validity of a sample or group of samples are included on the third table, the Systematic Criteria Table . For example, the DQOs are included in this table. If the DQOs are not met, this does not invalidate any of the sample s, but it may impact the error rate associated with the attainment/non-attainment decision.

For each criterion, the tables include (1) the op erational range that is acceptable, (2) the frequency with which compliance is to be evaluate d, (3) the number of samples that are impacted if violation of a criterion occurs (possible values include single filters, a batch of filters, or a group of filters from a specific instrument), a nd (4) sections of 40 CF R that describe the criterion. The tables also indicate whether samples violating the cr iterion must be flagged before entering them into AQS.FINAL -ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012103The following Pb validation templateis derived from information found in:40 CFR Part 50 Appendices B and G,40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A,40CFR Part 136,Federal Register 73 FR 66964, Draft Technical Notes developed by EPA OAQPS, PCWRL Method EQL-0510-191 and ADEQSOPs. Note thatThe TISCH TSP samplers are designed tobe calibrated in the standard temperature and pressure (STP) setting, butverified and audited inambient (actual) setting.Table D.3 ADEQ Pb High-Volume (TSP) Validation TemplateCriteriaFrequencyAcceptable RangeCitation/InformationCRITICAL CRITERIA- Pb in TSPSampling Periodall filters1440 minutes ± 60 minutesmidnight to midnightPart 50 App B 7.7.1Part 50 App B 8.10Part 50 App G sec 7.1Average Flow Rateevery 24 hours of operation*1.13 m3/min (40 CFM) in Actual ConditionsADEQ specificationVerification/CalibrationSystem Leak CheckEvery other sampling eventVisual and Auditory InspectionTISCHFR Multi-pointVerification/CalibrationQuarterly – (Annually atminimum);After receipt, uponinstallation, after repair ormotor maintenance, or failureof 1-point check, when actionlevel is triggered5 points spanning range of 1.13 actual m3/min ± 10%R value > 0.99Part 50 App B sec 9.3One-point Flow Rate VerificationEvery other sampling event(Quarterly in Part 58)± 10% from transfer standardADEQ Action Level ± 5% from transfer standardADEQ specificationPart 58 App A sec 3.2.3 & 3.3.2TSP Hi-Vol Compendium Method IO-2.1Filter Checks Verified for EachSampleVisual Defect Check (unexposed)all filters-Initial backlight inspection - no pinholes orimperfections-Visual inspection prior to shipping to analytical labPart 50 App B sec 8.2Sampling InstrumentVerified prior to start ofsamplingSee Pb QAPP in Element B.6* - Based on sampler air velocity being between 20 to 35 cm/secFINAL -ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012104OPERATIONAL EVALUATIONS TABLE Pb in TSPPrecisionCollocated Samples15% of each method code inPQAOFrequency - every samplingevent (may be reduce to 1/12days)CV≤20% of samples> 0.02 μg/m3Part 58 App A, sec 3.3.4.3AuditsSemi Annual Flow Rate AuditQuarterly – (Semi-annually atminimum); near beginning ofprogram; upon instrumentchange-out; followingcorrective action; and prior tosampler removal15% of audit standard and design valuePart 58, App A, sec 3.2.4, 3.3.4.1 & 3.3.3Lead Strip Analysis6 strips/quarter2/conc. ranges± 10% differencePart 58, App A, sec 3.3.4.2BlanksField Filter Blank10%< 10 μg/filterADEQ recommendationSampler Run Information(collected each run)Sample IDRecord and verify filter IDPart 50 App B sec 8.9Verify Run ConditionsBased on flow verification during or after samplingPart 50 App B sec 8.11Time, Flow, Temperature andPressureRecord and verify readings from the instrumentPart 50 App B sec 8.12Part 50 App B sec 8.15HandlingFilter handled only from the outer edges and folded in halflengthwisePart 50 App B sec 8.13Part 50 App B sec 8.14Verification/CalibrationField ThermometerEvery other sampling event±2o CPart 50, App B sec 7.5Field BarometerEvery other sampling event±10 mm HgPart 50, App B sec 7.6FINAL -ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012105Verification/Calibration Standards and Recertifications – All calibration devices should have multi-point certifications against NIST Traceable standardsFlow Rate Transfer Std. (Orifice)1/yrConnects without leaksApproximate range: 1.0 – 1.8 m3/min (~35 – 66 CFM)Resolution 0.02 m3/min±2% reproducibilityMaximum pressure drop at 1.7 std m3/min; 50 cm H20Part 50, App B sec 7.4Part 50, App B sec 7.8Part 50, App B sec 9.2Field Thermometer1/yr± 0.5o CMethod Sec 4.2 & 6.4Field Barometer1/yr±5 mm HgMethod Sec 4.2 & 6.5Filter (Specs for Manufacturer)(Report to EPA and assess impacton data quality if noted.)Part 50 App B sec 7.1Sizeall filters20.3+0.2 cm x 25.4 +0.2 cmPart 50 App B sec 7.1.1Materialall filtersGlass fiberPart 50 App B sec 7.1.2Part 50 App G sec 6.1.1Collection Efficiencyall filters99 % minimumPart 50 App B sec 7.1.4Pressure Drop Rangeall filters42 – 54 mm Hg at 1.5 std m3/minPart 50 App B sec 7.1.5pHall filters6-10Part 50, App B sec 7.1.6Integrity (may not need for Pb)all filters2.4 mg maximum weight lossPart 50, App B sec 7.1.7Pin holesall filtersnonePart 50, App B sec 7.1.8Tear Strengthall filters500 g minimum for 20 mm stripPart 50, App B sec 7.1.9Brittlenessall filtersNo cracks or material separations after single lengthwise creasePart 50, App B sec 7.1.10Lead Contentall filters< 5 μg/filterADEQ specification based on 10 times lessthan the NAAQS of 0.15 μg/ m3based on aflow rate of 1.1 m3/minSYSTEMATIC CRITERIA -Pb in TSPData CompletenessquarterlyRolling three -month mean (i.e., the 3-month data capture rate)≥75%Part 50 App R. sec 3Filter Sample Recoveryall filtersWithin 6 days of samplingPart 50 App BReporting Unitsall filtersμg/m3at local temperature and pressure.Part 50 App R sec 3 (b)Rounding Conventionall filtersReport data to 3 decimal places (data after 3 are truncated).Part 50 App R sec 3 (b)Detection LimitICPMSEach analytical batchMDL of 0.00006 μg Pb/m3PQL of 0.000018 μg Pb/m3PCWRL SOPFINAL -ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012106Sampler MaintenanceSampler hood & sampling chamberBefore and after eachsampling eventInspect/CleanrecommendationMotor/housing gasketsAnnuallyReplacerecommendationBrushless blower motorEvery 8 yearsReplacerecommendationControl and pump boxMonthlyCleanrecommendationFilter cassette holder & sample savershieldBefore and after eachsampling eventInspect/CleanrecommendationSYSTEMATIC CRITERIA -Pb in TSP cont.Analytical StandardsReagentsNitric acid (HNO3)Hydrochloric acid (HCl)Each analytical batchACS reagent gradePart 50 App G sec.6.2Pb nitrate (Pb(NO3)2)Each analytical batchACS reagent gradePart 50 App G sec.6.2Verification/CalibrationClock/timer VerificationEvery other sampling event±2 min/moPart 50, App B sec 7.7.2BiasPerformance Evaluation Program(PEP)Annually – 1 field auditQuarterly – 1 collocated filtersample95% CL Absolute bias15%Part 58, App A, Sec 2.3.1SD= standard deviationCV= coefficient of variation

### Attachment A

Rationale for the Hayden Globe Highway Station Siting

## Rationale for Sitting ASARCO Hayd en Pb at Globe Highway Site

ASARCO Hayden Pb monitor: Rationale fo r sitting ASARCO Ha yden Pb monitor at Globe Highway Station based on discussi on between ADEQ and EPA Region 9, March 31, 2010. The following was prepared by Region 9:

Source-oriented lead (Pb) monitoring is required for the ASAR CO copper smelter in Hayden, Arizona. ADEQ chose the Globe Highway Station site after an analysis that considered source emission characteristics, past monitoring, and the topography and meteorology of the facility location.

A 1987 source apportionment study using the Ch emical Mass Balance model concluded that 80% of the PM 10 

### Pb came from process fugitive emissions within the smelter ("Source Apportionment of Suspended Particle s and Toxic Elements in Hayden, Arizona, Final Report", NEA Inc., April 15, 1987). Dire ct observation by ADEQ staff confirmed that particulate plume emanates principally fr om the smelter building itself, rather than from other sources such as ore handling facili ties or re-entrained dust from storage piles. Because of the high temperatures involved in the smelting process, this plume is buoyant and has substantial vertical velocity, reaching to 100 feet or more above ground level. Unlike for non-buoyant ground level plumes, th e highest ground level concentrations from such a buoyant plume would not be expe cted to occur immediately adjacent to the facility.

Because the bulk of SO 2 

### emissions are also thought to be emitted as buoyant fugitives from the smelter buildin g, 1970's monitoring of SO 2 

### is relevant for Pb. (Since the stack is 1,000 feet tall, SO 2 

### impacts from stack emissions occur farther away and are diluted by the time stack plume reaches the ground.) At that time SO 2 

### monitoring was conducted at twelve different monitor locations; Globe Hi ghway Station was found to have the highest concentrations. Because of the sim ilar emission characteristics of SO 2 

### and Pb fugitives, this suggests Globe Highway may also ha ve the highest concentrations for Pb.

The ASARCO Hayden smelter is located in ve ry complex terrain, with the Gila River making a winding semi-circle east to south of the facility, and intersected by the San Pedro River valley from the south. The facility itself is elevated relative to the valleys; there is a 200 foot hill just south of th e facility, and mountai ns rising toward the north/northeast. The varied terrain causes co mplex wind flow. Within and adjacent to the river valleys, drainage winds tend to dominate at night under stable conditions, toward the west on the south and west of the facili ty, and toward the south on the east of the facility. However, given the buoyancy of th e smelter building fugitive plume, and the facility's elevated location, emissions typica lly rise above these surface flows and would not be expected to result in high Pb concentrations. During the day under convective conditions, good vertical mixing causes pollute d air to reach the ground. The vertical mixing also causes the flow to be coupled with winds aloft, which ge nerally flow toward the east. As was the case for SO 2 

### , these are the conditions expected to lead to high Pb concentrations and that also carry the plum e east, toward the Globe Highway Station.

### Should placement of another Pb-TSP monitor be possible, EPA supports placement west of the smelter building, to capture winds moving east to west over the smelter area.

### Attachment B

Rationale for the Miami Golf Course Station Siting

### Lead (Pb) Modeling Analysis for FMMI Miami Smelter

Executive Summary

The purpose of this modeling was to evaluate the spatial distribution of lead concentrations from the vent fume stack at the FMMI Miami smelter. New requirements for source oriented ambient lead monitoring sp ecify that the lead monitor should be sited at the location of the highest ambient le vel taking into account the potential for population exposure. The results indicated th at the maximum impacts, based on the potential for human exposure, occurred nearby the FMMI facility. The modeled concentrations at the Golf Course site were higher compared to those of the Ridgeline site and the Townsite site.

Modeling Methodology

1. Model selection: Evaluation of the maximum am bient air quality impacts was conducted using AERMOD (User’s Guide for the AMS/EPA Re gulatory Model – AERMOD, U.S. Environmental Protec tion Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Emissions, Mon itoring, and Analysis Division, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, EPA-454/B-03-001, September 2004).

2. Source characterization: According to Air Quality Control Permit No. 29622 For Phelps Dodge Miami, Inc. (now FMMI), two major sources of lead are the vent fume stack and the smelter’s fugitive emissions. The vent fume stack was modeled as a point source. The fug itive emissions were not modeled since detailed source information is not available. Moreover, it is believed that the impacts from the fugitive emissions are li mited to the locations nearby the sources due to low release heights.

3. Source parameters: The emission rate and the source release parameters are summarized in Table 1. Note that the modeled emission rate was based on the permit limits rather than the actual emission rate. Therefore, the predicted concentrations should not be considered accurate. However, the location where the maximum concentrations are likely to occur can be considered valid since the spatial distribution of particulates is largely a product of meteorological and dynamical drivers and not necessarily emissions.

Table 1 Source Release Parameters Utilized in Lead (Pb) Modeling Analysis

Source Description Emission rate (TPY) Stack diameter (ft) Stack height (ft) Stack exit velocity (ft/sec) Stack exit temperature (F)
Vent Fume Stack 100 10 160 63 97

### 4. Receptors: Modeling receptors were placed in locations in ambient air and no receptors were established within the pr ocess area of the f acility (Figure 1). Moreover, receptors were not placed in th e remote mountainous areas where there is no potential for population exposure. The following receptor grid density was used: 50 m spacing along the ambient ar ea boundary, 100 m resolution from the ambient area boundary to 1 km, and 250 m resolution from the 100-m grid outward to 2 km. Preliminary tests indica ted that the receptor grid was adequate for determining the maximum impacts and significant impact areas.

Figure 1 Receptor Grid Used for Lead (Pb) Modeling Analysis

5. Meteorological data: A one-year site specific mete orological data set was used. This data set, pre-processed by ADEQ, combines the surface observations from the FMMI facility site, the cloud cove r data from the NWS Phoenix Airport (Surface ID 23183), and the upper air obser vations from the NWS Tucson Airport (Upper WBAN ID 23160). The wind rose plot is presented in Figure 2.

6. Terrain data: USGS DEM (30 m) data were downloaded from the website of http://data.geocomm.com/dem/demdownload.html . The SDTS2DEM program was used to convert the DEM files from SDTS format to "native" format.

### AERMAP, the terrain pre-processor, was used to generate terrain base elevations for receptors and sources as well as hill height scaling factors for receptors.

Figure 2 Wind Rose from FMMI On Site Tower (100 ft)

7. Building downwash: Building downwash was not included since the building information is not available.

8. Averaging time periods for modeling: The NAAQS for lead is based on a rolling 3-month average. However, AERMOD is not able to directly calculate the concentration for the rolling 3-month averag e. To calculate the rolling 3-month averages, the monthly concentrati on output from AERMOD must be post processed by using LEADPOST. Since th e purpose for this modeling analysis is not to demonstrate compliance with NAAQS, but to evaluate the spatial distribution of lead, only the annual and monthly average concentrations were reported.

### Results

The spatial distribution for annua l and monthly concentrations of lead is shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4, respectively. For discussion purposes, the lo cations of the existing air quality monitors (Townsite, Ridgeline, and Golf Course) as well as schools are also presented in the figures.

As indicated in Figure 3 and Figure 4, the maximum modeled ambient lead concentrations occurred east-northeast of th e smelter. Two significant impact areas were identified; one is located approximately 0.5 miles eastside of the vent fume stack and the other is located approximately 1.5 miles northea st of the vent fume stack (nearby the golf course). All schools were outside of the two significant impact areas.

The modeled annual and monthly concentrations at the Golf Course site were higher than those at the Townsite site and the Ridgeline si te, mainly due to the fact that the Golf Course site is located in the downwind side of the prevailing wind direction from the smelter. The modeled results appeared to be supported by the PM 10 

### monitoring data, which indicated that the PM 10 

### concentration recorded at the Golf Course monitor is average 1.5 times higher than that from the Ridgeline monitor.

Figure 3 Predicted Spatial Distribution of Lead (Pb) Annual Concentrations

### Figure 4 Predicted Spatial Distribution of Lead (Pb) Monthly Concentrations

### Attachment C

EPA Air Monitoring Schedule

### Attachment D

ADEQ AAS AMU-002 SOP Operating the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler

### Air Assessment Section Air Monitoring Unit TITLE



### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGH-VOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE

SOP NUMBER VERSION DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF CURRENT VERSION PAGE NUMBER

AMU-002 1.0 01-Oct-2012 01-Oct-2012 1 of 33

Table of Contents

1.0 PURP OSE.................................................................................................................... ..............................................2

2.0 SCOPE & A PPLICABIL IITY..................................................................................................... .................................2

3.0 REFE RENCES...........................................................................................................................................................2

4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITI ONS..................................................................................................... ..............................2

5.0 HEALTH & SAFE TY PRE CAUTIO NS ................................................................................................ ......................3

6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION .................................................................................................... .............................4

6.0.1 V IEWING THE S AMPLER I NTERFACE ...........................................................................................................................4 6.0.2 N OTATION ON THE HIGH-V OL+ ...................................................................................................................... .........5 6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP ..............................................................................................................5 6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE........................................................................................................................... .........10 6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICAT IONS...............................................................................................10 6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR ............................................................................................17 6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTE NANCE .........................................................................................................19 6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE ..........................................................................................21 6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMEN T .................................................................................................................24

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 2 of 33



### 1.0 PURPOSE

To document the procedures to be used when operating the TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP sampler and collecting ambient air filter samples used to determine concentrations of airborne lead (Pb).



### 2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY

The following procedures apply to anyone operating this sampler or involved with the collection of lead (Pb) samples.



### 3.0 REFERENCES

Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 50 & Part 58– National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Lead; Final Rule November 12, 2008

40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A, D, E

TISCH Environmental HIGH-VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware

Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume II

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 2011

ADEQ SOP - AFL-Pb-001: Loading Unexposed 8” X 10” Hi gh Purity Glass Microfiber Filter into the Sampler Filter Cassette



### 4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS

NIST – National Institute of Standards and Technology

TSP – Total Suspended Particulate

Site-Specific Transport Case – A rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it.

Sample Shelter – An aluminum enclosure consisting of the assembled gable roof and base platform, which houses the electrical components (like the control module and motor blower) and the sampling media.

Control Module – The CPU that manages all of the variables for operating the system through the sampler interface.

Sample Saver Shield – An automated cover inside the sample shelter that covers the filter before and after a sample is collected.

Filter Holder Cassette – The 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts on either side of the frame.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 3 of 33

Filter Holder Faceplate - The protective shield that snaps onto the top of the filter holder cassette while the holder is being handled. This minimizes the possibility of filter damage while removing and installing the holder wing nuts that attach it to the instrument. The faceplate should be left on the filter holder until after the holder is properly secured to the instrument and then removed.

Verification – an activity of using a certified calibration device to assure an instrument’s sensor(s) is operating within certain parameters.

Calibration – an activity of using a certified calibration device to standardize or adjust the sensor(s) of an instrument so they operate within certain parameters.

Certification – NIST-traceable performance evaluation of a calibration device to verify it operates at a certain level of quality.

Calibration Standard/Reference Device – may be referred to as “calibrator”, “calibration device”. “standard” or “reference meter” used for the sampler fall into several categories that include: mass flow controllers (MFCs), flow measurement devices , barometric pressure measurement devices, and temperature measurement devices. Calibrators are certified annually to a NIST-traceable standard/reference of higher authority.

Air Sampling Record – A document which contains pertinent data associated with a filter sample and chain-of-custody information.

Chain-of-Custody (COC) – A document that tracks the location of a sample at all times and is used as evidence to support a sample’s integrity is intact. The COC is combined with the sample collection data on the ADEQ PM10 (or PM2.5) Air Sampling Record form.



### 5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Follow safety precautions outlined below.

 If a site is found damaged due to weather, vandalism, or other reasons and/or a health & safety concern is identified, contact the AMU Manager.

 Do not proceed with work if hazardous conditions exist.

 Employ normal safety measures to avoid electrical shock.

 Do not stand in water when working with electrical equipment.

 Use properly grounded electrical cords and extensions. The power source for this sampler must be a 3-wire grounded circuit.

 Use caution when working on elevated surfaces and platforms to avoid slips, trips and falls.

 Do not touch hands to eyes, ears, nose, or mouth before washing hands after handling sampling media (setting up or removing sample).

 Use conventional practices for good personal hygiene and do not smoke, eat, or chew gum before washing hands.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 4 of 33

 Practice safe fall protection when working on elevated platforms 4’ or higher. Keep guards in place on all exposed sides to platform while working on it.



### 6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

6.0.1 Viewing the Sampler Interface

 Main Menu Screen It displays various operating parameters of the system when the sampler is running. It is the primary screen to perform all the tasks necessary to obtain and input all the data necessary to maintain the sampler and collect samples. It shows the operating status of the sampler by displaying:

 The current date and time.

 A countdown timer shows when the next scheduled program will start.

 Whether the timer is not executing or set to start at some future time.

 The Keypad It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters of the sampler.

 Power Status Light It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters of the sampler.

 Alert Status Light It indicates the alert state of the sampler. The sampler monitors several operating parameters and alerts the user to take action when these parameters fall out of the expected range. A flashing red light indicates that a non-fatal alert has occurred. The sampler will continue to operate but may not be functioning optimally. A solid red light indicates a fatal alert has occurred and will not continue to operate. Use the INFO key on the main status screen to determine the source of the alert.

 The Main Menu Function Keys The function keys (F1, F2, F3, and F4) from the main display are directly below the main menu screen. They are used to access the various information and configuration screens of the sampler. For what each of the keys use is, refer to Table 1.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 5 of 33

Table 1. Functions on the Main Display Key Display Description Extended Description

F1 TIMER Pressing this key accesses the “TIMER” menu. The “TIMER” menu is used to setup the timer or abort the timer if it is currently running. It allows you to enter a start date, start time, duration, and repeatability.

F2 DATA Pressing this key accesses the “DATA” menu. This “DATA” key allows the user to work with data collected, display data, transfer to a memory card, or erased.

F3 SETUP Pressing this key accesses the “SETUP” menu. The “SETUP” menu configures, calibrates, and diagnose of the sampler.

F4 INFO Pressing this key accesses the “INFO” display. The “INFO” display show various status and operating parameters for the sampler.

6.0.2 Notation on the HIGH-VOL+

The following table has a description of each measurement’s notation and the samplers they are reported in.

Table 2. TISCH HIGH-VOL+ Notations

Notation Samplers of Measurement Description
Qsvs LPM System Flow Rate
Qstd LPM Flow Rate at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 25°C Vstd m3 Volume at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 25°C Qamb CFM Flow Rate at Ambient Conditions Vamb m3 Volume at Ambient Conditions Tamb °C Ambient Temperature Tcjc °C Cold Junction Compensation Temperature (compensates Ambient Temp) Pamb mmHg Ambient Pressure (Uncorrected Barometric Pressure)

Pdif inH2O Differential Pressure (Orifice Pressure) Pcal inH2O Flow Calibration Pressure

6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP

6.1.1 Procedure for Pre-Installation Inspections and Operational Checks

1. Check the sampler for completeness of system components and verify that it is in proper operating condition prior to transporting and installing at an air monitoring site. Proper operating condition of the temperature sensor, barometric pressure sensor, flow rate pressure sensor (Pcal), and ambient system flow rate is established for accuracy.

2. Test a new sampler in-house prior to installing at a site.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 6 of 33

3. Refer to the TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware, if needed for detailed assembly, installation, and setup guidance. A hard copy of this manual is located in the AMU Shop and an electronic copy is on the TISCH Environmental website: www.tisch-env.com

NOTE: The manufacturer recommends the following cleaning and maintenance activities to be observed until a stable operating history of a sampler is established.

4. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and that they seal properly.

NOTE: Gaskets must function properly and retain their resilience for the inlet to seal properly and replace when necessary.

5. Inspect power cords for good connections and for cracks and replace when necessary.

CAUTION : Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water.

6. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits.

7. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must make an airtight seal.

8. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating.

9. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light solvent and water solution.

NOTE: The TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP samplers are not able to achieve the selected flow rate of 40CFM in Ambient flow conditions at air monitoring sites above 602m (1975ft) with a standard 110V blower motor. TISCH recommends outfitting samplers operating at that elevation or above with a 220V blower motor. Information regarding any change to a sampler is documented in the sampler’s log book. See Attachment B: Technical Note 001 from Tisch regarding high altitude sampling considerations.

6.1.2 Procedure for Installing the Flow Rate Probe

The flow rate probe measures air velocity and must be installed properly in order to accurately measure the flow rate of the sy stem. Any time the system is moved or the flow rate probe is adjusted the system must be calibrated.

1. Install the flow rate probe into the side port of the funnel on the system at the scribed line with the probe aligned straight up.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 7 of 33

2. Make sure that the sealing washer is in-place and the clamp is securely tightened, as movement of the probe can cause problems with measuring and controlling the flow rate.

6.1.3 Procedure for Setting the Date and Time

1. Press F3 from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item, using the arrow keys, and press the ENT key.

3. Select SET DATE and press the ENT key.

 If adjusting the date and time: Set the date first.

 If setting the time only: Proceed to Step 6.1.3.6.

4. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007 would be entered as 010207.

5. Select SET TIME and press the ENT key.

6. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

 Enter the date using a 24 hour format. For example, 1:00 PM would be entered as 1300 while 1:00AM should be entered as 0100.

7. Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key.

6.1.4 Procedure for Setting the Flow Conditions

Use set point of 40 CFM when determining whether or not the system will maintain constant standard ( STD ) or constant ambient ( AMB ) conditions flow rate.

1. Press F3 key to enter the SET UP Menu.

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item using the arrow keys, and press the ENT key.

3. Select FLOW CONDITIONS and press the ENT key.

4. Select either STD or AMB using the arrow keys to agree with and press the ENT key.

NOTE: Samples are collected in AMB condition.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 8 of 33

5 Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key.

6.1.5 Procedure for Setting the Sample Flow Rate

1. Press F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.
2. Scroll, using the arrow keys, and select the CONFIGURE menu item and press the ENT key.

3. Select FLOW RATE and press the ENT key.

4. Enter flow rate of 40 CFM using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

NOTE: It is important to make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can be achieved by the filter media. Failure to do this could result in premature wear of the components in the system.

5. Press the ESC key repeatedly until returned to the Main Screen.

6.1.6 Procedure for Setting the Timer for Sample Collection

1. Select DATE and press the ENT key.

2. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007, is 010207.

3. Select TIME and press the ENT key.

4. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

NOTE: Enter the time with leading zeros and in 24-hour format. For example, 1:00 PM is entered as 1300 while 1:00 AM is entered as 0100.

5. Select DURATION and press the ENT key.

6. Enter the sample run duration of 24 hours from midnight on the run day to midnight of the following day using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

NOTE: Enter the duration in HHMM format with leading zeros.

For example, 0024 = 24 minutes 2400 = 24 hours 0240 = 2 hours 4 minutes

7. Select REPEAT and press the ENT key.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 9 of 33

8. Select the desired repeat frequency and press the ENT key.

Select NONE if this event is not to reoccur. The most common choice is 1 IN 6 for every six day sampling.

9. Select SAVE and EXIT and press the ENT key. This will save the setting and activate the timer. The main screen will appear and the “TIMER” will show WAITING . A second line labeled STARTS IN will appear showing a countdown to the timer starting a sample.

 SAVE and EXIT Menu Item: The SAVE and EXIT menu item saves the current setup and returns to the Main Screen.

 STOP and EXIT Menu Item: The STOP and EXIT menu item configures the timer so that it will not operate until it is reprogrammed with valid parameters and returns to the Main Screen.

6.1.7 Viewing Data on the Display

1. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA menu.

2. Select VIEW PAST SAMPLE and press the ENT key. A list showing the timer start dates and times will be displayed.

3. Select the desired date and time and press the ENT key. The first page of the sample data for this timer event will be displayed. Use the arrow keys to switch to the different pages of the summary run data.

4. Press the ESC key to exit and return to the list of available dates and times. To return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key.

6.1.8 Procedure for Saving Data to the Memory Card

1. Use the memory card provided to ensure proper data collection.

2. Do not remove the data card while the sampler is saving data to the card. This could cause corruption of the card.

3. Check the memory card to make sure that it is in the locked position.

NOTE: If the data card is in the unlocked position, the sampler will not be able to save data to the card and will report an error.

4. Insert the memory card into the slot above the Power Status Light.

5. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA

.
6. Select the SAVE menu item and press ENT key. This will save the data to the memory card using the comma separated values file format (CSV) which can be viewed using Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet programs.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 10 of 33

NOTE: Push the card in and then pull it out to eject the memory card.

7. Press the “ESC” key to return to the Main Screen.

8. Refer to the Data & Records Management section for how to store the sampler data for data review and quality assurance analysis.

6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE

6.2.1 Shelter requirements

The TISCH HIGH VOL+ sampler is outfitted with an anodized aluminum shelter to protect the electrical components from climatological conditions.

6.2.2 Siting of source-oriented samplers

Samplers are sited at the location of predicted maximum Pb concentrations that is both practical and has the potential for population exposures as determined by dispersion modeling. Siting of Pb samplers meets 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix E.

6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICATIONS

INTERFERENCES: Strong wind can interfere with the pressure sensor and may cause interferences with the flow rate calibration and flow rate verification process. When possible, perform these procedures under calm conditions.

EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting

 Digital or water manometer or digital flow

 Pressure and temperature standard

 30 mL syringe

 Calibration orifice

 8” X 10” test filter

 Verification/Calibration field sheet (laptop)

6.3.1 PCAL

Perform a PCAL once initially at the sampling site and thereafter if an issue arises with the flow rate behaving erratically or as specified by the acceptance criteria listed in 6.4.4.

1. Complete the 5-Point P-Cal procedure as follows:

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 11 of 33

2. Setup the 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting. Connect one end of tubing to the digital or water manometer (-) port and one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler; the third end is for the syringe not yet connected to the syringe.

3. From the SETUP (F3) menu, go into the Calibration menu, scroll to Pcal and press ENT

. 4. Set 5 points as follows:

Point 1 (1) Press ADD – the sampler will display 0.00.

(2) Press ENT on the sampler.

Point 2 (1) Connect the fully depressed syringe to the tubing.

(2) Press ADD

. (3) Enter reference value: 10

(4) Pull syringe until manometer reads 10.

(5) Hold syringe on 10 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

Point 3 (1) Press ADD

. (2) Enter reference value: 2.5

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 2.5.

(4) Hold syringe on 2.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

Point 4 (1) Press ADD

. (2) Enter reference value: 7.5

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 72.5.

(4) Hold syringe on 7.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

Point 5

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 12 of 33

(1) Press ADD

. (2) Enter reference value: 5

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 5.

(4) Hold syringe on 5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

NOTE: The R-value will read 0.990 or higher once the 5th point has been entered. The process must be repeated until a satisfactory R-value is attained if the R-value is less than 0.990.

5. Select REDO in order to perform the calibration again.

6. Press Exit and select Save to complete the calibration process.

6.3.2 FLOW RATE CALIBRATION / MULTI-POINT FLOW RATE VERIFICATION

The flow rate calibration is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this calibration is performed annually at a minimum (CFR 40 part 58.61 subpart G appendix A). The ADEQ’s guidance requires a quarterly calibration or a multi-point verification. A multipoint verification may be conducted in lieu of a calibration if the technician does not wish to change the calibration settings. Refer to Attachment A and B for the field data sheet for an aide regarding these procedures.

Calibration

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies:

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the calibration orifice

 Calibration orifice

2. Install an 8” X 10” glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice.

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in the Diagnostics Menu. Do this through the MTR CONTROL menu and select FIXED and then MTR SETPOINT. Set to 50%. The sampler and the motor are to be powered on for a minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration.

NOTE: The system is to be calibrated immediately after the motor warms up.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 13 of 33

4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the calibration top plate wing nuts need to be re-tightened.

CAUTION: Do not run the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time with the orifice blocked in order to reduce the chance of the motor overheating.

WARNING: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. If this is accidently done, liquid from the manometer could be drawn into the system and cause motor damage.

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ control and the digital or water manometer.

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.
7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the CALIBRATE menu item and press the ENT key.

8. Select Qstd and press the ENT key. This will enter the Qstd calibration screen.

9. Press the F1 key from the Qstd calibration screen to add calibration data and begin the calibration process. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR STANDARD m:

10. Enter the value from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd Slope (m) and press the ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this menu.

11. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR STANDARD b: Enter the value from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd intercept (b) and press the ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this

menu.
12. The system will display “ ENTER HI FLOW RATE ”. The system will calibrate using this point as the high flow rate. The high flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami Golf Course (MIGC–16629) is 39.6 CFM. The high flow rate for calibrations done at the Globe Highway (HAGH–16593) is 41.8 CFM. These flow rates (expressed in standard conditions) are equivalent to

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the calibration range. This is why the high flow rates vary from site to site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 14 of 33

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this menu. If a different HI FLOW RATE is required, enter that value and press the ENT key to continue.

13. The system will prompt “ ENTER LO FLOW RATE” . The system will calibrate this lowest flow rate. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami Golf Course (MIGC–16629) is 32.4 CFM. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Globe Highway (HAGH–16593) is 34.2 CFM.

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the calibration range. This is why the low flow rates vary from site to site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes.

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this menu. If a different LO FLOW RATE is required, enter that value and press the ENT key to continue.

14. The motor will now turn on and warm-up for 120 seconds. The system controls the motor speed to maintain the pressure across the calibration orifice at the desired starting point.

NOTE: The system uses the HI and LO values to calculate the 5-target flow rates used during the flow calibration process. The system automatically monitors the data during this calibration process and once the flow rate is stable at that operating point it will collect a data point. The system will move to the next calibration flow rate point once the previous point is obtained. The system will continue this process until all the points have been obtained. The internal CPU will generate the calibration values immediately following the collection of the fifth point, and display them on the Qstd calibration screen.

15. On the Qstd calibration screen is the R-value, A 1 -value, and A 0 -value. The R-value shown on the screen has to be greater than 0.990 or else the calibration process needs to be repeated.

NOTE: If the R-value is greater than 0.990, record it on the data sheet along with the A 1 -value, and A 0 -value.

16. Press the F4 key to exit the calibration screen and select Save to complete the calibration process.

17. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen.

18. Remove calibration orifice and filter.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 15 of 33

19. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service performed to include the relevant R-, A 1 -, A 0 - values for the calibration that was just performed.

20. Download the calibration data file to retrieve the event details for the calibration by going through the DATA (F2) tab and select SAVE . Once it is finished press ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen.

21. Retrieve the file from the memory card by transferring the file to a computer compatible for viewing .QCL data files (Excel does this). This file will need to be uploaded to ADEQ’s database (J drive) for future reference.

22. Open the file and sort the text into separate columns. This can be done by using the “text to columns” feature from the data drop down menu. First highlight the data, then in the data drop down menu select text to columns and select the delimited data option. Check the comma delimiter option and finish. This should split the data into separate columns. The respective column headers are as follows: Date and time, Unit Serial Number, Calibration Task, Orifice M, Orifice B, Data Point, Flow Set Point, Tamb, Pamb, Pdif, Pcal, Hotwire ADC Value, System Measured Flow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow Rate.

23. Transfer the respective information from this file to the calibration worksheet to complete the table. Information such as time started and ended, Pressure, Temperature, Pcal, System Measured Fl ow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow Rate need to be transferred to the table on the worksheet. The System Measured Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qsys and the Calibrator Measured Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qcal.

24. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet upon return to the office (if not already done so) and submit to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator. See Figure 1 for an example of a completed sheet.

Multi-point Flow Rate Verification

1. For a multi-point flow rate verification check, follow the Flow Rate Verification procedures in section 6.3.3. Repeat steps 6-14 with a different value for the set point. Follow guidance on the work sheet by inputting values as shown (44–42–40– 38–36).

2. See section 6.4.5 for multi-point flow verifications acceptance criteria. If the multipoint flow rate verification exceeds the acceptance criteria, this is cause for a new calibration.

6.3.3 FLOW RATE VERIFICATION

A flow rate QC check is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this procedure is once every three months. The ADEQ required guidance for this procedure is monthly but a more frequent schedule can be done. Refer to Attachment B for the field data sheet for an aide regarding this procedure.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 16 of 33

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies:

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the calibration orifice

 Calibration orifice

2. Install a glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice.

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in the Diagnostics Menu. Use the MTR CONTROL to go to FIXED and MTR SETPOINT. Set to 50. The sampler and the motor are to be powered on for a minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration.

NOTE: The flow rate is to be verified immediately after the motor warms up.
4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the top loading adapter hold-down nuts need to be re-tightened.

NOTE: Avoid running the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time with the orifice blocked. This reduces the chances of the motor overheating.

CAUTION: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. Liquid from the manometer coul d be drawn into the system and cause motor damage.

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ control and the digital or water manometer.

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.
7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the DISGNOSTICS menu item and press the ENT key.

8. Select MTR CONTROL and press the ENT key.

9. Select Qsys from the list of available motor control methods. This will tell the system to control the motor in the same way as it is controlled during a timer controlled run. The system will also prompt for wait conditions the flow will be controlled under (ambient or standard).

NOTE: Select the AMB conditions in order to match the normal operating conditions for a sample collection.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 17 of 33

10. Make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can be achieved by the filter media. Failure to do this can result in premat ure wear of the components in the system.

11. Select MTR SETPOINT and press the ENT key. The system will prompt for a desired set point. The units of measurement and the valid ranges for this field will change based on the current setting on the MTR CONTROL. For Qsys, the units of measure are in CFM. Enter the flow rate to be verified and press the ENT key.

NOTE 1: During a normal sample collection the value is 40 CFM.

NOTE 2: After pressing the ENT key in the previous step, the motor will turn on and begin to control the flow rate.

12. Allow the system to run for approximately 10 minutes before continuing.

13. Record the detected flow rate five times (at approximately 2 minute intervals) from both the Pcal output on the instrument’s display and the water manometer (simultaneously).

14. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen.

15. Remove calibration orifice and filter.

16. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service performed. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet upon return to the office and submit to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator. See Figure 2 for an example of a completed sheet.

NOTE: If a significant error is seen between the reading on the sampler and the water manometer, the following are some of the possible

causes:

 Verify that the flow rates are in the same samplers of measure and at the same measurement conditions (i.e. standard or ambient).

 Check the system for leaks.

 Check the filter for tears. Tears can create a localized increased flow rate and affect the flow rate seen by the probe.

 Verify the calibration of the flow reference.

 Verify that the Tamb, Pamb, and Pcal sensors used by the flow control (and calibration) of the system are within tolerance of error.

6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR

When performing a flow and sensor verification and/or calibration, several calculations are used for these tasks. The ADEQ Tisch High-Volume TSP Pb Sampler Verification/Calibration Data Sheet has been developed (see Attachment A) for the ease of completing the quality assurance checks for the instrument’s performance to specified tolerances of each sensor, which are listed

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 18 of 33

in each of the sections below. The work sheet automatically does the calculations listed below, but in the case of it not being accessible they are provided here. The work sheet has also been formatted to give feedback by changing the cell’s color for the conditions of the tolerances set forth for each sensor. Green indicates the sampler is operating within required specifications as per 40 CFR Part 58 and a calibration is not necessary, amber indicates it is approaching the limits of tolerance and calibration is recommended, and Red means that a sensor is out of tolerance, and calibration is required. Notify Data Management & Quality Assurance of the exceedance of tolerable error upon submittal of Data Sheet to supervisor. If a sensor verification is approaching the limits of tolerable error (for flow rate, temp, BP, or Pcal) then it is up to the operator to evaluate the environmental conditions, operational history, and possibly other variable in order to determine if a calibration is necessary. The operator should check with a supervisor if they are uncertain of how to proceed.

6.4.1 Date and time verification

The date and time on the instrument is compared with the actual date and time from a standard chronograph, like from a cellular service provider. The date should reflect exactly what day it is. The comparison of the time should be plus or minus 2 minutes between each other. If the instrument’s reading is over or under 2 minutes, change it to reflect the actual time.

6.4.2 Temperature sensor verification

The instrument’s output is compared with a standard reference’s reading, like a BGI Tetracal. The difference between these two readings should be less than 2  ̊ C. If the instrument’s reading is over 2  ̊ C, calibrate the temperature sensor using the calibrate menu and change it to reflect the actual conditions on the standard reference.

6.4.3 Barometric pressure sensor verification

Similar to the temperature, the output on the instrument is compared with a standard reference. The difference between these two readings should be less than 10mmHg. If the instrument’s reading is over 10mmHg, calibrate the pressure sensor using the calibrate menu and change it to reflect the actual BP.

6.4.4 AutoCal (Pcal) sensor verification

The flow rate is displayed in the Pcal output when the calibration orifice’s port is connected to the AutoCal port. The comparison of this sensor to a digital or water manometer should be ±5% difference in error. The calculation is listed below. If the percent difference is greater than 5%, calibrate the AutoCal (Pcal) sensor using the directions listed above.

6.4.5 Flow rate verification

The output for the flow rate on the controller (Pcal) is in inches of water (inH2O). This needs to be converted to CFM in order to be directly compared to the set point. The conversion calculation is listed below.

For a single point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow rate from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. To prevent

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 19 of 33

data invalidation, anything greater than 5% difference in measured flow rate is cause for a new calibration.

For a multi-point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow rate from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. A measured flow rate greater than this difference at any of the five points is cause for a new calibration. In addition to this, the calculated correlation coefficient (R-value) should be greater than or equal to 0.9900 and anything less than this value is cause for a new calibration.

Ambient Flow Calculation (Qsys) (m 3 /min) =

1 (orifice’s slope m) √ (((inH 2 0) (Temp ( K ) / BP ( mmH g) )) - (orifice’s intercept b))

Note: (inH 2 0) is measured from an external manometer

Conversion from (m 3 /min) to CFM =

Qstd (m 3 /min) * 35.3 CFM

Percent difference =

(instrument’s reading-standard’s reading) (standard’s reading) *100

Conversion from Qstd to Qamb =

Qstd = Qamb ((Pamb / Pstd)*(Tstd / Tamb))

Nomenclature: Qstd – standard flow rate Qamb – ambient flow rate Pamb – ambient barometric pressure (mmHg) Tamb – ambient temperature (Kelvin) Tstd – 298°K Pstd – 760mmHg

6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE

6.5.1 Corrective Maintenance Procedures

The following is a list of possible problems and the corrective measures.

a. Shelter/Sampler Exterior: There is nothing on the anodized aluminum shelter that is should wear out under normal operating conditions. In the event a system is dropped or blown over, some shelter parts may become bent. Simply re-shape the bent component(s) or replace them as necessary.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 20 of 33

b. Blower motor: If the blower motor does not function, perform the following test: 1. Unplug the motor from the flow control device or timer. 2. Plug the motor directly into line voltage. If the motor does not operate when plugged directly into line voltage then: See “electrical hook-up” schematic. If the motor still does not work, see timer and flow control instructions.

c. Filter holder: Two gaskets make contact with the filter holder. The 8”x10” gasket seals between the shelter base pan and the flange of the filter holder. If this seal is compromised, replace the 8”x10” gasket. The lower section of the filter holder is sealed against the blower with a round neoprene rubber gasket. If any leakage is evident, replace this gasket.

d. Filter media holder: The filter media holder uses the 8”x10” gasket to seal between it and the filter holder. Another 8”x10” gasket is also used on the filter media holder to seal between the filter holder down frame and the filter media itself. If leakage is evident, inspect the gasket for foreign objects and replace as necessary.

6.5.2 Routine Maintenance Procedures

A regular maintenance schedule will allow a monitoring network to operate for longer periods of time without system failure. Adjustments in routine maintenance frequencies will be made once a strong operating history is established and based upon the operational demands on the sampler(s).

Cleaning and maintenance activities to observe during each site service visit.

a. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and that they seal properly. For the inlet to seal properly, all gaskets must function properly and retain their resilience. Replace when necessary.

b. Power cords should be periodically inspected for good connections and for cracks (replace when necessary).

CAUTION: Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water.

c. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits.

d. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must make an airtight seal.

e. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating by watching under power.

f. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light solvent and water solution.

The manufacturer’s operating manual includes more detail on troubleshooting using the Diagnostics Screens and error codes. If a problem cannot be identified and corrected, notify the Team Leader or Supervisor.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 21 of 33

NOTE: Upon performing a review of the sampler’s data, the power log must be reviewed for power surges that may have affected the sampler during the sample collection period. If a power failure occurs during a collection period, keep an objective watch on the issue until resolved. The following power-related error codes are pertinent to troubleshooting an issue that may have occurred with the sampler or the power source.

a. 130 = 128( Power On Reset) + 2 (Low Voltage Detect)

 When the sampler is powered on, you will almost always get a ‘Power On Reset’ and ‘Low Voltage Detect’.

b. 64 = External power reset

 External Reset occurs because the reset line on the processor was pulled low. This is caused by a surge or spike in the power supply.

c. 32 = Watchdog reset

 Watchdog Reset occurs when a part of the program is taking too long to execute and the system resets itself to try to regain control.

Most of the power failures that last less than one minute are simply the result of the system restarting the software after a surge in the power supply. When this occurs, there is not a problem with the instrument.

6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE

6.6.1 Installing Filters:

1. Collect the filter transport cases with clean, unused filters for the upcoming sample day in the Air Filter Lab (AFL) staging area. A spare case is provided in the event a filter is damaged during the sample filter exchange process. Visually check the cases to ensure the filter cassette and ADEQ Lead TSP Air Sampling Record are enclosed.

2. Disengage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu for ease of installing the filter.

NOTE: A sample (exposed filter) will probably be in the sampler at this time. Remove it following the directions below for Retrieving Filters.

3. Remove the unexposed filter cassette from the transport case. Visually inspect the filter for pinholes, chaff or flashing, loose material, discoloration, and uniformity.

4. Carefully place the filter cassette in the sampler and tighten the wing nuts evenly on alternate corners; under-tightening may result in leakage, over- tightening may damage the gasket and cause the filter to stick to the gasket. Also be sure to tighten the filter holder thumb screws so they are snug with the top plate.

5. Check the timer to ensure that it is set to start the sampler at midnight and to stop the sampler at midnight the next day. The normal sampling period is 1440 minutes.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 22 of 33

NOTE: Care must be taken to ensure that the filter is clean and undamaged before it is installed in the sampler. Do not remove the faceplate until the sample saver shield has been engaged. The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers.

6. If the filter is bad, exchange the filter with the spare filter cassette that is provided, mark the changes on the chain-of-custody, and repeat steps again.

7. Engage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu and remove the filter faceplate.

6.6.2 Retrieving Filters:

1. Open the shelter lid and install the filter faceplate to protect the filter while it is being handled.

2. Disengage the sample saver shield by accessing the control in the DIAGNOSTICS

menu.
3. Carefully loosen the filter holder wing nuts and remove the filter cassette.

4. Place the filter cassette in the protective containers, i.e. plastic bag and transport

case.

NOTE: The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers.

5. Record the sample date using military time (24 hour clock), total sample time and other sample period data (flow rates, temperatures, pressures, %CV, and total volume) on the associated ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and place in the transport case.

NOTE 1: If a mistake is made, draw a single line through the entry, initial and date. Enter the correct information adjacent to the mistaken entry.

NOTE 2: If there are multiple mistakes made - a new form can be issued if needed by the AFL.

6. Perform a quick review the sampler’s summary and interval data while at the site to verify that the sampler ran the correct amount of time and the flow rate was within tolerance.

a. Instructions for viewing and downloading data are found in section 6.1.7 and 6.1.8.

b. If the data show that the sampler was out of tolerance on these criteria, setup a make-up sample if there is sufficient time to collect and retrieve a sampler before the next scheduled run day. Use the unexposed filter and chain-of-custody/field data sheet provided for the appropriate sampler and next run day. AFL will set up a replacement filter and

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 23 of 33

paperwork for the appropriate sampler’s next regularly scheduled run day.

c. If there is not sufficient time to collect a makeup sample prior to the next regularly schedule run day, do not set up a makeup sample.

NOTE: An additional sample may be collected during the quarter to supplement for the lost run day. Work with DM&QA to determine how best to handle each missed sample on a case-by-case basis.

7. Fill out the Instrument Logbook to document the visit and service performed. Complete the Site Log Book form and remove and return the top white sheet to AMU field sheet coordinator.

8. Return each transport case containing the filter sample and the ADEQ Lead TSP Air Sampling Record (chain-of-custody/data card) to the AFL staging area. See Figure 3 for an example of air sampling record sections to be completed by the operator.

9. Store the downloaded data to J drive under the appropriate site folder located at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 24 of 33



### Figure 3. Partially Completed ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record

6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMENT

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 25 of 33

1. Transfer the download sampler data to the corresponding site folder in J drive: J:AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites

See Figures 4 and 5 show screen shots of folders in J drive.

Figure 4. J Drive – Active Sites Folders

Figure 5. J Drive – Example of Storage Folder for an Interval Data File

2. Review the 5-minute interval data to verify the following:

 the sampler’s flow rate was stable and within tolerance during the sample collection

 the sampler did not under run or overrun on the day of collection

 the sampler did not malfunction and expose the sample filter to additional hours of flow before or after the schedule run day.

3. Submit completed calibration, verification, or other field reports to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator for review and forwarding to the DM&QA Sampler for processing and review by

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 26 of 33

the QA/QC Lead and the data validator(s). The final, signed hardcopy of each report is filed in DM&QA Sampler’s site file.

4. All field records are kept on file for a minimum of five years. The records are then archived in accordance with ADEQ Records Management Policy and the AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring. Validated data are stored in the AQD Air Assessment Ambient Database (AAAD) and reported to the EPA Air Quality Subsystem (AQS).

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 27 of 33



### ATTACHMENT A – Blank Field Data Sheet s for a Verification and a Calibration

AAAD Site #: Date:

ID Information: Technician: Reference s/n: Yes Site Name: Certification Date: Yes Software Version: Inlet s/n: MFC s/n: Filter's Manufacturer s/n: Motor s/n: Calibraiton Orifice s/n: Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: Sampler Date & Time:

Actual Date & Time: Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: 0 Previous Calibration: Electronic Manometer: 0 Previous Verification / Service Date:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Manometer Pcal Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg i n H 2 O Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 i n H 2 O i n H 2 O
Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg i n H 2 O
average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! i n H 2 O % Difference: #DIV/0! Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft 3 /min Orifice Slope (m): Orifice Intercept (b): Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m 3 / min Qa: #DIV/0! ft 3 / min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): Orifice Intercept (b):

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Set point Actual Corr R 44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 42 #DIV/0! average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 40 #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! 38 #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 #DIV/0!

5 36 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 9/12/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900 Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate Yes

R 2 = #N/A 34.00 39.00 44.00 49.00 54.00 59.00 64.00 69.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set PointActual

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 28 of 33

AAAD Site #: 0 Date: 1/0/1900

ID Information: Technician: 0 Reference s/n: 0 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 1/0/1900 Yes Software Version: 0.00 Inlet s/n: 0 MFC s/n: 0 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: 0 Motor s/n: 0 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 0 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: January 0, 1900 Sampler Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00

Actual Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0 Previous Calibration: 1/0/1900 Electronic Manometer: 0 1/0/1900 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 1/0/1900

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 0.0 °C Reference BP: 0 mmHg Instrument Tamb: 0.0 °C Instrument Pamb: 0 mmHg Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal 0.0 0.00 in H 2 O
1

- P o i n t Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: 0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O
0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 f t 3 / min 0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m 3 /m i n average: 0.00 0.00 i n H 2 O Qa: #DIV/0! f t 3 / min % Difference: #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0! F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer I ns t rumen t T am b : °C I ns t rumen t P am b : m m H g 1 0

. 00 i n H 2 O D egree Di f f erence: 0

. 0 273

. 15 P ressure Dif f erence: 0 2 10

. 00 i n H 2 O 3 2

. 50 i n H 2 O Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5

. 0 0 i n H 2 O Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R: Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): High Flow Rate: Time Started: Orifice Intercept (b): Low Flow Rate: Time Finished: Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qsy s ( f t 3 / min ) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient) 1 273.2 1 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 2 273.2 2 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 3 273.2 3 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 4 273.2 4 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 5 273.2 5 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

Corr R: Offset A1: Gain A0:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 Manometer Pcal Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No i n H 2 O in H 2 O
P os t C a l Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: i n H 2 O i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 ft 3 /m in i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m 3 / min % Difference: #DIV/0! Qa: #DIV/0! ft 3 /m in 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: Yes or No Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Flow Rate Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal Flow Rate Temperature Barometric Pressure Yes 

### Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Calibration Data Sheet

0

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 29 of 33

ATTACHMENT B – Examples of Completed Field Data Sheet s for Verifications (pass and fail) and a Calibration



### Example of Passing Verification Data Sheet:

AAAD Site #: 16593 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information: Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes Software Version: 3.36P Inlet s/n: 0093 MFC s/n: 400-0043 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003 Motor s/n: 2926 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011 Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0 Previous Calibration: 5/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 8/3/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 40.4 °C Reference BP: 706.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal Instrument Tamb: 39.7 °C Instrument Pamb: 706 mmHg 4.3 4.28 i n H 2 O Degree Difference: 0.7 313.55 Pressure Difference: 0.5 4.2 4.22 i n H 2 O
4.2 4.24 i n H 2 O
Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.2 4.18 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 4.4 4.34 i n H 2 O
average: 4.24 4.25 i n H 2 O % Difference: 0.28 Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft 3 /min Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.11 m 3 / min Qa: 39.19 ft 3 / min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.03

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 5.0 5.07 1.21 42.75 2.84 5.1 5.11 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 5.1 5.09 5.1 5.12 5.0 5.02 average: 5.05 5.08 % Difference: 0.55 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.5 4.49 1.16 40.79 2.87 4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.5 4.62 4.6 4.60 4.6 4.62 average: 4.60 4.60 % Difference: 0.13 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 4.1 4.12 1.10 38.87 2.81 4.2 4.14 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.2 4.17 4.1 4.18 4.2 4.26 average: 4.17 4.17 % Difference: 0.05 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.9 3.82 1.05 37.10 2.37 3.9 3.93 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.7 3.72 Set point Actual Corr R 3.8 3.84 44 42.75 0.9998 3.7 3.70 42 40.79 average: 3.80 3.80 40 38.87 % Difference: 0.16 38 37.10 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 35.29

5 36 3.4 3.36 1.00 35.29 1.97 3.5 3.46 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.4 3.45 3.5 3.52 3.4 3.41 average: 3.43 3.44 % Difference: 0.23

Comments:

v10, 8/10/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate Yes Globe Highway - Secondary

Sunny, blue skies, slightly breezy. Warmed instrument up for 10 minutes on 50% fixed motor power. Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900 R 2 = 0.9995

34.00 35.00 36.00 37.00 38.00 39.00 40.00 41.00 42.00 43.00 44.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46
Set PointActual

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 30 of 33



### Example of Failing Verification Data Sheet:

AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information: Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes Software Version: 3.36P Inlet s/n: 0091 MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003 Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011 Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009 Previous Calibration: 3/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg 3.7 3.79 i n H 2 O Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5 3.7 3.84 i n H 2 O
3.7 3.77 i n H 2 O
Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 3.8 3.87 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 3.8 3.91 i n H 2 O
average: 3.76 3.84 i n H 2 O % Difference: 1.98 Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft 3 /min Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m 3 / min Qa: 37.82 ft 3 / min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

1 44 4.5 4.47 1.20 42.21 4.07 4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.7 4.72 4.9 4.90 4.8 4.77 average: 4.69 4.71 % Difference: 0.34 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manomete r Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.2 4.16 1.14 40.33 3.97 4.4 4.41 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.2 4.21 4.4 4.35 4.2 4.26 average: 4.28 4.28 % Difference: 0.09 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

3 40 3.7 3.92 1.07 37.82 5.46 3.7 3.86 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.7 3.94 3.8 3.82 3.8 3.85 average: 3.76 3.88 % Difference: 3.04 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.5 3.43 1.03 36.38 4.25 3.4 3.42 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.6 3.56 Set point Actual Corr R 3.6 3.60 44 42.21 0.9922 3.4 3.36 42 40.33 average: 3.48 3.47 40 37.82 % Difference: 0.12 38 36.38 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point 36 35.09

5 36 3.3 3.27 0.99 35.09 2.54 3.1 3.10 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.2 3.21 3.1 3.06 3.4 3.37 average: 3.23 3.20 % Difference: 0.94

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Mostly sunny, storm clouds building off of mountains, and breezy. Warmed motor up for 15 minutes on 50% fixed motor power. Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900 Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate Yes Miami Golf Course

R 2 = 0.9845

34.00 35.00 36.00 37.00 38.00 39.00 40.00 41.00 42.00 43.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46
Set PointActual

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 31 of 33



### Example of Calibration Data Sheet for Previously Failed Verification:

AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information: Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes Software Version: 3.36P Inlet s/n: 0091 MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003 Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011 Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009 Previous Calibration: 4/23/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal 3.7 3.79 in H 2 O
1

- P o i n t Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: 3.7 3.84 i n H 2 O
3.7 3.77 i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 ft 3 /m i n 3.8 3.87 i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 3.8 3.91 i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m 3 /m in average: 3.76 3.84 i n H 2 O Qa: 37.82 ft 3 /m in % Difference: 1.98 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46 F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer I ns t rumen t T am b : °C I ns t rumen t P am b : m m H g 1 0

. 00 i n H 2 O D egree Dif f erence: 0

. 0 27 3

. 15 P ressure Di f f erence: 0 2 10

. 00 i n H 2 O 3 2

. 50 i n H 2 O Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5

. 0 0 i n H 2 O Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R: Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.99255 High Flow Rate: 39.6 Time Started: 13:42 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.02027 Low Flow Rate: 32.4 Time Finished: 13:47 Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qs y s ( f t 3 /m in ) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient) 1 674 40.1 5.82 40.6 39.6 313.3 1 1.33 46.91 2 674 39.5 5.27 38.5 37.8 312.7 2 1.26 44.61 3 674 39.4 4.77 37.3 35.9 312.6 3 1.20 42.46 4 674 36.9 4.27 35.8 34.2 310.1 4 1.13 40.03 5 674 37.1 3.82 33.3 32.3 310.3 5 1.07 37.89

Corr R: 0.9928 Offset A1: 0.5023 Gain A0: 2022.1582

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 38.7 °C Reference BP: 674 mmHg Instrument Tamb: 37.4 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg Degree Difference: 1.3 311.85 Pressure Difference: 0 Manometer Pcal Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.4 4.36 i n H 2 O
4.6 4.52 in H 2 O
P os t C a l Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: 4.4 4.44 i n H 2 O
4.4 4.34 i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 ft 3 /m i n 4.5 4.48 i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 average: 4.44 4.43 i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.16 m 3 /m in % Difference: 0.32 Qa: 40.94 ft 3 /m in 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: No Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.34

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Temperature Barometric Pressure Yes Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Calibration Data Sheet

Miami Golf Course

Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal Flow Rate

Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Storm moved in within 5 minutes of beginning of calibration. Windy during calibration. Flow Rate Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 32 of 33



### ATTACHMENT C – Tisch’s Technical Note: High Altitude Sampling Considerations

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 33 of 33

VERSION SHEET

VERSION & DATE DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY

1.0 01-Oct-2012 New document number created to comply with standard document numbering system. AMU-002 replaces AMU-Pb-001. Additionally, revisions to Section 6.3 occurred. Five point flow rate verification procedure added and associated data sheets revised. Limits of tolerable error updated for the 5-point flow rate procedure. Minor revisions were also made in other sections. Gregory Kendall

### Attachment E

ADEQ AAS QA-013 SOP Auditing the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler

### Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURE TITLE



### AUDITING THE TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE LEAD (Pb) SAMPLER

SOP NUMBER REV DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE PAGE NUMBER QA-013 1.1 06-JUN-2011 1 of 10



### 1.0 PURPOSE

To document the procedure to be followed by t he auditor when conducting a performance evaluation audit on the TSP Lead sampler.



### 2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY

This procedure applies to anyone auditing this sampler. The audit results are used to determine bias of the sampler. The sampler is to be audited once every 6 months ± 30 days.



### 3.0 REFERENCES

Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A – National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Lead; Final Rule November 12, 2008

TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 2011

ADEQ SOP AMU-Pb-001: Operating the TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Total Suspended Particulate Air Sampler



### 4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS

CFM – Cubic Feet per Minute

NIST – National Institute of Standards and Technology

TSP – Total Suspended Particulate

Filter Holder Cassette – the 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts on either side of the frame.

Site-Specific Transport Case – a rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it.

Sample Saver Shield – an automated cover inside the sampler that covers the filter before and after a sample is collected.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
2

5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

 

### F ollow safety precautions outlined below. If a site is found damaged due to weather, vandalism, or other reasons and/or a health & safety concern is identified, contact the DM&QA Manager. Do not proceed with work if a hazardous condition exists. There are no unusual hazards associated with the operation of this sampler; therefore, no special safety training or certification is required.

 Employ normal safety measures to avoid electr ical shock. Avoid standing in water when working with electrical equipment. Use properly grounded electrical cords and extensions. The power source for this sampling system must be a 3-wire grounded circuit.

 Use caution when working on elevated surfaces and platforms to avoid slips, trips and falls.

 Do not touch hands to eyes, ears, nose or mouth before washing hands after handling sampling media (setting up or removing sample). Use conventional practices for good personal hygiene and do not smoke, eat, or chew gum before washing hands

INTERFERENCES: The performance audit of the sampler typically takes 3 - 5 minutes, but wind interferes with the pressure sensor and causes the audit to take longer

6.0 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES

 Audit orifice standard with calibration relationship in actual CFM and traceable to NIST.

o NOTE: This orifice standard must not be the same one that is used for routine calibrations and flow checks

 Slack-tube manometer and/or a digital flow meter

 Thermometer

 Barometric Pressure Gauge

 Clean 8” X 10” filter of same media as that used for routine sampling

 TSP Lead Sampler Audit sheet (Attachment 1)

6.0 PROCEDURE

6.1 Transport the above equipment to the monitoring site.

6.2 Log in and record the activity of the site visit to the Site Log Book.

6.2.1 Record the date, time, name, and sampler number and any other activity or conditions to be noted.

6.3 Raise the hood of the sampler and open the filter saver shield.

6.3.1 Record filter condition and/or any debris in the filter area.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
3

6.4 Cover the filter cassette with the audit faceplate to protect the integrity of the filter. Do not touch filter membrane.

6.5 Loosen the filter cassette wing nuts evenly on alternate corners and check that the gaskets are in good condition (not deteriorated). Remove the filter cassette from the sampler taking care not to touch the filter membrane.

6.6 Place the filter cassette carefully inside a secure holder such as a clean, plastic bag to further protect it from exposure to debris or damage from weather.

6.7 Install the audit filter cassette and orifice standard, making sure the orifice gasket is present and the audit orifice is not cross-threaded on the filter cassette.

6.7.1 Seal the audit orifice's pressure port with a rubber cap or similar device.

NOTE: A leak may occur if the audit filter cassette is not seated properly. A leak on this sampler is detected by hearing a sound similar to a whistle.

6.7.2 If a leak is detected: Check the tightness of the wing nuts securing the filter cassette to the sampler.

6.73 Inspect the manometer flexible tubing for crimps or cracks.

6.7.4 Open the manometer valves fully and blow gently through the tubing, watching for the free flow of the fluid.

6.75 Adjust the manometer sliding scale so that the zero line is at the bottom of the meniscus fluid.

6.7.6 Connect the manometer to the pressure port on the orifice.

6.7.7 Ensure that the tubing fits snugly on the pressure port and on the manometer.

6.8 Turn on the sampler and allow it to warm up to operating temperature (15-30 minutes).

NOTE: The Quick Reference for the HIGH VOL+ Control Module Audit Set-Up Instructions (Attachment B) explains how to operate the sampler and record all information.

6.9 Record the following information on the TSP Lead Sampler Audit sheet during or before the sampler warm up. See Figure 1 for an example of a completed sheet and Attachment A for a blank sheet.

 Sampler location, the date and time

 Sampler Model

 Serial Numbers for the: Sampler, Motor, and Control Box

 Samplers setting; date, time and reference time (cell phone)

 Ambient temperature (Ta) °K (°K = °C + 273)

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
4

 Ambient barometric pressure (Pa), mm Hg

 Audit orifice serial number, slope, and intercept

 Sampler’s last calibration date and set point (40 CFM)

 Record Site and/or unusual conditions

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
5

FIGURE 1. COMPLETED TSP LEAD SAMPLER AUDIT SHEET

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
6

6.10 Set-up the audit faceplate and orifice with vacuum line tee-off to the orifice, to the water manometer, and to the AutoCal port on the control box.

6.11 Ensure that the sampler is operating in ambient conditions once the sampler has warmed up to operating temperature.

6.12 Record the pressure drop across the orifice, recording both sides of the water manometer deflection, and record the PCal reading from the control box display onto the audit datasheet.

6.13 Verify that the correct readings have been inscribed on the data sheet.

6.14 Determine the ambient flow rate through the audit orifice, as follows:

Qa (audit) = {sqrt[dH20*(Ta/Pa)]-b} {/m}

Where

Qa (audit) = actual flow rate as indicated by the audit orifice transfer standard

dH20 = pressure drop across the orifice, inches H 2 0

Ta = ambient temperature, °K (°K = C° + 273)

Pa = ambient barometric pressure, mm Hg

b = intercept of the audit orifice transfer standard's calibration relationship

m = slope of the audit orifice transfer standard's calibration relationship

6.15 Calculate the percentage difference between the sampler's indicated flow rate, Qa(sampler) with the orifice installed, and the corresponding audit flow rate, Qa(audit), determined from the audit orifice transfer standard as:

Audit flow rate % difference = [Qa(sampler) – Qa(audit)] / Qa(audit)} {100}

6.16 Record the audit flow rate percentage difference on the data sheet. There are 3 possible outcomes:

6.16.1 If the audit flow rate percentage difference is less than or equal to ± 7%: The sampler calibration is acceptable and the sampler has passed the audit.

6.16.2 If the percentage difference lies between ±7% and ±10%: A note is included on the audit field sheet that indicates the sampler has passed the audit but has triggered the ADEQ Air Monitoring Unit’s internal action level for service.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
7

6.16.3 If the percent difference exceeds ±10%: The sampler has failed the audit and this triggers a corrective action response. If an AMU technician is present at the time of the audit, they may service the sampler to correct any problem and prevent the potential of loss data. Complete a corrective action notice and route through to the designated Air Monitoring Unit staff so that the failure is documented.

NOTE: The sampler's calibration, audit orifice standard’s certification, and all calculations must be double-checked before finalizing the audit. Upon a failed audit, an immediate re-audit may be conducted to verify the initial results.

6.17 Remove all equipment and place sampler back to sampling mode once the audit has been performed.

6.18 Document the visit and service performed in the sampler’s Instrument Logbook.

6.19 Complete the Site Log Book form.

6.19.1 Remove and return the top white sheet to QA/QC Lead along with the completed audit field sheet.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
8

ATTACHMENT A

AAAD Site #:
Date:

Operator: Auditor:

Site Name: Time: Sampler Primary/Secondary: Site Conditions/Weather:

Sampler Model #: Sampler Date: Sampler SN#: Sampler Time:

MFC Control Box SN#: Actual Time:

Motor SN#: Last Calibration: Samplers Pcal zero setting: Pcal flow setting at ambient "H 2 O:

Audit Ambient Temp °C Audit Pressure Amb (mmHg) Sampler Ambient Temp °C Sampler Amb Pressure (mmHg) Temperature Degree Difference: Pressure Difference:

Temperature oC: Orifice S/N: Temperature K (Ta): Pressure mmHg (Pa):

Qamb (audit) m 3 /min:
Sampler Set Point - Ambient cfm: Qamb (audit) = cfm:

All flow calculations are in Actual Conditions - Temperature and Pressure are Actual Ambient Conditions

For calculation of audit orifice flow rates:

Ambient Calculation Formula: Qa (audit) = {sqrt (H 2 0 * (Ta/Pa)) - b} / m

Standard Calculation Formula: Qstd = 1/m [Sqrt ("H2O (Pa/Pstd) (Tstd/Ta)) - b]

CFM % difference formula: % Difference = (set point cfm - Qamb cfm ) / (Qamb cfm)) * 100

Revised 05/20/11 Approved on 5/12/11 by CLS and ACG

Reviewed By: Sampler Qamb
cfm % difference Orifice Pressure Drop (in H 2 O)

Note: Percentage difference exceeding ± 7% of the flow rate - attention is required. A ± 10% requires calibration.. Audit Criteria Slope Ambient M = Correlation Ambient R = Sampler / Audit Temperature and Barometric Pressure Information

Intercept Ambient B = Calibration Date: Adjustment is needed if temperature difference exceed 2°C limit Adjustment is needed if pressure difference exceed 10mmHg 

### TSP Lead Sampler Audit

Audit Orifice Information Current Ambient Reading Sampler Information

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
9

ATTACHMENT B

Quick reference for the TISCH TSP HIGH VOL + Control Module Audit set-up

 Record the sampler’s date and time setting on the control module – main screen.

 Press the set-up <F3> pad.

 Move the arrow curser down to the Diagnostic pad and Press Enter – from here you will be able to find and record the Temperature and Barometric Pressure reading from the audit device being used and compare it to the samplers reading

.

 Move the arrow curser down to the Filter Saver and Press Enter – this will open the filter cover this will allow you to remove the sample filter cassette and install the audit filter and orifice. DO NOT TOUCH THE FILTER MATERIAL.

 Scroll the arrow curser to Motor Control and Press Enter

.

 Scroll the curser down to Qsys and Press Enter

.

 Select the AMB and Press Enter – the sampler will start up and adjust to the calibrated flow setting. A 30 minute warm up is required.

 Record water manometer reading and the control box CFM reading once the sampler has warmed up; enter both readings on the audit form.

 Press the ESC pad key to exit out.

 Go back to the Diagnostic screen and select the Filter Saver once the audit equipment has been removed and the sampler’s filter has been re-installed

.

 Press Enter to close the cover.

 Press ESC to return to the main screen.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER QA-013 REV
1.1 PAGE
10

REVISION SHEET

REV 1.0 New document requested by Andy Clifton. 06-JUN-2011

REV 1.1 Change Document number on page 1 from AMU-Pb-001 to QA-013. 20-JUL-2011 Requested by Ceresa Stewart.

### Attachment F

ADEQ AAS AFL-001 SOP Unexposed Glass Microfibre Filter Loading

### Air Assessment Section Place unit name here TITLE

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE

SOP NUMBER VERSION DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF CURRENT VERSION PAGE NUMBER

AFL-001 1.0 23-Nov-2012 23-Nov-2012 1 of 7



### 1.0 PURPOSE

To provide the steps to be followed when loading unexposed 8” x 10” filters into a TISCH HIGH VOL+ TSP sampler’s filter cassette and preparing the filter and associated chain-of-custody/data card for transport to and from an air monitoring site.



### 2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILITY

The following procedure applies to anyone setting up unexposed filters for the collection of lead (Pb) samples.



### 3.0 REFERENCES

TISCH HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 2011

ADEQ SOP – AMU-Pb-001: Operating the TISCH HIGH VOL+ Total Suspended Particulate Sampler



### 4.0 ACRYONYMS & DEFINITIONS

Filter Holder Cassette – the 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts on either side of the frame.

Site-Specific Transport Case – a rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it.



### 5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY

There are no unusual or known hazards associated with preparing unexposed filters to be used for the collection of airborne Pb samples; therefore, no special safety training or certification is required. Always wear nitrile or latex gloves when handling the gl ass microfiber filter. Only handle these filters by the edges.



### 6.0 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES Disposable Gloves Sampler-Specific Transport Cases
8” X 10” Glass Fiber Filters ADEQ Lead TSP Air Sampling Record form (chain-ofcustody/data card) TISCH HIGH VOL+ TSP Sampler filter cassette

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Filter Laboratory TITLE LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE SOP #

AFL-001 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 2 of 7



### 7.0 PROCEDURE

NOTE: Filters are obtained annually from the lead contact at EPA Region 9.

7.1 Write the manufacturer’s filter serial number on a new preprinted ADEQ Lead TSP Air Sampling Record which serves as the sample’s chain-of-custody and data information form See Figures 1 and 17. FIGURE 1

7.2 Record the manufacturer’s filter serial number and the Airlab Filter ID Number in the current year’s Filter Tracking spreadsheet located at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\Airlab

. 7.3 Remove the top half of the carrier by completely unscrewing the finger nuts on both sides of the cassette. See figures 2, 3, and 4.

FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Filter Laboratory TITLE LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE SOP #

AFL-001 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 3 of 7

7.4 Transfer the filter carefully from the manufacturer’s box and place it on the metal screen in the lower half of the filter carrier so the manufacturer’s serial number faces downward touching the screen. See figures 5, 6, and 7.

FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7

7.5 Place the top half of the filter carrier carefully on top of the bottom half so the gasket fits securely around the edge of the filter. See figure 8.

FIGURE 8

7.6 Replace the finger nuts on both sides of the carrier and secure them finger tight. Do not over tighten the nuts. See figure 9.

FIGURE 9

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Filter Laboratory TITLE LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE SOP #

AFL-001 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 4 of 7

7.7 Place the filter holder faceplate carefully on top of the cassette securing both of the overlaying edges. See figures 10 and 11.

FIGURE 10 FIGURE 11

7.8 Place the loaded filter cassette in the transport plastic bag and then place them in the associated site transport case. See figures 12, 13, and 14.

FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13 FIGURE 14

7.9 Fill out the ADEQ Lead TSP Air Sampling Record with correct preliminary sample run day information and place in transport case. See figure 15.

FIGURE 15

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Filter Laboratory TITLE LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE SOP #

AFL-001 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 5 of 7

7.10 See highlighted fields below in figure 16 which must be filled in by anyone preparing the filter for shipment.

FIGURE 16

7.11 Place the transport case in the staging area for the operator to pickup.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Filter Laboratory TITLE LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE SOP #

AFL-001 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 6 of 7

FIGURE 17

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Filter Laboratory TITLE LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE SOP #

AFL-001 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 7 of 7

VERSION SHEET

VERSION & DATE DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY

1.0 23-Nov-2012 New AFL Pb document replacing AFL-Pb-001. Theresa Rigney.

### Attachment G

ADEQ AAS AFL-002 SOP Unloading and Cutting Exposed Glass Microfibre Filters

### Air Assessment Section Air Monitoring Unit TITLE



### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGH-VOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE

SOP NUMBER VERSION DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF CURRENT VERSION PAGE NUMBER

AMU-002 1.0 01-Oct-2012 01-Oct-2012 1 of 33

Table of Contents

1.0 PURP OSE.................................................................................................................... ..............................................2

2.0 SCOPE & A PPLICABIL IITY..................................................................................................... .................................2

3.0 REFE RENCES...........................................................................................................................................................2

4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITI ONS..................................................................................................... ..............................2

5.0 HEALTH & SAFE TY PRE CAUTIO NS ................................................................................................ ......................3

6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION .................................................................................................... .............................4

6.0.1 V IEWING THE S AMPLER I NTERFACE ...........................................................................................................................4 6.0.2 N OTATION ON THE HIGH-V OL+ ...................................................................................................................... .........5 6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP ..............................................................................................................5 6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE........................................................................................................................... .........10 6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICAT IONS...............................................................................................10 6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR ............................................................................................17 6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTE NANCE .........................................................................................................19 6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE ..........................................................................................21 6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMEN T .................................................................................................................24

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 2 of 33



### 1.0 PURPOSE

To document the procedures to be used when operating the TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP sampler and collecting ambient air filter samples used to determine concentrations of airborne lead (Pb).



### 2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY

The following procedures apply to anyone operating this sampler or involved with the collection of lead (Pb) samples.



### 3.0 REFERENCES

Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 50 & Part 58– National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Lead; Final Rule November 12, 2008

40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A, D, E

TISCH Environmental HIGH-VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware

Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume II

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 2011

ADEQ SOP - AFL-Pb-001: Loading Unexposed 8” X 10” Hi gh Purity Glass Microfiber Filter into the Sampler Filter Cassette



### 4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS

NIST – National Institute of Standards and Technology

TSP – Total Suspended Particulate

Site-Specific Transport Case – A rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it.

Sample Shelter – An aluminum enclosure consisting of the assembled gable roof and base platform, which houses the electrical components (like the control module and motor blower) and the sampling media.

Control Module – The CPU that manages all of the variables for operating the system through the sampler interface.

Sample Saver Shield – An automated cover inside the sample shelter that covers the filter before and after a sample is collected.

Filter Holder Cassette – The 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts on either side of the frame.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 3 of 33

Filter Holder Faceplate - The protective shield that snaps onto the top of the filter holder cassette while the holder is being handled. This minimizes the possibility of filter damage while removing and installing the holder wing nuts that attach it to the instrument. The faceplate should be left on the filter holder until after the holder is properly secured to the instrument and then removed.

Verification – an activity of using a certified calibration device to assure an instrument’s sensor(s) is operating within certain parameters.

Calibration – an activity of using a certified calibration device to standardize or adjust the sensor(s) of an instrument so they operate within certain parameters.

Certification – NIST-traceable performance evaluation of a calibration device to verify it operates at a certain level of quality.

Calibration Standard/Reference Device – may be referred to as “calibrator”, “calibration device”. “standard” or “reference meter” used for the sampler fall into several categories that include: mass flow controllers (MFCs), flow measurement devices , barometric pressure measurement devices, and temperature measurement devices. Calibrators are certified annually to a NIST-traceable standard/reference of higher authority.

Air Sampling Record – A document which contains pertinent data associated with a filter sample and chain-of-custody information.

Chain-of-Custody (COC) – A document that tracks the location of a sample at all times and is used as evidence to support a sample’s integrity is intact. The COC is combined with the sample collection data on the ADEQ PM10 (or PM2.5) Air Sampling Record form.



### 5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Follow safety precautions outlined below.

 If a site is found damaged due to weather, vandalism, or other reasons and/or a health & safety concern is identified, contact the AMU Manager.

 Do not proceed with work if hazardous conditions exist.

 Employ normal safety measures to avoid electrical shock.

 Do not stand in water when working with electrical equipment.

 Use properly grounded electrical cords and extensions. The power source for this sampler must be a 3-wire grounded circuit.

 Use caution when working on elevated surfaces and platforms to avoid slips, trips and falls.

 Do not touch hands to eyes, ears, nose, or mouth before washing hands after handling sampling media (setting up or removing sample).

 Use conventional practices for good personal hygiene and do not smoke, eat, or chew gum before washing hands.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 4 of 33

 Practice safe fall protection when working on elevated platforms 4’ or higher. Keep guards in place on all exposed sides to platform while working on it.



### 6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

6.0.1 Viewing the Sampler Interface

 Main Menu Screen It displays various operating parameters of the system when the sampler is running. It is the primary screen to perform all the tasks necessary to obtain and input all the data necessary to maintain the sampler and collect samples. It shows the operating status of the sampler by displaying:

 The current date and time.

 A countdown timer shows when the next scheduled program will start.

 Whether the timer is not executing or set to start at some future time.

 The Keypad It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters of the sampler.

 Power Status Light It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters of the sampler.

 Alert Status Light It indicates the alert state of the sampler. The sampler monitors several operating parameters and alerts the user to take action when these parameters fall out of the expected range. A flashing red light indicates that a non-fatal alert has occurred. The sampler will continue to operate but may not be functioning optimally. A solid red light indicates a fatal alert has occurred and will not continue to operate. Use the INFO key on the main status screen to determine the source of the alert.

 The Main Menu Function Keys The function keys (F1, F2, F3, and F4) from the main display are directly below the main menu screen. They are used to access the various information and configuration screens of the sampler. For what each of the keys use is, refer to Table 1.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 5 of 33

Table 1. Functions on the Main Display Key Display Description Extended Description

F1 TIMER Pressing this key accesses the “TIMER” menu. The “TIMER” menu is used to setup the timer or abort the timer if it is currently running. It allows you to enter a start date, start time, duration, and repeatability.

F2 DATA Pressing this key accesses the “DATA” menu. This “DATA” key allows the user to work with data collected, display data, transfer to a memory card, or erased.

F3 SETUP Pressing this key accesses the “SETUP” menu. The “SETUP” menu configures, calibrates, and diagnose of the sampler.

F4 INFO Pressing this key accesses the “INFO” display. The “INFO” display show various status and operating parameters for the sampler.

6.0.2 Notation on the HIGH-VOL+

The following table has a description of each measurement’s notation and the samplers they are reported in.

Table 2. TISCH HIGH-VOL+ Notations

Notation Samplers of Measurement Description
Qsvs LPM System Flow Rate
Qstd LPM Flow Rate at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 25°C Vstd m3 Volume at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 25°C Qamb CFM Flow Rate at Ambient Conditions Vamb m3 Volume at Ambient Conditions Tamb °C Ambient Temperature Tcjc °C Cold Junction Compensation Temperature (compensates Ambient Temp) Pamb mmHg Ambient Pressure (Uncorrected Barometric Pressure)

Pdif inH2O Differential Pressure (Orifice Pressure) Pcal inH2O Flow Calibration Pressure

6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP

6.1.1 Procedure for Pre-Installation Inspections and Operational Checks

1. Check the sampler for completeness of system components and verify that it is in proper operating condition prior to transporting and installing at an air monitoring site. Proper operating condition of the temperature sensor, barometric pressure sensor, flow rate pressure sensor (Pcal), and ambient system flow rate is established for accuracy.

2. Test a new sampler in-house prior to installing at a site.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 6 of 33

3. Refer to the TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware, if needed for detailed assembly, installation, and setup guidance. A hard copy of this manual is located in the AMU Shop and an electronic copy is on the TISCH Environmental website: www.tisch-env.com

NOTE: The manufacturer recommends the following cleaning and maintenance activities to be observed until a stable operating history of a sampler is established.

4. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and that they seal properly.

NOTE: Gaskets must function properly and retain their resilience for the inlet to seal properly and replace when necessary.

5. Inspect power cords for good connections and for cracks and replace when necessary.

CAUTION : Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water.

6. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits.

7. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must make an airtight seal.

8. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating.

9. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light solvent and water solution.

NOTE: The TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP samplers are not able to achieve the selected flow rate of 40CFM in Ambient flow conditions at air monitoring sites above 602m (1975ft) with a standard 110V blower motor. TISCH recommends outfitting samplers operating at that elevation or above with a 220V blower motor. Information regarding any change to a sampler is documented in the sampler’s log book. See Attachment B: Technical Note 001 from Tisch regarding high altitude sampling considerations.

6.1.2 Procedure for Installing the Flow Rate Probe

The flow rate probe measures air velocity and must be installed properly in order to accurately measure the flow rate of the sy stem. Any time the system is moved or the flow rate probe is adjusted the system must be calibrated.

1. Install the flow rate probe into the side port of the funnel on the system at the scribed line with the probe aligned straight up.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 7 of 33

2. Make sure that the sealing washer is in-place and the clamp is securely tightened, as movement of the probe can cause problems with measuring and controlling the flow rate.

6.1.3 Procedure for Setting the Date and Time

1. Press F3 from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item, using the arrow keys, and press the ENT key.

3. Select SET DATE and press the ENT key.

 If adjusting the date and time: Set the date first.

 If setting the time only: Proceed to Step 6.1.3.6.

4. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007 would be entered as 010207.

5. Select SET TIME and press the ENT key.

6. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

 Enter the date using a 24 hour format. For example, 1:00 PM would be entered as 1300 while 1:00AM should be entered as 0100.

7. Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key.

6.1.4 Procedure for Setting the Flow Conditions

Use set point of 40 CFM when determining whether or not the system will maintain constant standard ( STD ) or constant ambient ( AMB ) conditions flow rate.

1. Press F3 key to enter the SET UP Menu.

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item using the arrow keys, and press the ENT key.

3. Select FLOW CONDITIONS and press the ENT key.

4. Select either STD or AMB using the arrow keys to agree with and press the ENT key.

NOTE: Samples are collected in AMB condition.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 8 of 33

5 Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key.

6.1.5 Procedure for Setting the Sample Flow Rate

1. Press F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.
2. Scroll, using the arrow keys, and select the CONFIGURE menu item and press the ENT key.

3. Select FLOW RATE and press the ENT key.

4. Enter flow rate of 40 CFM using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

NOTE: It is important to make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can be achieved by the filter media. Failure to do this could result in premature wear of the components in the system.

5. Press the ESC key repeatedly until returned to the Main Screen.

6.1.6 Procedure for Setting the Timer for Sample Collection

1. Select DATE and press the ENT key.

2. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007, is 010207.

3. Select TIME and press the ENT key.

4. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

NOTE: Enter the time with leading zeros and in 24-hour format. For example, 1:00 PM is entered as 1300 while 1:00 AM is entered as 0100.

5. Select DURATION and press the ENT key.

6. Enter the sample run duration of 24 hours from midnight on the run day to midnight of the following day using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key.

NOTE: Enter the duration in HHMM format with leading zeros.

For example, 0024 = 24 minutes 2400 = 24 hours 0240 = 2 hours 4 minutes

7. Select REPEAT and press the ENT key.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 9 of 33

8. Select the desired repeat frequency and press the ENT key.

Select NONE if this event is not to reoccur. The most common choice is 1 IN 6 for every six day sampling.

9. Select SAVE and EXIT and press the ENT key. This will save the setting and activate the timer. The main screen will appear and the “TIMER” will show WAITING . A second line labeled STARTS IN will appear showing a countdown to the timer starting a sample.

 SAVE and EXIT Menu Item: The SAVE and EXIT menu item saves the current setup and returns to the Main Screen.

 STOP and EXIT Menu Item: The STOP and EXIT menu item configures the timer so that it will not operate until it is reprogrammed with valid parameters and returns to the Main Screen.

6.1.7 Viewing Data on the Display

1. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA menu.

2. Select VIEW PAST SAMPLE and press the ENT key. A list showing the timer start dates and times will be displayed.

3. Select the desired date and time and press the ENT key. The first page of the sample data for this timer event will be displayed. Use the arrow keys to switch to the different pages of the summary run data.

4. Press the ESC key to exit and return to the list of available dates and times. To return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key.

6.1.8 Procedure for Saving Data to the Memory Card

1. Use the memory card provided to ensure proper data collection.

2. Do not remove the data card while the sampler is saving data to the card. This could cause corruption of the card.

3. Check the memory card to make sure that it is in the locked position.

NOTE: If the data card is in the unlocked position, the sampler will not be able to save data to the card and will report an error.

4. Insert the memory card into the slot above the Power Status Light.

5. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA

.
6. Select the SAVE menu item and press ENT key. This will save the data to the memory card using the comma separated values file format (CSV) which can be viewed using Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet programs.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 10 of 33

NOTE: Push the card in and then pull it out to eject the memory card.

7. Press the “ESC” key to return to the Main Screen.

8. Refer to the Data & Records Management section for how to store the sampler data for data review and quality assurance analysis.

6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE

6.2.1 Shelter requirements

The TISCH HIGH VOL+ sampler is outfitted with an anodized aluminum shelter to protect the electrical components from climatological conditions.

6.2.2 Siting of source-oriented samplers

Samplers are sited at the location of predicted maximum Pb concentrations that is both practical and has the potential for population exposures as determined by dispersion modeling. Siting of Pb samplers meets 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix E.

6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICATIONS

INTERFERENCES: Strong wind can interfere with the pressure sensor and may cause interferences with the flow rate calibration and flow rate verification process. When possible, perform these procedures under calm conditions.

EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting

 Digital or water manometer or digital flow

 Pressure and temperature standard

 30 mL syringe

 Calibration orifice

 8” X 10” test filter

 Verification/Calibration field sheet (laptop)

6.3.1 PCAL

Perform a PCAL once initially at the sampling site and thereafter if an issue arises with the flow rate behaving erratically or as specified by the acceptance criteria listed in 6.4.4.

1. Complete the 5-Point P-Cal procedure as follows:

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 11 of 33

2. Setup the 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting. Connect one end of tubing to the digital or water manometer (-) port and one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler; the third end is for the syringe not yet connected to the syringe.

3. From the SETUP (F3) menu, go into the Calibration menu, scroll to Pcal and press ENT

. 4. Set 5 points as follows:

Point 1 (1) Press ADD – the sampler will display 0.00.

(2) Press ENT on the sampler.

Point 2 (1) Connect the fully depressed syringe to the tubing.

(2) Press ADD

. (3) Enter reference value: 10

(4) Pull syringe until manometer reads 10.

(5) Hold syringe on 10 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

Point 3 (1) Press ADD

. (2) Enter reference value: 2.5

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 2.5.

(4) Hold syringe on 2.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

Point 4 (1) Press ADD

. (2) Enter reference value: 7.5

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 72.5.

(4) Hold syringe on 7.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

Point 5

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 12 of 33

(1) Press ADD

. (2) Enter reference value: 5

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 5.

(4) Hold syringe on 5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler returns to the Pdif menu.

NOTE: The R-value will read 0.990 or higher once the 5th point has been entered. The process must be repeated until a satisfactory R-value is attained if the R-value is less than 0.990.

5. Select REDO in order to perform the calibration again.

6. Press Exit and select Save to complete the calibration process.

6.3.2 FLOW RATE CALIBRATION / MULTI-POINT FLOW RATE VERIFICATION

The flow rate calibration is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this calibration is performed annually at a minimum (CFR 40 part 58.61 subpart G appendix A). The ADEQ’s guidance requires a quarterly calibration or a multi-point verification. A multipoint verification may be conducted in lieu of a calibration if the technician does not wish to change the calibration settings. Refer to Attachment A and B for the field data sheet for an aide regarding these procedures.

Calibration

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies:

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the calibration orifice

 Calibration orifice

2. Install an 8” X 10” glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice.

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in the Diagnostics Menu. Do this through the MTR CONTROL menu and select FIXED and then MTR SETPOINT. Set to 50%. The sampler and the motor are to be powered on for a minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration.

NOTE: The system is to be calibrated immediately after the motor warms up.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 13 of 33

4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the calibration top plate wing nuts need to be re-tightened.

CAUTION: Do not run the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time with the orifice blocked in order to reduce the chance of the motor overheating.

WARNING: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. If this is accidently done, liquid from the manometer could be drawn into the system and cause motor damage.

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ control and the digital or water manometer.

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.
7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the CALIBRATE menu item and press the ENT key.

8. Select Qstd and press the ENT key. This will enter the Qstd calibration screen.

9. Press the F1 key from the Qstd calibration screen to add calibration data and begin the calibration process. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR STANDARD m:

10. Enter the value from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd Slope (m) and press the ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this menu.

11. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR STANDARD b: Enter the value from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd intercept (b) and press the ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this

menu.
12. The system will display “ ENTER HI FLOW RATE ”. The system will calibrate using this point as the high flow rate. The high flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami Golf Course (MIGC–16629) is 39.6 CFM. The high flow rate for calibrations done at the Globe Highway (HAGH–16593) is 41.8 CFM. These flow rates (expressed in standard conditions) are equivalent to

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the calibration range. This is why the high flow rates vary from site to site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 14 of 33

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this menu. If a different HI FLOW RATE is required, enter that value and press the ENT key to continue.

13. The system will prompt “ ENTER LO FLOW RATE” . The system will calibrate this lowest flow rate. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami Golf Course (MIGC–16629) is 32.4 CFM. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Globe Highway (HAGH–16593) is 34.2 CFM.

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the calibration range. This is why the low flow rates vary from site to site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes.

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this menu. If a different LO FLOW RATE is required, enter that value and press the ENT key to continue.

14. The motor will now turn on and warm-up for 120 seconds. The system controls the motor speed to maintain the pressure across the calibration orifice at the desired starting point.

NOTE: The system uses the HI and LO values to calculate the 5-target flow rates used during the flow calibration process. The system automatically monitors the data during this calibration process and once the flow rate is stable at that operating point it will collect a data point. The system will move to the next calibration flow rate point once the previous point is obtained. The system will continue this process until all the points have been obtained. The internal CPU will generate the calibration values immediately following the collection of the fifth point, and display them on the Qstd calibration screen.

15. On the Qstd calibration screen is the R-value, A 1 -value, and A 0 -value. The R-value shown on the screen has to be greater than 0.990 or else the calibration process needs to be repeated.

NOTE: If the R-value is greater than 0.990, record it on the data sheet along with the A 1 -value, and A 0 -value.

16. Press the F4 key to exit the calibration screen and select Save to complete the calibration process.

17. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen.

18. Remove calibration orifice and filter.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 15 of 33

19. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service performed to include the relevant R-, A 1 -, A 0 - values for the calibration that was just performed.

20. Download the calibration data file to retrieve the event details for the calibration by going through the DATA (F2) tab and select SAVE . Once it is finished press ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen.

21. Retrieve the file from the memory card by transferring the file to a computer compatible for viewing .QCL data files (Excel does this). This file will need to be uploaded to ADEQ’s database (J drive) for future reference.

22. Open the file and sort the text into separate columns. This can be done by using the “text to columns” feature from the data drop down menu. First highlight the data, then in the data drop down menu select text to columns and select the delimited data option. Check the comma delimiter option and finish. This should split the data into separate columns. The respective column headers are as follows: Date and time, Unit Serial Number, Calibration Task, Orifice M, Orifice B, Data Point, Flow Set Point, Tamb, Pamb, Pdif, Pcal, Hotwire ADC Value, System Measured Flow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow Rate.

23. Transfer the respective information from this file to the calibration worksheet to complete the table. Information such as time started and ended, Pressure, Temperature, Pcal, System Measured Fl ow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow Rate need to be transferred to the table on the worksheet. The System Measured Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qsys and the Calibrator Measured Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qcal.

24. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet upon return to the office (if not already done so) and submit to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator. See Figure 1 for an example of a completed sheet.

Multi-point Flow Rate Verification

1. For a multi-point flow rate verification check, follow the Flow Rate Verification procedures in section 6.3.3. Repeat steps 6-14 with a different value for the set point. Follow guidance on the work sheet by inputting values as shown (44–42–40– 38–36).

2. See section 6.4.5 for multi-point flow verifications acceptance criteria. If the multipoint flow rate verification exceeds the acceptance criteria, this is cause for a new calibration.

6.3.3 FLOW RATE VERIFICATION

A flow rate QC check is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this procedure is once every three months. The ADEQ required guidance for this procedure is monthly but a more frequent schedule can be done. Refer to Attachment B for the field data sheet for an aide regarding this procedure.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 16 of 33

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies:

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the calibration orifice

 Calibration orifice

2. Install a glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice.

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in the Diagnostics Menu. Use the MTR CONTROL to go to FIXED and MTR SETPOINT. Set to 50. The sampler and the motor are to be powered on for a minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration.

NOTE: The flow rate is to be verified immediately after the motor warms up.
4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the top loading adapter hold-down nuts need to be re-tightened.

NOTE: Avoid running the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time with the orifice blocked. This reduces the chances of the motor overheating.

CAUTION: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. Liquid from the manometer coul d be drawn into the system and cause motor damage.

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ control and the digital or water manometer.

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu.
7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the DISGNOSTICS menu item and press the ENT key.

8. Select MTR CONTROL and press the ENT key.

9. Select Qsys from the list of available motor control methods. This will tell the system to control the motor in the same way as it is controlled during a timer controlled run. The system will also prompt for wait conditions the flow will be controlled under (ambient or standard).

NOTE: Select the AMB conditions in order to match the normal operating conditions for a sample collection.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 17 of 33

10. Make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can be achieved by the filter media. Failure to do this can result in premat ure wear of the components in the system.

11. Select MTR SETPOINT and press the ENT key. The system will prompt for a desired set point. The units of measurement and the valid ranges for this field will change based on the current setting on the MTR CONTROL. For Qsys, the units of measure are in CFM. Enter the flow rate to be verified and press the ENT key.

NOTE 1: During a normal sample collection the value is 40 CFM.

NOTE 2: After pressing the ENT key in the previous step, the motor will turn on and begin to control the flow rate.

12. Allow the system to run for approximately 10 minutes before continuing.

13. Record the detected flow rate five times (at approximately 2 minute intervals) from both the Pcal output on the instrument’s display and the water manometer (simultaneously).

14. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen.

15. Remove calibration orifice and filter.

16. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service performed. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet upon return to the office and submit to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator. See Figure 2 for an example of a completed sheet.

NOTE: If a significant error is seen between the reading on the sampler and the water manometer, the following are some of the possible

causes:

 Verify that the flow rates are in the same samplers of measure and at the same measurement conditions (i.e. standard or ambient).

 Check the system for leaks.

 Check the filter for tears. Tears can create a localized increased flow rate and affect the flow rate seen by the probe.

 Verify the calibration of the flow reference.

 Verify that the Tamb, Pamb, and Pcal sensors used by the flow control (and calibration) of the system are within tolerance of error.

6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR

When performing a flow and sensor verification and/or calibration, several calculations are used for these tasks. The ADEQ Tisch High-Volume TSP Pb Sampler Verification/Calibration Data Sheet has been developed (see Attachment A) for the ease of completing the quality assurance checks for the instrument’s performance to specified tolerances of each sensor, which are listed

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 18 of 33

in each of the sections below. The work sheet automatically does the calculations listed below, but in the case of it not being accessible they are provided here. The work sheet has also been formatted to give feedback by changing the cell’s color for the conditions of the tolerances set forth for each sensor. Green indicates the sampler is operating within required specifications as per 40 CFR Part 58 and a calibration is not necessary, amber indicates it is approaching the limits of tolerance and calibration is recommended, and Red means that a sensor is out of tolerance, and calibration is required. Notify Data Management & Quality Assurance of the exceedance of tolerable error upon submittal of Data Sheet to supervisor. If a sensor verification is approaching the limits of tolerable error (for flow rate, temp, BP, or Pcal) then it is up to the operator to evaluate the environmental conditions, operational history, and possibly other variable in order to determine if a calibration is necessary. The operator should check with a supervisor if they are uncertain of how to proceed.

6.4.1 Date and time verification

The date and time on the instrument is compared with the actual date and time from a standard chronograph, like from a cellular service provider. The date should reflect exactly what day it is. The comparison of the time should be plus or minus 2 minutes between each other. If the instrument’s reading is over or under 2 minutes, change it to reflect the actual time.

6.4.2 Temperature sensor verification

The instrument’s output is compared with a standard reference’s reading, like a BGI Tetracal. The difference between these two readings should be less than 2  ̊ C. If the instrument’s reading is over 2  ̊ C, calibrate the temperature sensor using the calibrate menu and change it to reflect the actual conditions on the standard reference.

6.4.3 Barometric pressure sensor verification

Similar to the temperature, the output on the instrument is compared with a standard reference. The difference between these two readings should be less than 10mmHg. If the instrument’s reading is over 10mmHg, calibrate the pressure sensor using the calibrate menu and change it to reflect the actual BP.

6.4.4 AutoCal (Pcal) sensor verification

The flow rate is displayed in the Pcal output when the calibration orifice’s port is connected to the AutoCal port. The comparison of this sensor to a digital or water manometer should be ±5% difference in error. The calculation is listed below. If the percent difference is greater than 5%, calibrate the AutoCal (Pcal) sensor using the directions listed above.

6.4.5 Flow rate verification

The output for the flow rate on the controller (Pcal) is in inches of water (inH2O). This needs to be converted to CFM in order to be directly compared to the set point. The conversion calculation is listed below.

For a single point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow rate from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. To prevent

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 19 of 33

data invalidation, anything greater than 5% difference in measured flow rate is cause for a new calibration.

For a multi-point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow rate from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. A measured flow rate greater than this difference at any of the five points is cause for a new calibration. In addition to this, the calculated correlation coefficient (R-value) should be greater than or equal to 0.9900 and anything less than this value is cause for a new calibration.

Ambient Flow Calculation (Qsys) (m 3 /min) =

1 (orifice’s slope m) √ (((inH 2 0) (Temp ( K ) / BP ( mmH g) )) - (orifice’s intercept b))

Note: (inH 2 0) is measured from an external manometer

Conversion from (m 3 /min) to CFM =

Qstd (m 3 /min) * 35.3 CFM

Percent difference =

(instrument’s reading-standard’s reading) (standard’s reading) *100

Conversion from Qstd to Qamb =

Qstd = Qamb ((Pamb / Pstd)*(Tstd / Tamb))

Nomenclature: Qstd – standard flow rate Qamb – ambient flow rate Pamb – ambient barometric pressure (mmHg) Tamb – ambient temperature (Kelvin) Tstd – 298°K Pstd – 760mmHg

6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE

6.5.1 Corrective Maintenance Procedures

The following is a list of possible problems and the corrective measures.

a. Shelter/Sampler Exterior: There is nothing on the anodized aluminum shelter that is should wear out under normal operating conditions. In the event a system is dropped or blown over, some shelter parts may become bent. Simply re-shape the bent component(s) or replace them as necessary.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 20 of 33

b. Blower motor: If the blower motor does not function, perform the following test: 1. Unplug the motor from the flow control device or timer. 2. Plug the motor directly into line voltage. If the motor does not operate when plugged directly into line voltage then: See “electrical hook-up” schematic. If the motor still does not work, see timer and flow control instructions.

c. Filter holder: Two gaskets make contact with the filter holder. The 8”x10” gasket seals between the shelter base pan and the flange of the filter holder. If this seal is compromised, replace the 8”x10” gasket. The lower section of the filter holder is sealed against the blower with a round neoprene rubber gasket. If any leakage is evident, replace this gasket.

d. Filter media holder: The filter media holder uses the 8”x10” gasket to seal between it and the filter holder. Another 8”x10” gasket is also used on the filter media holder to seal between the filter holder down frame and the filter media itself. If leakage is evident, inspect the gasket for foreign objects and replace as necessary.

6.5.2 Routine Maintenance Procedures

A regular maintenance schedule will allow a monitoring network to operate for longer periods of time without system failure. Adjustments in routine maintenance frequencies will be made once a strong operating history is established and based upon the operational demands on the sampler(s).

Cleaning and maintenance activities to observe during each site service visit.

a. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and that they seal properly. For the inlet to seal properly, all gaskets must function properly and retain their resilience. Replace when necessary.

b. Power cords should be periodically inspected for good connections and for cracks (replace when necessary).

CAUTION: Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water.

c. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits.

d. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must make an airtight seal.

e. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating by watching under power.

f. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light solvent and water solution.

The manufacturer’s operating manual includes more detail on troubleshooting using the Diagnostics Screens and error codes. If a problem cannot be identified and corrected, notify the Team Leader or Supervisor.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 21 of 33

NOTE: Upon performing a review of the sampler’s data, the power log must be reviewed for power surges that may have affected the sampler during the sample collection period. If a power failure occurs during a collection period, keep an objective watch on the issue until resolved. The following power-related error codes are pertinent to troubleshooting an issue that may have occurred with the sampler or the power source.

a. 130 = 128( Power On Reset) + 2 (Low Voltage Detect)

 When the sampler is powered on, you will almost always get a ‘Power On Reset’ and ‘Low Voltage Detect’.

b. 64 = External power reset

 External Reset occurs because the reset line on the processor was pulled low. This is caused by a surge or spike in the power supply.

c. 32 = Watchdog reset

 Watchdog Reset occurs when a part of the program is taking too long to execute and the system resets itself to try to regain control.

Most of the power failures that last less than one minute are simply the result of the system restarting the software after a surge in the power supply. When this occurs, there is not a problem with the instrument.

6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE

6.6.1 Installing Filters:

1. Collect the filter transport cases with clean, unused filters for the upcoming sample day in the Air Filter Lab (AFL) staging area. A spare case is provided in the event a filter is damaged during the sample filter exchange process. Visually check the cases to ensure the filter cassette and ADEQ Lead TSP Air Sampling Record are enclosed.

2. Disengage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu for ease of installing the filter.

NOTE: A sample (exposed filter) will probably be in the sampler at this time. Remove it following the directions below for Retrieving Filters.

3. Remove the unexposed filter cassette from the transport case. Visually inspect the filter for pinholes, chaff or flashing, loose material, discoloration, and uniformity.

4. Carefully place the filter cassette in the sampler and tighten the wing nuts evenly on alternate corners; under-tightening may result in leakage, over- tightening may damage the gasket and cause the filter to stick to the gasket. Also be sure to tighten the filter holder thumb screws so they are snug with the top plate.

5. Check the timer to ensure that it is set to start the sampler at midnight and to stop the sampler at midnight the next day. The normal sampling period is 1440 minutes.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 22 of 33

NOTE: Care must be taken to ensure that the filter is clean and undamaged before it is installed in the sampler. Do not remove the faceplate until the sample saver shield has been engaged. The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers.

6. If the filter is bad, exchange the filter with the spare filter cassette that is provided, mark the changes on the chain-of-custody, and repeat steps again.

7. Engage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu and remove the filter faceplate.

6.6.2 Retrieving Filters:

1. Open the shelter lid and install the filter faceplate to protect the filter while it is being handled.

2. Disengage the sample saver shield by accessing the control in the DIAGNOSTICS

menu.
3. Carefully loosen the filter holder wing nuts and remove the filter cassette.

4. Place the filter cassette in the protective containers, i.e. plastic bag and transport

case.

NOTE: The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers.

5. Record the sample date using military time (24 hour clock), total sample time and other sample period data (flow rates, temperatures, pressures, %CV, and total volume) on the associated ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and place in the transport case.

NOTE 1: If a mistake is made, draw a single line through the entry, initial and date. Enter the correct information adjacent to the mistaken entry.

NOTE 2: If there are multiple mistakes made - a new form can be issued if needed by the AFL.

6. Perform a quick review the sampler’s summary and interval data while at the site to verify that the sampler ran the correct amount of time and the flow rate was within tolerance.

a. Instructions for viewing and downloading data are found in section 6.1.7 and 6.1.8.

b. If the data show that the sampler was out of tolerance on these criteria, setup a make-up sample if there is sufficient time to collect and retrieve a sampler before the next scheduled run day. Use the unexposed filter and chain-of-custody/field data sheet provided for the appropriate sampler and next run day. AFL will set up a replacement filter and

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 23 of 33

paperwork for the appropriate sampler’s next regularly scheduled run day.

c. If there is not sufficient time to collect a makeup sample prior to the next regularly schedule run day, do not set up a makeup sample.

NOTE: An additional sample may be collected during the quarter to supplement for the lost run day. Work with DM&QA to determine how best to handle each missed sample on a case-by-case basis.

7. Fill out the Instrument Logbook to document the visit and service performed. Complete the Site Log Book form and remove and return the top white sheet to AMU field sheet coordinator.

8. Return each transport case containing the filter sample and the ADEQ Lead TSP Air Sampling Record (chain-of-custody/data card) to the AFL staging area. See Figure 3 for an example of air sampling record sections to be completed by the operator.

9. Store the downloaded data to J drive under the appropriate site folder located at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 24 of 33



### Figure 3. Partially Completed ADEQ Lead TSP 

### Air Sampling Record

6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMENT

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 25 of 33

1. Transfer the download sampler data to the corresponding site folder in J drive: J:AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites

See Figures 4 and 5 show screen shots of folders in J drive.

Figure 4. J Drive – Active Sites Folders

Figure 5. J Drive – Example of Storage Folder for an Interval Data File

2. Review the 5-minute interval data to verify the following:

 the sampler’s flow rate was stable and within tolerance during the sample collection

 the sampler did not under run or overrun on the day of collection

 the sampler did not malfunction and expose the sample filter to additional hours of flow before or after the schedule run day.

3. Submit completed calibration, verification, or other field reports to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator for review and forwarding to the DM&QA Sampler for processing and review by

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 26 of 33

the QA/QC Lead and the data validator(s). The final, signed hardcopy of each report is filed in DM&QA Sampler’s site file.

4. All field records are kept on file for a minimum of five years. The records are then archived in accordance with ADEQ Records Management Policy and the AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring. Validated data are stored in the AQD Air Assessment Ambient Database (AAAD) and reported to the EPA Air Quality Subsystem (AQS).

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 27 of 33



### ATTACHMENT A – Blank Field Data Sheet s for a Verification and a Calibration

AAAD Site #: Date:

ID Information: Technician: Reference s/n: Yes Site Name: Certification Date: Yes Software Version: Inlet s/n: MFC s/n: Filter's Manufacturer s/n: Motor s/n: Calibraiton Orifice s/n: Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: Sampler Date & Time:

Actual Date & Time: Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: 0 Previous Calibration: Electronic Manometer: 0 Previous Verification / Service Date:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Manometer Pcal Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg i n H 2 O Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 i n H 2 O i n H 2 O
Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg i n H 2 O
average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! i n H 2 O % Difference: #DIV/0! Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft 3 /min Orifice Slope (m): Orifice Intercept (b): Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m 3 / min Qa: #DIV/0! ft 3 / min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): Orifice Intercept (b):

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Set point Actual Corr R 44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 42 #DIV/0! average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 40 #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0! 38 #DIV/0! Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 #DIV/0!

5 36 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! % Difference: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 9/12/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900 Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate Yes

R 2 = #N/A 34.00 39.00 44.00 49.00 54.00 59.00 64.00 69.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set PointActual

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 28 of 33

AAAD Site #: 0 Date: 1/0/1900

ID Information: Technician: 0 Reference s/n: 0 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 1/0/1900 Yes Software Version: 0.00 Inlet s/n: 0 MFC s/n: 0 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: 0 Motor s/n: 0 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 0 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: January 0, 1900 Sampler Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00

Actual Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0 Previous Calibration: 1/0/1900 Electronic Manometer: 0 1/0/1900 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 1/0/1900

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 0.0 °C Reference BP: 0 mmHg Instrument Tamb: 0.0 °C Instrument Pamb: 0 mmHg Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal 0.0 0.00 in H 2 O
1

- P o i n t Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: 0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O
0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 f t 3 / min 0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 0.0 0.00 i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m 3 /m i n average: 0.00 0.00 i n H 2 O Qa: #DIV/0! f t 3 / min % Difference: #DIV/0! 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0! F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer I ns t rumen t T am b : °C I ns t rumen t P am b : m m H g 1 0

. 00 i n H 2 O D egree Di f f erence: 0

. 0 273

. 15 P ressure Dif f erence: 0 2 10

. 00 i n H 2 O 3 2

. 50 i n H 2 O Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5

. 0 0 i n H 2 O Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R: Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): High Flow Rate: Time Started: Orifice Intercept (b): Low Flow Rate: Time Finished: Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qsy s ( f t 3 / min ) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient) 1 273.2 1 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 2 273.2 2 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 3 273.2 3 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 4 273.2 4 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 5 273.2 5 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

Corr R: Offset A1: Gain A0:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 Manometer Pcal Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No i n H 2 O in H 2 O
P os t C a l Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: i n H 2 O i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 ft 3 /m in i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m 3 / min % Difference: #DIV/0! Qa: #DIV/0! ft 3 /m in 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: Yes or No Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Flow Rate Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal Flow Rate Temperature Barometric Pressure Yes 

### Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Calibration Data Sheet

0

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 29 of 33

ATTACHMENT B – Examples of Completed Field Data Sheet s for Verifications (pass and fail) and a Calibration



### Example of Passing Verification Data Sheet:

AAAD Site #: 16593 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information: Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes Software Version: 3.36P Inlet s/n: 0093 MFC s/n: 400-0043 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003 Motor s/n: 2926 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011 Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0 Previous Calibration: 5/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 8/3/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 40.4 °C Reference BP: 706.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal Instrument Tamb: 39.7 °C Instrument Pamb: 706 mmHg 4.3 4.28 i n H 2 O Degree Difference: 0.7 313.55 Pressure Difference: 0.5 4.2 4.22 i n H 2 O
4.2 4.24 i n H 2 O
Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.2 4.18 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 4.4 4.34 i n H 2 O
average: 4.24 4.25 i n H 2 O % Difference: 0.28 Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft 3 /min Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.11 m 3 / min Qa: 39.19 ft 3 / min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.03

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 5.0 5.07 1.21 42.75 2.84 5.1 5.11 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 5.1 5.09 5.1 5.12 5.0 5.02 average: 5.05 5.08 % Difference: 0.55 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.5 4.49 1.16 40.79 2.87 4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.5 4.62 4.6 4.60 4.6 4.62 average: 4.60 4.60 % Difference: 0.13 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 4.1 4.12 1.10 38.87 2.81 4.2 4.14 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.2 4.17 4.1 4.18 4.2 4.26 average: 4.17 4.17 % Difference: 0.05 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.9 3.82 1.05 37.10 2.37 3.9 3.93 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.7 3.72 Set point Actual Corr R 3.8 3.84 44 42.75 0.9998 3.7 3.70 42 40.79 average: 3.80 3.80 40 38.87 % Difference: 0.16 38 37.10 Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 35.29

5 36 3.4 3.36 1.00 35.29 1.97 3.5 3.46 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.4 3.45 3.5 3.52 3.4 3.41 average: 3.43 3.44 % Difference: 0.23

Comments:

v10, 8/10/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate Yes Globe Highway - Secondary

Sunny, blue skies, slightly breezy. Warmed instrument up for 10 minutes on 50% fixed motor power. Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900 R 2 = 0.9995

34.00 35.00 36.00 37.00 38.00 39.00 40.00 41.00 42.00 43.00 44.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46
Set PointActual

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 30 of 33



### Example of Failing Verification Data Sheet:

AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information: Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes Software Version: 3.36P Inlet s/n: 0091 MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003 Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011 Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009 Previous Calibration: 3/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg 3.7 3.79 i n H 2 O Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5 3.7 3.84 i n H 2 O
3.7 3.77 i n H 2 O
Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 3.8 3.87 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 3.8 3.91 i n H 2 O
average: 3.76 3.84 i n H 2 O % Difference: 1.98 Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft 3 /min Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m 3 / min Qa: 37.82 ft 3 / min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

1 44 4.5 4.47 1.20 42.21 4.07 4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.7 4.72 4.9 4.90 4.8 4.77 average: 4.69 4.71 % Difference: 0.34 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manomete r Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.2 4.16 1.14 40.33 3.97 4.4 4.41 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 4.2 4.21 4.4 4.35 4.2 4.26 average: 4.28 4.28 % Difference: 0.09 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

3 40 3.7 3.92 1.07 37.82 5.46 3.7 3.86 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.7 3.94 3.8 3.82 3.8 3.85 average: 3.76 3.88 % Difference: 3.04 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.5 3.43 1.03 36.38 4.25 3.4 3.42 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.6 3.56 Set point Actual Corr R 3.6 3.60 44 42.21 0.9922 3.4 3.36 42 40.33 average: 3.48 3.47 40 37.82 % Difference: 0.12 38 36.38 Set Point (ft 3 /min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m 3 /min) Qa (ft 3 /min) % difference from set point 36 35.09

5 36 3.3 3.27 0.99 35.09 2.54 3.1 3.10 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min 3.2 3.21 3.1 3.06 3.4 3.37 average: 3.23 3.20 % Difference: 0.94

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Mostly sunny, storm clouds building off of mountains, and breezy. Warmed motor up for 15 minutes on 50% fixed motor power. Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900 Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate Yes Miami Golf Course

R 2 = 0.9845

34.00 35.00 36.00 37.00 38.00 39.00 40.00 41.00 42.00 43.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46
Set PointActual

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 31 of 33



### Example of Calibration Data Sheet for Previously Failed Verification:

AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information: Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes Software Version: 3.36P Inlet s/n: 0091 MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003 Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798 Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011 Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009 Previous Calibration: 4/23/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0 Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal 3.7 3.79 in H 2 O
1

- P o i n t Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: 3.7 3.84 i n H 2 O
3.7 3.77 i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 ft 3 /m i n 3.8 3.87 i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 3.8 3.91 i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m 3 /m in average: 3.76 3.84 i n H 2 O Qa: 37.82 ft 3 /m in % Difference: 1.98 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5% Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46 F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer I ns t rumen t T am b : °C I ns t rumen t P am b : m m H g 1 0

. 00 i n H 2 O D egree Dif f erence: 0

. 0 27 3

. 15 P ressure Di f f erence: 0 2 10

. 00 i n H 2 O 3 2

. 50 i n H 2 O Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 i n H 2 O Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5

. 0 0 i n H 2 O Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R: Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.99255 High Flow Rate: 39.6 Time Started: 13:42 Orifice Intercept (b): -0.02027 Low Flow Rate: 32.4 Time Finished: 13:47 Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qs y s ( f t 3 /m in ) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient) 1 674 40.1 5.82 40.6 39.6 313.3 1 1.33 46.91 2 674 39.5 5.27 38.5 37.8 312.7 2 1.26 44.61 3 674 39.4 4.77 37.3 35.9 312.6 3 1.20 42.46 4 674 36.9 4.27 35.8 34.2 310.1 4 1.13 40.03 5 674 37.1 3.82 33.3 32.3 310.3 5 1.07 37.89

Corr R: 0.9928 Offset A1: 0.5023 Gain A0: 2022.1582

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 38.7 °C Reference BP: 674 mmHg Instrument Tamb: 37.4 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg Degree Difference: 1.3 311.85 Pressure Difference: 0 Manometer Pcal Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.4 4.36 i n H 2 O
4.6 4.52 in H 2 O
P os t C a l Fl ow R a t e V er if i ca ti on: 4.4 4.44 i n H 2 O
4.4 4.34 i n H 2 O Set Point: 40 ft 3 /m i n 4.5 4.48 i n H 2 O Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 average: 4.44 4.43 i n H 2 O Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.16 m 3 /m in % Difference: 0.32 Qa: 40.94 ft 3 /m in 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: No Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.34

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Temperature Barometric Pressure Yes Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+) Calibration Data Sheet

Miami Golf Course

Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal Flow Rate

Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Storm moved in within 5 minutes of beginning of calibration. Windy during calibration. Flow Rate Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 32 of 33



### ATTACHMENT C – Tisch’s Technical Note: High Altitude Sampling Considerations

### ADEQ Air Assessment Air Monitoring Unit TITLE

### OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SOP #
AMU-002 VERSION
1.0 PAGE 33 of 33

VERSION SHEET

VERSION & DATE DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY

1.0 01-Oct-2012 New document number created to comply with standard document numbering system. AMU-002 replaces AMU-Pb-001. Additionally, revisions to Section 6.3 occurred. Five point flow rate verification procedure added and associated data sheets revised. Limits of tolerable error updated for the 5-point flow rate procedure. Minor revisions were also made in other sections. Gregory Kendall

### Attachment H

ADEQ AAS FCC-003 SOP Lead (Pb) Filter Data Review and Reporting

### Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURE TITLE

PROCEDURE FOR LEAD (Pb) FILTER DATA REVIEW AND REPORTING

SOP NUMBER REV DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE PAGE NUMBER FCC-003 1.1 20-OCTOBER-2011 1 of 15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 PURPOSE ..................................................................................................................................................................................2

2.0 SCOPE........................................................................................................................................................................................2

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS............................................................................................................ ......................................2

4.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................................... ........................................2

5.0 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................................................................2

5.1 R EVIEW OF P IMA C OUNTY L AB P B DATA FILES AND AMU INSTRUMENT FILES .................................................................2 5.2 R EFORMATTING DATA FILES TO AAAD FORMAT

................................................................................................................. 4 7 8 10 14 5.3 L OADING THE DATA INTO AAAD

............................................................................................................................... ........... 5.4 V ERIFY DATA LOADED INTO AAAD CORRECTLY

. ................................................................................................................ 5.5 P ROMOTING D ATA TO QA L EVEL 3

............................................................................................................................... ..... 5.6 E XIT FCC QA V ALIDATION SCREEN ( RED DOOR ).

.............................................................................................................

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE
2



### 1.0 PURPOSE

To document the procedure used to review the Lead (Pb) data files from the Pima County Regional Wastewater Reclamation Department’s Compliance and Regulatory Affairs (CRAO) Laboratory and instrument files from Air Monitoring Unit (AMU) and prepare the data for loading into AAAD and the EPA’s Air Quality System (AQS) database.



### 2.0 SCOPE

This document applies to Data Management & QA Unit Personnel.



### 3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

EPA Monitoring Schedule calendar - http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/calendar.html AQS-001 – AQS Procedure for Batch Loading data into AQS



### 4.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

AAAD Air Assessment Ambient Database AMU Air Monitoring Unit AQS Air Quality System DCS Data Collection System EPA Environmental Protection Agency FCC Filters, Canisters, Cartridges



### 5.0 PROCEDURE

NOTE: The procedure consists of six steps. See steps 5.1 through 5.6 for details.

5.1 Review of Pima County Lab Pb data files and AMU instrument files

5.1.1 Pb data files are delivered to Data Management when data results for the previous month are ready for review and reporting. AM U instrument files are delivered quarterly. Both of these files are in spreadsheet files.

5.1.2 Locate the spreadsheet files:

5.1.2.1 Pima County Lab files – ( J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead\Data ) Select appropriate year, then open the ‘Raw_Files_From_Pima_Lab’ folder.

NOTE 1: Files are by month.

NOTE 2: Excel files are AAAD formatted data and PDF are official reports from Pima County Lab

5.1.2.2 AMU files – (J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\Airlab\Spreadsheets\) Select the appropriate year, then lead spreadsheets folder, then the correct quarter.

NOTE 1: Open files as “read only”.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE 3

NOTE 2: There are files for each collocated monitors labeled Primary and Secondary.

5.1.3 Save both sets of files.

5.1.3.1 Save Pima County Lab files in ‘ADEQ_Edited_CSV_Files’ folder within the same Year folder as the Raw files folder (see 5.1.2.1).

5.1.3.2 Save AMU files in the ‘PbTSP’ folder located at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead\Data

. 5.1.3.2.1 Select the appropriate year and quarter.

5.1.3.2.1 Save the files for each monitor at each site.

5.1.3.2.3 If year or PbTSP folders do not exist : Create and then save data files.

5.1.4 Review Pb data as well as temperature and pressure instrument data.

5.1.4.1 Open data files.

NOTE: Make a list of questions for the Data Management & QA Unit Manager about things not clearly understood, while reviewing the data.

5.1.4.2 Check sample dates and answer the following questions.

 Do the dates match the EPA Monitoring Schedule calendar?

 If date does not match: Is there an explanation for the change in sample date?

 Is the year correct?

5.1.4.3 Check instrument parameters (temperature and pressure).

5.1.4.3.1 If any cells are highlighted or color coded: Check notes at bottom of page or on 'color key' page for explanation.

5.1.4.3.2 If not clear: Make questions for Unit Manager.

5.1.4.3.3 Make sure there are values for all run days.

5.1.4.4 Check ambient concentration values.

5.1.4.4.1 Are there any values greater than 0.15 μ g/m 3 ? Read comments for explanation and make notes/questions for Unit Manager.

5.1.4.4.2 If there are any values less than MDL: Make notes for the Unit Manager.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE
4

5.1.4.4.3 Scan flags added by Pima County lab. Read comments for explanation.

5.1.4.4.3.1 If flags are incorrect for the situation described, or if no flag is present (when one should be), or if bad flag and concentration data are both present: Make notes/questions for Unit Manager.

5.1.5 Review all notes/questions with Unit Manager. Note corrections to be made.

5.1.5.1 If questions cannot be resolved : Unit Manager will contact Pima County Lab or AMU staff for clarification.

5.2 Reformatting data files to AAAD format

NOTE: Files from the Pima County Lab will be loaded monthly, then temperature and pressure data from AMU filter lab will be loaded on a quarterly basis.

5.2.1 Pima County Lab files

5.2.1.1 Check the AAAD formatted files sent by the lab (skip to 5.2.3).

5.2.1.2 If changes are needed , make the changes in excel file and save in ‘ADEQ_Edited_CSV_Files’ folder only.

5.2.2 AMU Files

5.2.2.1 Reformat the data in the same quarter folder where the AMU files were saved (see 5.1.3.2).

5.2.2.2 Copy the ‘Pb Quarterly Template.xls’ file: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead\Data\Pb Quarterly Template.xls

5.2.2.2.1 Save the file as ‘Pb YYYY Q #_temp and pressure only.xls’ where YYYY is the year and # is the quarter number of the data being formatted.

5.2.2.3 Open the new Pb Quarterly file.

NOTE: This file has a worksheet for each site to be used for the AAAD formatting of the data.

5.2.2.3.1 Place_ID, Inst_No, Parcode, POC, and QA_Level

NOTE: The columns are already populated on the site worksheets, as this is standard information that is the same every quarter.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE
5

5.2.2.3.1.1 If not populated when there is a new site or instrument change: Look for information in AAAD or ask the Unit Manager.

5.2.2.3.1.2 Check that the populated parcode column is for Pb with the following parameters: PbTSP.LC, BAR.Pb.LCAVG, TEMP.Pb.LCAVG, and FIELD.

FIGURE 1

5.2.2.3.2 Date/Time

5.2.2.3.2.1 Copy the dates from the lab data files and paste in the Pb Quarterly document in the Date/Time Column.

5.2.2.3.2.2 Add the time of 00:00:00 to each of the dates (can be done manually or with Excel cell formatting).

5.2.2.3.2.3 Final format for the Date/Time Column should be: MM/DD/YYYY 00:00:00.

5.2.2.3.3 Raw_Value and Valid_Value

5.2.3.3.1 Copy and paste the data values for each date and corresponding parameter from the data files to the Pb Quarterly document.

NOTE 1: Both columns will have the same data.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE 6

5.2.2.3.4 Raw_Code and Valid_Code

5.2.2.3.4.1 Insert any codes from the flag columns in the lab data file into the Pb Quarterly Document.

5.2.2.3.4.2 If there is a B code: There should be no data in the Raw_Value and Valid_Value columns.

5.2.2.3.4.3 If there is a Q code: There will be data in the Raw_Value and Valid_Value columns.

NOTE: Both columns have the same flags.

5.2.2.3.5 Uncertainty

5.2.2.3.5.1 Leave this column blank.

5.2.2.3.6 Comments

5.2.2.3.5.1 Incorporate any comments from the AMU files; otherwise leave this column blank if no comments are needed.

5.2.2.4 Repeat steps 5.2.3.1 through 5.2.4 for all sites and instruments for the month or quarter.

5.2.2.4.1 See Unit Manager if there are questions.

5.2.2.5 Copy all of the AMU data for temperature and pressure at the sites to one new Excel document so that the data are on one spreadsheet.

5.2.3 Check both the Pima County Lab files and the converted AMU data for AAAD format, especially the following items:

 Are dates correct and are they formatted as MM/DD/YYYY 00:00:00?

 Is site and instrument information correct?

 Are the Parcodes correct?

 Are the POC numbers correct?

 If Raw_Code and Valid_Code have Bad flags: Raw_Value and Valid_Value fields should be blank.

 Are all Comments copied to Parcode Pb.TSP.LC records for the date?

 Make sure there are no commas in Comments field.

 Are the Comments less than or equal to 200 characters?

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE
7

5.2.4 Save both the Pima County Lab file and the AMU data for temperature and pressure as CVS files by Clicking on file , then Save As . Select .CSV file type. File name is: Pb “Quarter” “#” “Year”.csv.

5.2.4.1 Save in H:\DCS\aaad\FCC and H:\DCS\aaad\FCC\Loaded files

.

5.2.4.2 If these paths are not visible in Windows Explorer or if unable to save files to either of these folders: Notify the Data Management Unit Manager. A request for ‘write access’ must be made to the IT Service Desk by the Data Management Unit Manager.

5.2.5 Open the .CSV file in a text editor such as UltraEdit or Wordpad.

 Check format of all records.

 Delete extra commas after last row of data, if present.

 Delete extra commas after QA Level field, if present.

 Check dates, parcodes, and comments.

 Check values and codes.

 Delete header row if it is still present.

5.2.6 Close all files.

5.3 Loading the data into AAAD

NOTE: The AAAD formatted data files are loaded into the AAAD using the Data Collection System (DCS) server. The files are copied to a folder on the DCS server used for FCC file loading. The loading process is a two step process using icons on the DCS desktop. The first step loads the data to the AAAD staging tables. The second step validates the loaded data. The user must have write access to the FCC file loading area and must also have remote log in access to the DCS.

5.3.1 Make sure the .CSV files are saved in H:\DCS\aaad\FCC and H:\DCS\aaad\FCC\Loaded files

. 5.3.2 Log into the DCS server.

5.3.2.1 Click on the Remote Desktop icon on the desktop that was set-up for the DCS.

5.3.2.2 Click Connect when the Remote Desktop connection window pops up.

5.3.2.3 Enter DCS user name and password and click OK

.
NOTE: The Unit Manager must submit a request to the IT Service desk for remote log in access.

5.3.3 Load file.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE 8

5.3.3.1 Open Windows Explorer and go to the H:\DCS\aaad\FCC\ folder

. Change the file name to ‘fcc.data’.

5.3.3.2 Click the FCC Upload icon on the DCS desktop. The Oracle SQL Loader program will appear in the Taskbar and the file will disappear from the folder.

5.3.3.2.1 If any of the records in the file are not correctly formatted: The SQL Loader creates a FCC.bad file in the folder.

5.3.3.2.1.1 Open the file in a text editor and check the format. Ask Unit Manager for assistance in correcting the format if necessary.

NOTE: The issue is commonly in the comments, either too many words or a coma.

5.3.3.2.1.2 Save and close the file. Repeat 5.3.3.1.

5.3.3.3 Repeat steps 5.3.3.1 through 5.3.3.2 until all files are uploaded.

5.3.3.3 Click the FCC Validation icon on the DCS desktop to validate the records Oracle SQL Loader loaded into the AAAD Staging table. A message box saying Done will appear on the DCS desktop when validation is complete.

NOTE: Files in the Loaded files folder are helpful if a file needs to be reloaded due to errors. Delete once all files in the FCC folder are loaded.

5.3.3.4 Log out of the DCS server.

5.4 Verify data loaded into AAAD correctly

. 5.4.1 Log into AAAD using the Azurite 10g icon on the desktop.

5.4.2 Click on Applications , then scroll to Air Assessment Ambient , then to Monitoring Activity and select FCC Upload Validation . See Figure 2.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE 9

FIGURE 2

5.4.2.1 Selecting FCC Upload Validation causes the FCC Upload Data Correction form to appear. See Figure 3.

FIGURE 3

5.4.3 Double click on the query icon (the flashlight).

5.4.3.1 If no records are returned: All records loaded correctly. Proceed to Step 5.4.4.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE 10

5.4.3.2 If there are records returned: They will appear on this form with an Error Message to explain what is wrong with the record.

5.4.3.2.1 Information in the white fields can be corrected or added.

5.4.3.2.2 Click Save the record after each correction is made.

5.4.3.2.3 If the information cannot be corrected: The record may be deleted. Ask Unit Manager for assistance.

5.4.3.2.4 If records are corrected: They must be validated with the FCC Validation icon on the DCS desktop. See Step 5.3.3.3.

5.4.3.2.5 Repeat for all the records that are found by this query.

5.4.4 Exit out of FCC Upload Data Correction screen (button with the red door) and go back to the Main Azurite screen.

5.5 Promoting Data to QA Level 3

5.5.1 QA Level 3

5.5.1.1 Locate field sheets for each monitor in Data Management file drawer #11. The field sheets include flow verification forms, calibration forms, audit forms, and site maintenance forms.

5.5.1.1.1 Look for any notes on the sheets that indicate the work on the monitor at that site may have affected any samples.

5.5.11.2 If the monitor failed a flow verification or audit: Note the date of the failure.

5.5.1.1.2.1 Check the field sheets to determine when the last good check occurred.

5.5.1.1.2.2 Look for a Corrective Action Notice to see if the monitor was repaired or replaced and note the date that occurred.

5.5.1.1.2.3 Take this information to the Unit Manager to determine which samples, if any, should be invalidated.

5.5.1.1.2.4 Invalidate data that was determined invalid due to failure in step 5.5.6.2.

5.5.2 Click on Applications from the main AZURITE menu and then scroll to Air Assessment Ambient , then to Monitoring Activity and select FCC Quality Assurance . See Figure 4.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE
11

FIGURE 4

5.5.2.1 The FCC QA Validation screen appears. See Figure 5.

FIGURE 5

5.5.3 Enter the Place ID or the Para Abbrv

. and the Start Date for the quarter of data just loaded and click the query icon (flashlight) or the F8 key to execute the query.

5.5.3.1 If the Place ID is selected: All FCC Para Abbrv. for that place will be in the query. Use the arrows at the top of the form to move to the next Para Abbrv.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE
12

5.5.3.2 If the Para Abbrv. is selected: All of the Place IDs for that Para Abbrv. will be in the query. Use the arrows at the top of the form to move to the next Place ID.

NOTE: It is recommended to do QA by Place ID, not parameter.

5.5.4 Check data to make sure that all data are loaded correctly and are not missing.

5.5.4.1 Notify Unit Manager if there are problems.

5.5.5 Graph data to visually check the data for PbTSP.LC parameter only.

5.5.5.1 Click the graph button, then a pdf graph of data will appear.

5.5.5.2 Look at the graph to make sure there are no outliers of data values that need to be addressed.

5.5.5.3 If there are outliers or data values to be addressed: Make a note and see Unit Manager.

5.5.5.4 Close the graph.

5.5.6 Check notes from field sheet review.

5.5.6.1 If there are no issues: Continue on with step 5.5.7.

5.5.6.2 If there are flow verification or audit failures:

5.5.6.2.1 Click on the date to be invalidated in the FCC Validation screen. This will highlight the row and the QA values will be shown in the bottom of the screen.

5.5.6.2.2 Click on the first blank row (under QA Value 2) in the QA section. This will activate this record row and the QA Level will be automatically Level 3 and the QA status will be valid.

5.5.6.2.3 Change the QA status to invalid by clicking on the black arrow next to the valid status.

5.5.6.2.4 Add a reason code by typing it in or selecting from the reason codes pop-up by clicking the blue arrow

.

5.5.6.2.4.1 If selecting from the reason codes pop-up: Select the corresponding reason code from the list and click Okay

.
5.5.6.2.5 Click Save or use the F10 key.

NOTE: This has invalidated this sample at level 3 and will not be changed by the QA Insert in the next steps.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE 13

5.5.6.2.6 Repeat steps 5.5.6.2.1 through 5.5.6.2.5 for all samples that need to be invalidated.

5.5.7 Promote the valid data to QA Level 3. Click on QA Insert button and Insert QA records screen pops up. See Figure 6.

NOTE: Promote only the PbTSP.LC parameter. All other parameters stay at QA Level 2. FIGURE 6

5.5.7.1 Promote data by inserting the first collection date for the quarter and the end collection date for the quarter.

5.5.7.2 Leave the QA Status as Valid.

5.5.7.3 QA Level is the level the data are being promoted to (Level 3). Copy from QA Level is the level the data are currently at (Level 2).

5.5.7.4 Click the Copy All radio button and verify data, then click the Copy All button to promote data to the next level.

NOTE: The data can be promoted for each individual record using the Insert radio button and the Insert button, but it is slow when inputting a large sum of data.

5.5.7.5 A forms pop-up window will appear with the question: “Are you sure you want to copy QA records?” Click OK

.

5.5.7.6 For make up samples: Enter the date the sample is a make up for in the Comments field for each QA level.

NOTE: The Copy All feature does not apply to the Comments field.

5.5.8 Repeat steps 5.5.3.1 through 5.5.7.6 for all Place IDs and all Para Abbrvs.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE
14

 Do not change Level 2 or Raw data – Level 3 only.

5.6 Exit FCC QA Validation screen (red door).

5.6.1 See Procedure for Batch Load Data , AQS-001 to load data to AQS.

### ADEQ Air Assessment Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit SOP NUMBER FCC-003 REV
1.1 PAGE 15

REVISION SHEET

REV 1.0 New Specification. 27-APR-2011 Requested by Heather Colson.

REV 1.1 Update Specification. 19-OCT-2011 Requested by Heather Colson.

### Attachment I

ADEQ AAS ADM-003 SOP

Corrective Action Process

### Air Assessment Section TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS

SOP NUMBER REVISION DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF CURRENT REVISION PAGE NUMBER

ADM-003 1.0 1 of 15



### 1.0 PURPOSE

This standard operating procedure (SOP) describes the corrective action process (CAP) used by Air Assessment Section (AAS) personnel to alert management of a potential problem that may be adversely affecting data used to determine air quality within or bordering the State of Arizona.



### 2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILITY

The CAP applies to personnel within the AAS, but it can be used by personnel working in other Sections of the Air Quality Division. The CAP allows personnel to communicate an observation of some event that appears to be problematic and may impact the quality of primary and secondary data. The CAP is also used for communicating workplace safety concerns. If an observation is considered urgent, then AAS personnel are to report the concern to management as soon as possible.

The potential for data to be adversely affe cted exists in any environmental data operation. The CAP is intended for observations that have no prescribed corrective action (CA), also known as, solution(s). It is not meant to be used for reporting problems that are considered routine and have prescribed CAs in an SOP or QAPP unless an error is discovered in the prescribed CA(s). The CAP applies to failed performance evaluation (PE) audits on air monitoring instruments.

Please note that the CAP does not apply to and is not used for reporting a workplace injury, damage to personal or real property, or damage or injury to a third party. The ADEQ Safety Manual covers how to report incidents involving these types of events. The CAP does not apply to human resource issues such as the grievance process which is covered by the Arizona Department of Administration’s policies.

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 2 of 15



### 3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

Quality Assurance Handbooks for Air Polluti on Measurement Systems: Volumes I, II and IV: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program

ADEQ Quality Management Plan

ADEQ Quality Policy: 0005.000

ADEQ Safety Manual

ADEQ Quality Assurance Program/Proje ct Plans for Air Monitoring Programs

ADEQ Standard Operating Procedures for the Ambient Air Monitoring Programs



### 4.0 ACRYONYMS & DEFINITIONS

Corrective Action (CA) – the solution or solutions identified and implemented to prevent recurrence of an observed deficiency. A CA can include, but are not limited to: the repair or replacement of goods and/or services, new or refresher training for affected employees, and changes to SOPs and QAPPs.

Deficiency – any observation that is perceived to be problematic in nature by an employee. Deficiencies may include, but are not limited to: a breach in following established SOPs, newly discovered operational problems with monitors without prescribed solutions in existing SOPs and QAPPs, standards reference materials not meeting specifications, or changes to workplace conditions that affect data collection or workplace conditions. Synonyms: Problem, concern, event

Non-Conforming Event (NCE) – an event that may be anomalous and to which there is no corrective action identified initially. The event is documented for future reference and possible investigation on the CAR form.

Observation – may include any directly or indirectly viewed deficiency. An indirect observation may include a summation by an employee derived at following a review of documents, data, or workplace conditions, or when an employee receives information in writing or verbally from a site operator(s) or other persons concerning environmental conditions that may adversely impact an air monitoring station, site, or network.

Primary data – data generated by Units within the Air Assessment Section. Primary data would include any data generated directly by ADEQ.

Quality System - a structured and documented management system describing the policies, objectives, principles, organizational authority, responsibilities, accountability, and implementation plan of an organization for ensuring quality in its work processes, products (items), and services. The quality syst em provides the framework for planning,

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 3 of 15

implementing, documenting, and assessing work performed by the organization and for carrying out required QA and QC activities.

Secondary data – data generated outside of the Air Assessment Section and ADEQ, Secondary data includes data generated by the Local agencies, Tribes, permitted Title V source that are regulated by ADEQ. Secondary data is used by the Air Quality Division on a regular basis.

Technician – ADEQ typically refers to technical field personnel in the Air Monitoring Unit as technicians versus “operators”. Thi s stems from ADEQ depending on third party contractors who serve as “operators”, or filter changers, for the filter-based particulate matter program.



### 5.0 GENERAL INFORMATION

The CAP is part of our quality assurance (QA) system, which employs elements identified by EPA as essential to producing high quality pollutant and meteorological data that meet the needs of users, or customers. A number of problems can arise when operating numerous ambient air monitoring networks as the AAS does on an ongoing basis. Fortunately, many problems can be prevented by performing regul arly scheduled quality control (QC) checks and preventative maintenance on air monitoring instruments, applying best practices to field, laboratory, and data management operations, and adhering to occupational health and safety regulations and associated ADEQ policies and procedures.

In addition, air quality professionals can anticipate and plan for problems that arise from normal operations and prescribe corrective actions in SOPs and quality assurance program/project plans (QAPPs). Instrumentation problems that have prescribed solutions are mitigated as planned and documented using field service sheets/forms, frequently referred to as “field sheets” and abbreviated information is also supplied in site, instrument, shop, and laboratory logbooks. Information regarding problems that arise during sample collection is found on air sampling records such as the chain-of-custody (COC) and field data forms or “data cards”, which are often combined into one form. Information regarding problems identified during data validation will be found in validation notes and in monthly or quarterly reports specific to each pollutant program. The ADEQ annual data certific ation letter generated by DM&QA may provide a valuable historical accounting of significant data validation information as well.

If a prescribed CA is found to be incorrect or incomplete, information will be updated in SOPs upon discovery and communicated to personnel at r outine meetings. Information in QAPPs will be updated as well; however, the official versions of signed and approved QAPPs are scheduled for formal updates with the EPA every 5 years. The goal is to keep electronic versions up-to-date on the shared network drive.



### 6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

The CAP is designed to be a closed-loop system where each observation is reviewed and closed-out. The goal is to identify the root cause of a problem and to implement corrective action(s) that prevent its recurrence. It is important to adequately investigate each observation to assure that any solution(s) identified are f easible to implement and will prove to be efficient

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 4 of 15

and effective. To verify a CA is successful; it is customary to assess its effectiveness following implementation to the extent deemed necessary . The time needed to implement the selected corrective action(s) can vary depending upon thei r complexity and how severely and frequently the problem impacts our data collection operati ons. With many CAs identified in advance, CASHEW reports have the potential to identify complex problems. In turn, the selection and implementation of corrective actions will probably benefit from the review of the air monitoring teams which include personnel from multiple AAS Units. The quality cycle model in Figure 1 shows how air monitoring networks continue to improve over time by using the CAP.

Figure 1. The Quality Cycle

The CAP tracks potential problems stemming from general observations using a Corrective Action for Safety, Health, and Environmental Work (CASHEW) form. For tracking the failed PE audits, a Performance Evaluation Corrective Action Notice (PECAN) form is issued. Each CASHEW and PECAN report is tracked with an ID number. These reports will be archived per the AQD’s retention schedule which is currently being finalized to ensure valuable information is available for future reference. Professional discretion may be needed when determining if an observation needs to be reported and managed using the corrective action process. If uncertain, contact your unit manager or a QA representative.

Failed PE audits are to be expected on occasion and solutions for these failed audits are commonly prescribed in QAPPs and SOPs. Failed PE audits are addressed by the monitoring organization’s technical personnel in an expedient manner to stop the loss of data as quickly as possible. For many air monitors, the PE audits have more lenient pass/fail criteria; therefore, if a monitor fails a PE audit, it would more than likely fail the criteria for a verification or calibration unless other compounding factors are affecting the accuracy of the PE audit.

Technicians and auditors must carefully trouble shoot problems with instrumentation to prevent the loss of data. A calibration may not resolve the root cause of each air monitoring station’s performance problem. It is worth noting that ADEQ has lost data due to a calibrator or other component of an air monitoring station malfunctioning, when at first, it appeared that the analyzer was malfunctioning. Therefore, it is recommended that field personnel carry spare instrumentation such as a backup calibrator, air monitor, or communication systems components to the extent possible when responding to downed instrumentation or failed quality control checks (verifications and PE audits).

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 5 of 15

The following factors help to determine the rapidness in which technicians need to respond to a failed PE audit or any air monitor found to be non-operational:

 the quantity of data that may be lost each day (continuous versus filter-based),

 the current data completeness metrics for the pollutant measured, i.e., ADEQ’s targets 85% completeness on a quarterly and annual basis (see air monitoring program QAPPs measurement quality objectives (MQO) and EPA regulations and guidance documents for more information),

 the importance of the monitor’s data, e.g., are data needed for NAAQS compliance, State Implementation Plans (SIP) development and evaluation, by EPA or ADEQ as evidence in a current legal case?

 the logistics of deploying a technician (operator) and replacement air monitoring instruments to the site.

The CAP provides many learning opportunities that support in-depth professional development for each stage of the data collection and management process. As part of the Air Assessment Section’s on-the-job training program, information regarding pertinent findings and their associated corrective actions will be reviewed at in-house meetings with technical personnel. In addition, helpful information gained by the CAP may be shared by AAS personnel at periodic meetings with local and tribal air monitoring organizations from within the State of Arizona. Corrective action reports are made available to all AAS personal on the shared network. PECAN reports are filed within the AMU’s Active Site folder and CASHEW reports are filed within the Quality Assurance Documents folder.



### 6.0 PROCEDURES

6.1 To initiate a CASHEW report: (For AAS Personnel)

1. The Initiator (usually will be the observer) determines if an observation is subject to the CAP.

a. If yes, proceed with Step 2.

b. If no, proceed with performing the corrective action prescribed and document all pertinent information regarding the observation following routine procedures.

IMPORTANT: If an observation is considered urgent, contact your manager while in the field using your cell phone and submit the written report when you return to the office. If your Unit manager is not available, contact the Section Manager, another AAS Unit Manager, or a QA representative or other technical personnel for help.

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 6 of 15

2. Go to the CA Identification Log at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Log & Report Forms and select the next available identificat ion number from the Excel worksheet and assign it to the CASHEW report.

3. Obtain a blank CASHEW report form in the same folder.

4. Set up a new folder using the CA ID# at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Open Reports

5. Save the report to the newly made folder for the CASHEW report using the ID# and name (abbreviate if needed).

6. Complete Part A of the CASHEW either use your computer or by hand. Be sure to suggest solution(s) that you think may resolve the issue.

NOTE: Do your best to objectively describe the details of what you observed and your concerns. Do not make subjective statements based on assumptions.

7. Print out the CASHEW, sign it, and route it to your Unit Manager.

6.2 To respond to a CASHEW report: (For Managers and/or QA representatives)

1. Review each CASHEW and the proposed corrective action(s) and determine if further evaluation is needed.

a. If yes, review potential solutions with additional personnel.

b. If no, approve and implement the corrective action.

2. Complete Part B and move forward with implementing the CA.

3. Place an electronic (PDF) copy of the CASHEW report in the shared network drive at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Closed Reports

.
NOTE: A hardcopy of the CASHEW report will be filed in the official site file which currently resides in DM&QA.

4. Monitor the success of implemented corrective actions.

5. If a follow-up is recommended, perform a follow-up at the recommended schedule and make adjustments to the corrective action/solution as needed.

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 7 of 15

7.1 To initiate a PECAN: (For QA Auditors)

1. Go to the CA Identification Log at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Log & Report Forms and select the next available identificat ion number from the Excel worksheet and assign it to the PECAN.

2. Obtain a blank PECAN form in the same folder.

3. Complete Part A of the PECAN using your computer or by hand.

4. Complete the complementary failed PE audit field sheet associated with the PECAN.

5. Save a copy of the PECAN and the field sheet (PECAN package) to the Active Site folder on the network drive.

6. Forward the PECAN package to the DM&QA QA/QC Lead. After review, the QA/QC Lead will route the PECAN to the DM&QA Manager for approval.

NOTE: The DM&QA Manager reviews the PECAN and may either approve, disapprove or request clarification on the findings.

a. If PECAN is approved, email the QA/QC Lead, the DM&QA Unit and the AMU Managers, and AMU and DM&QA personnel to let them know that a failure occurred and deliver the original.

b. If PECAN is not approved, update the CA Log to show the PECAN was cancelled

7. Forward the PECAN package to the QA/QC Lead for review and information entry onto the appropriate Outlook P&A Calendar (if applicable).

8. Make a copy of the PECAN package.

9. Send original audit report field sheet with a copy of the PECAN report to lead data reviewer.

10. Attach a copy of the field sheet to the original PECAN report form.

11. Deliver this package to the AMU Manager for resolution.

7.2 Response to PECAN report: (Completed by AMU Personnel)

1. The AMU Manager reviews the PECAN and may have further questions to be answered before assigning a technician to the work.

2. Technician implements the prescribed corrective action.

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 8 of 15

3. Technician completes Part B of the PECAN report describing the work done along with any associated field sheets.

4. Technician submits the package to the AMU Manager.

5. The AMU Manager reviews the PECAN report package and approves prior to the package being forward to DM&QA.

6. Once approved, the PECAN report and original AMU field sheets are hand delivered to the QA Auditor.

7. The QA Auditor re-audits the monitor and completes Part C of the PECAN report.

8. The Auditor fills in Part C of the PECAN and routes to the QA/QC Lead.

9. The QA/QC Lead routes the package to the DM&QA Manager for review and approval.

10. Then PECAN is routed to data reviewer.

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 9 of 15

Attachment A: PECAN Report



### Air Quality Division – Air Assessment Section Performance Evaluation Corrective Action Notice (PECAN)

Priority: 

# ? High 

# ? Normal

For more information on the PECAN form and the corrective action process, see AAS SOP ADM:003. Response times to a PECAN with Normal priority, as well as any non-operational air monitors, should be as soon as possible. For a PECAN designated with a High priory, a response should be targeted within 3 business days following receipt of the PECAN report.

Part A: Failed audit information (completed by DM&QA) CA ID# __________________________

Date of Audit: Site AAAD #/Name:

Instrument (include S/N):

Comments:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

QA Auditor: _______________________________________ Date: ____________________________

QA/QC Lead: ______________________________________ Date: ____________________________
DM&QA Manager: __________________________________ Date: ____________________________

Delivered to AMU Manager by: Date:

Part B: Response to failed audit (completed by AMU)

Date of Service: Tech Assigned:

Description of Corrective Action T aken: ( use back of page if more space is needed)

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Comments or additional corrective actions recommended:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

AMU Manager: Date:

Delivered to QA Auditor by: Date:

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 10 of 15

Attachment A: PECAN Report (continued)

Part C: Response to Corrective Action (completed by DM&QA)

Date of Re-audit: Results: 

### ? Passes 

### ? Fails

Comments:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

QA Auditor: _______________________________________ Date: ____________________________

QA/QC Lead: ______________________________________ Date: ____________________________
DM&QA Manager: __________________________________ Date: ____________________________

If re-audit fails, use a new PECAN form to document the findings but continue using the same CA ID# until resolved.

Use the space below if needed. Initial and date your entry.

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 11 of 15

Attachment B: CASHEW Report

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 12 of 15



### Air Quality Division – Air Assessment Section Corrective Action for Safety, Health, and Environmental Work

Priority: 

# ? Urgent 

# ? Normal

For more information on the CASHEW form and the corrective action process, see AAS SOP ADM:003.

Part A: Observation information (completed by Initiator) CA ID# __________________________

Date of Observation: Location:

Description:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

List any air monitoring instruments involved (include S/N):

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Provide any ideas you may have to correct and prevent recurrence of the issue

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Initiator: _______________________________________ Date: ____________________________
Unit Manager: ___________________________________ Date: ____________________________

Delivered to AMU Manager by: Date:

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 13 of 15

Attachment B: CASHEW Report (continued)

Part B: Response to failed audit (completed by Unit Manager and/or QA Rep)

Date(s) CA reviewed: Date(s) targeted for implementation:

Description of Corrective Action Taken: (use additional sheet if more space is needed)

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

List technicians assigned to project:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Is follow-up needed? _____Yes _____No If yes, estimate when follow-up should occur?__________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Additional comments or corrective action information:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Approved by AMU Manager: Date:

Delivered to QA by: Date:

Received by QA rep: Date:

CAP Log/File updated by: Date:

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 14 of 15

Attachment B: CASHEW Report (continued)

Part C: Follow-up for Corrective Action (if needed)

Date of Follow-up: Follow-up lead by:

List personnel assigned to CASHEW:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Add any comments regarding the problem being resolved:

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Delivered to QA by: Date:

Received by QA rep: Date:

CAP Log/File updated by: Date:

### ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE



### DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS REVISION
1.0 PAGE 15 of 15

REV LEVEL & DATE DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY

1.0 New procedure. Theresa Rigney

### Attachment J

ADEQ Quality Management Plan

# QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

August 2010



## EQR 10-04

### 2 

## ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Approval and Concurrences

### 3 

## ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Approval and Concurrences (Continued)

### 4 FOREWORD 1

CHAPTER 1 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 2

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) POLICY.................................................................................................. .......... 2 1.1.1 D OCUMENT P URPOSE

............................................................................................................................... ................. 2 1.1.2 D EFINITION OF Q UALITY A SSURANCE /Q UALITY C ONTROL (QA/QC) ...................................................................... 2 1.1.3 I MPORTANCE OF QA/QC TO ADEQ.......................................................................................................................... 3 1.1.4 G ENERAL G OALS AND O BJECTIVES OF THE ADEQ................................................................................................... 4 1.1.5 R ESOURCES FOR THE QA S YSTEM ............................................................................................................................ 6 1.2 SCOPE OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................................... 6 1.2.1 T YPES OF A CTIVITIES S PECIFICALLY C OVERED BY THE ADEQ QMP....................................................................... 7 1.2.3 T ECHNICAL A CTIVITIES N OT C OVERED BY THE ADEQ QMP................................................................................. 11 1.3 ADEQ ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 11 1.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBI LITI ES............................................................................................................... .... 12 1.4.1 ADEQ QA/QC U NIT S UPERVISOR A UTHORITY ..................................................................................................... 12 1.4.2 L INE M ANAGEMENT AND S TAFF A UTHORITY ........................................................................................................ 13 1.4.2.1 ADEQ D IRECTOR

............................................................................................................................... ................... 13 1.4.2.2 ADEQ QA/QC S TEERING C OMMITTEE .................................................................................................................. 13 1.4.2.3 QA D IVISION R EPRESENTATIVES ........................................................................................................................... 13 1.4.2.4 ADEQ D IVISION D IRECTORS : .............................................................................................................................. .. 14 1.4.2.5 ADEQ S ECTION M ANAGERS :.............................................................................................................................. ... 14 1.4.2.6 ADEQ P ROJECT /C ASE M ANAGERS :....................................................................................................................... 14 1.5 COMMUNICATIONS................................................................................................................. ........................ 15



### CHAPTER 2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 16

2.1 PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS OF THE QUALTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ........................................... 16 2.2 PRINCIPAL TOOLS OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ........................................................ 16 2.2.1 Q UALITY M ANAGEMENT P LAN (QMP)................................................................................................................... 17 2.2.2 Q UALITY A SSURANCE P ROGRAM P LANS (QAP R P)................................................................................................. 17 2.2.3 D ATA Q UALITY O BJECTIVES (DQO) ...................................................................................................................... 18 2.2.4 Q UALITY A SSURANCE P ROJECT P LANS (QAP J P).................................................................................................... 19 2.2.5 Q UALITY A SSURANCE (QA) S TATUS R EPORTS ....................................................................................................... 20 2.2.6 S TANDARD O PERATING P ROCEDURES (SOP).......................................................................................................... 20 2.2.7 T ECHNICAL S YSTEMS A UDIT (TSA) ....................................................................................................................... 21 2.2.8 M ANAGEMENT S YSTEM R EVIEWS (MSR)............................................................................................................... 21 2.2.9 C ORRECTIVE A CTIONS

............................................................................................................................... ............. 21 2.3 OPTIONAL PRACTICES FOR THE CONTROL OF DATA COLLECTI ON ............................................. 21 2.3.1 F IELD A UDITS

............................................................................................................................... .......................... 21 2.3.2 L ABORATORY A UDITS

............................................................................................................................... ............. 22



### CHAPTER 3 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING 23

3.1 POLICY FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) RELATED TRAINING ........................................................ 23 3.1.1 R ESPONSIBILITIES

............................................................................................................................... .................... 23 3.1.2 I DENTIFICATION OF T RAINING N EEDS ..................................................................................................................... 23

### 5 3.1.3 I MPLEMENTATION OF T RAINING R EQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 23 3.1.4 D OCUMENTATION OF T RAINING .............................................................................................................................. 2 4



### CHAPTER 4 PROCUREMENT OF ITEM S AND SERVICES 25

4.1 ITEMS.......................................................................................................................... ......................................... 25 4.1.1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................... ....... 25 4.2 SERVICES....................................................................................................................... ..................................... 25 4.2.1 CONTRACTS WITH EXTERNAL PARTIES ...................................................................................................... 26 4.2.2 L ABORATORY L ICENSURE R EQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................. 27 4.3 THE ROLE OF THE ADEQ QA/QC UNIT IN THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS ................................... 28 4.4 THE ROLE OF ADEQ PROJECT/CASE MANAGERS IN THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS .............. 28 4.5 AGREEMENTS WITH GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES ................................................................................ 28



### CHAPTER 5 DOCUMENTATION AND RE CORDS MANAGEMENT 30

5.1 DEFINITION OF PUBLIC RECORDS ............................................................................................................. 30 5.2 EXCLUSIONS FROM THE DEFINITION OF PUBLIC RECORDS............................................................. 30 5.3 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 32 5.4 ROUTINE QUALITY ASSURANCE AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT .................................................... 32 5.5 IN-HOUSE QUALITY ASSURANCE GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS............................................................... 34 5.5.1 R EQUIREMENTS FOR F IELD D OCUMENTATION ........................................................................................................ 34 5.6 MAINTAINING DOCUMENT INTEGRITY ................................................................................................... 34



### CHAPTER 6 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (I T) AND DATA MANAGEMENT 36

6.1 MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL DATA................................................................ 36 6.1.1 D ATABASE D EVELOPMENT : .............................................................................................................................. ...... 36 6.1.1.2 S YSTEMS DEVELOPMENT PLANNING ....................................................................................................................... 37 6.1.2 D ATA Q UALITY AND D ATA I NTEGRITY ................................................................................................................... 37 6.1.2.1 D ATA Q UALITY : .............................................................................................................................. ....................... 37 6.1.2.2 D ATA I NTEGRITY :.............................................................................................................................. ..................... 37 6.1.3 E STABLISHING BACK UP AND ARCHIVING PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 39 6.2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PLAN........................................................................................................ 39 6.3 ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHAN GE (EDI) AND NODE......................................................................... 40 6.4 LEVELS OF DOCUMENTATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROJECTS................................................. 40 6.5 COMPUTER HARDWARE/SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................... 40 6.6 SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................................................... ........... 41 6.7 DATA STANDARDS ...................................................................................................................... ..................... 41 6.8 INFORMATION SECURITY....................................................................................................................... ...... 42



### CHAPTER 7 PLANNING 43

7.1 AGENCYWIDE PLANNING ....................................................................................................................... ...... 43 7.1.1 I NTERNAL S TRATEGIC P LANNING ........................................................................................................................... 43 7.1.2 E TERNAL S TRATEGIC P LANNING ............................................................................................................................ 43 7.1.3 E XTERNAL D ATA C OORDINATION .......................................................................................................................... 43 7.2 PROGRAM-SPECIFIC PLANNING................................................................................................................. 44 7.3 PROJECT-LEVEL PLANNING ....................................................................................................................... . 44 7.3.1 O N -S ITE M ONITORING

............................................................................................................................... ............. 45 7.3.2.1 S AMPLE S CHEDULING

............................................................................................................................... .............. 46

### 6 7.4 ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................... 46 7.5 DATA TRANSLATION .................................................................................................................... .................. 47 7.6 DATA INTERPRETATION ................................................................................................................. .............. 47 7.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY......................................................................................................................... ............ 47



### CHAPTER 8 IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY ASSURANCE WORK PROCESSES 49

8.1 AGENCYWIDE IMPLEMENTATION............................................................................................................. 49 8.1.1 D IVISIONAL Q UALITY A SSURANCE P ROGRAM P LANS ............................................................................................. 49 8.2 PROGRAM LEVEL IMPLEMENTA TION...................................................................................................... 50 8.2.1 O PERATING P OLICIES AND P ROCEDURES ................................................................................................................ 50 8.3 PROJECT LEVEL IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................................................................ 50 8.3.1 Q UALITY A SSURANCE P ROJECT P LAN I MPLEMENTATION ....................................................................................... 50 8.3.2 S TANDARD O PERATING P ROCEDURES (SOP S ) ........................................................................................................ 51



### CHAPTER 9 QUALITY ASSESSMENT AND RESPONSE 53

9.1 ANNUAL REVIEW OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................ 53 9.2 QUALITY AUDITS ......................................................................................................................... .................... 53 9.2.1 M ANAGEMENT S YSTEM R EVIEWS (MSR S ) ............................................................................................................. 53 9.2.1.1 R EVIEW ADEQ Q UALITY A SSURANCE P ROGRAMS ................................................................................................ 55 9.2.2 T ECHNICAL S YSTEMS A UDITS (TSA S ).................................................................................................................... 55 9.2.2.1 L ABORATORY TSA S

............................................................................................................................... ................ 56 9.2.2.2 F IELD TSA S

............................................................................................................................... ............................. 56 9.3 PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS .................................................................................................................. 56 9.4 DATA QUALITY EVALUATIONS ................................................................................................................... 5 7 9.4.1 D ATA Q UALITY A SSESSMENTS (DQA S ) ................................................................................................................. 57 9.4.2 D ATA Q UALITY A UDITS

............................................................................................................................... ........... 58



### CHAPTER 10 QUALITY IMPROVEMENT 59

10.1 PROGRAM REVIEWS ........................................................................................................................ ............... 59 10.2 PROJECT REVIEWS ........................................................................................................................ ................. 60



### TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 61

APPENDICES

ADEQ T EMPERATURE /P RESERVATION G UIDANCE P OLICY ADEQ P OLICY 0154

- A DDRESSING S PIKE AND S URROGATE R ECOVERY A S T HEY R ELATE TO M ATRIX E FFECTS
IN W ATER , A IR , S LUDGE , AND S OIL M ATRICES ADEQ P OLICY 0170

– I MPLEMENTATION OF EPA M ETHOD 5035

- S OIL P REPARATION FOR EPA M ETHODS 8015B, 8021B, AND 8260B A RIZONA D ATA Q UALIFIERS

– R EVISION 3 (0 9/20/2007)

### 1 

## Arizona Department of Environmental Quality Quality Assurance/Quality Control Unit FOREWORD

Arizona Department of Environmen tal Quality (ADEQ) is committed to the Health and Safety of all of Arizona’s citizens. The h ealth of our environment is vital to the life style most Arizonan’s enjoy. For this reason, quality environmental data are an invaluable tool for monitoring the well being of our environment.

This commitment to quality is the reason for this revision of the Quality Management Plan (QMP). The QMP is the umbrella, or blueprint, of ADEQ’s overall Quality Management System. There are many other components to the quality sy stem and each of these will be discussed in detail in the Quality Management Plan.

ADEQ has revised the QMP under the direction of the Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Unit Supervisor, Business and General/ Laboratory Services S ection Manager, and QA representatives from each of the three Environmental Divisions of ADEQ. This plan decentralizes the role of QA/QC for reasons of efficiency and accuracy.

The current vision for the role of the QA/QC Unit Supervisor within ADEQ is as a primary resource for all agency disciplines to use and as a coordinator for standa rdizing protocols. The QA/QC Unit Supervisor will coordinate the activ ities of the QA/QC Steering Committee, which is made up of the QA/QC Unit Supervisor and repr esentatives from each of the Divisions. As a group, the QA/QC Steering Committee will continua lly examine and audit the environmental data collection procedures and use of data in order to continually improve the Quality Management System.

The QA/QC Steering Committee, wh i ch will work with the QA/QC Unit Supervisor, are independent of the Leadership Team which is the policy making group for ADEQ. With this separation of groups, Leadership Team and St eering Committee, and with the QA/QC Unit Supervisor reporting to the Business and Ge neral/Laboratory Servi ces Section in the Administrative Services Divisi on, autonomy is preserved in fact and appearance. The ultimate responsibility for Quality Assurance for ADEQ lies with the agency Director.

This decentralized approach has been made neces sary by the large number of different skill sets required to accomplish all of ADEQ’s environmental data collection activities, and ultimately the use of the environmental data. The degree of sp ecialization requires that the QA/QC unit handle a tremendous volume of work to complete all of the QA/QC activities, and serve each unit equally and in a timely fashion. The system pr oposed herein addresses th at issue by offering aid to all units when the work load is unusually heavy

, while making certain that no project or Program should suffer from a bottleneck in the system caused by another unit’s heavy load.

### 2 

## CHAPTER 1 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) POLICY

1.1.1 Document Purpose

The Quality Management Plan (QMP) describes the quality manage ment processes the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) us es to maintain a Quality Management System consistent with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (E PA) requirements. The quality system supporting ADEQ Programs involving e nvironmental data or technology shall be covered by this QMP. The QMP is an “Umbrella” document which details in broad terms the strategies used to carry out QA/QC during environmenta l data collection activities and proper data use thereafter. The QMP was prepared in accordance with the March 2001 edition of the EPA requirements document numbered EPA QA/R-2, and entitled Requirements for Quality Management Plans

, and to comply with EPA Order 5360.1 A2, entit led Policy and Program Requirements for the Mandatory EPA Quality System.

1.1.2 Definition of Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC)

Quality Assurance (QA) is an integrated syst em of management activities involving planning, implementation, assessment, reporting, and quality improvement to ensure that a process, item, or service is of the type and quality needed, and expected, by the customer.

Quality Control (QC) is the overall system of tec hnical activities that meas ures the attributes and performance of a process, item, or service against defined standards to verify that they meet the stated requirements established by th e customer. The QC system includes the operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfill requirements for quality.

At ADEQ, the Quality Management System is implemented largely through the following Agency functions:

1. QA/QC training for certain identified job functions (with ADEQ QA/QC Unit assistance); 2. Use of Agency QA Program Plans ( QAPrPs ); 3. Use of Agency QA Project Plans ( QAPjPs ); 4. Clearly defined ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supe rvisor oversight responsibilities (oversight authority may be delegated to the Programs); 5. Periodic Management Systems Reviews (M SRs) and Technical System Audits (TSAs) coordinated through the ADEQ QA/QC Unit; 6. A QA forum, comprised of the QA/QC St eering Committee, to focus continuous improvement efforts; 7. Appropriate documentation and record keep ing for all data related activities.

Each of these systems is discussed in more detail in the appropriate secti on within this document. This document officially establishes th ese requirements as components of ADEQ ’s Quality

### 3 Management System.

Quality Control (QC) is largely implemented at the Program level through Quality Assurance Program Plans (QAPrPs). Each Division has uni que requirements, statut ory guidelines, rules, and policies that must be followed. Program Pl ans should incorporate the unique qualities that are specific to each Division or Program. Cons equently QC is managed first at the Program level, and more specifically on a project by project basis through the use of Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPjPs) and required data assessme nt activities. Designated Agency Project or Case Managers, through a review and approval process involving the ADEQ QA/QC Unit, are individually responsible for assu ring that the QAPjP is capable of producing reliable work of known quality, which meets stated project needs. As defined in the QAPrP, in many cases a sampling plan and data quality objectives will suffice to assure data integrity.

1.1.3 Importance of QA/QC to ADEQ

The quality of decisions made by ADEQ depends heavily on the quality of information used to make those decisions. If those data are not of adequate quality to support their intended use, then subsequent decisions will suffer commensurately.

Environmental data are used for setting priorities; es tablishing strategic di rection; targeting inspections; measuring compliance; identifying enforcement actions; measuring progress and trends; certifying laboratories; a nd for many other uses. Environm ental data are critical because they can impact a Program ’ s direction and emphasis, determine whether an enforcement case can be successful, or dictate which of several cleanup options will be implemented at a contaminated waste site.

The consequences of poor data (i.e.

, do not meet user requirements ) are that individual and collective decisions are not as s ound as they could or should be. Even worse, poor data can have extremely negative consequences, such as when an enforcement case has to be withdrawn because underlying compliance data are su ccessfully challenged by defendants.

ADEQ is involved in conducting studies that have goals in several broad categories that include

, but are not limited to:



#  Determining baseline conditions for lake s, streams, soil, groundwater, and air quality;



#  Identifying and quantifying the presence of environmental contaminants in areas of potential exposure to huma ns or the environment;



#  Verifying the effectiveness of technique s and methods by which data sets are collected;



#  Determining the impacts of environmen tal contaminants on human health and ecosystems;



#  Determining whether, how, and by whom such threats to human health and the environment should be remediated;

### 4 

#  Monitoring compliance with environmental regulations.

QA/QC is integral to the functions of this State agency because qua lity data ensure the scientific credibility of the data on which decisions are based. Proper QA e nhances proper planning and reduces the likelihood of duplicative and re petitive sampling, thereby lowering costs to the taxpayers.

1.1.4 General Goals and Objectives of the ADEQ

ADEQ’s Quality Management System is designed to avoid occasions where the environmental data collected fall short of mee ting the data quality objectives ( DQOs ) established by the users of the data. The primary goal of the ADEQ Quality Management System is to ensure that all environmentally related data collection and pr ocessing activities, perf ormed by or under the Agency’s oversight, will result in the production of data that are both documented and of known quality, and can be used with a high degree of certainty by the inte nded user to support specific decisions or actions that are appropriate for the intended purpo se. ADEQ’s Quality Management System applies to monitoring and measurement activ ities that occur within, or for, the Agency. For those programs that are supported by EPA through grants, contracts, or interagency agreements, the mandatory elements for EPA qua lity systems will be utilized. ADEQ’s Quality Management Plan will be achieved by ensuring that appropriate resources are made available and that the proper procedures are followed th roughout the entire proce ss of planning, collecting, analyzing, and interpreti ng environmental data.

The goals of ADEQ’s QA System are to:



#  Produce and use data that are of known quality, and are a cceptable for the intended purpose;



#  Encourage the use of QA/QC principles in the management of environmental projects;



#  Facilitate the timely identification of problems and implement corrective actions;



#  Assist in the identificatio n of training needs;



#  Ensure that Division staff and the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supervisor work cooperatively to identify and corr ect systemic weaknesses; and



#  Provide for continuous improvement in Agency data operations.

It is ADEQ’s policy that:

1. Programs generating, using, or requiring the co llection of environmental data will be consistent with the intentions outline d in this Quality Management Plan ( QMP ), ADEQ policies, and Standard Oper ating Procedures (SOPs).

2. The data quality objectives for generating any new environmental data will be determined prior to data collection activ ities, so that appropriate re sources and QA/QC methods can be applied to ensure a level of data quality commensurate with the intended use(s) for the

### 5 data.

3. A comprehensive QAPrP should be used to detail activities u nder all regulatory Programs. Each Program or activity that gene rates environmental data will develop and implement a QA Program Plan (QAPrP) and/ or a QA Project Plan (QAPjP) containing SOPs which specify the detailed procedures re quired to assure production of quality data. The QAPrPs shall be prepared by appropriate agency staff, and if needed, the QA/QC Unit Supervisor will assist with this effo rt. Effective organizational QAPjPs and SOPs shall be developed and implemented as re quired and will be approved as shown in number 6 below.

4. All environmental data generated by the Agency should be of known and documented quality, as defined by pre-established da ta quality objectives (DQOs) or existing regulatory levels. DQOs need to be clearly stated with each indi vidual project, but are often predetermined by regulatory criteria and action levels within si milar Programs. If the DQO formal process is needed it should be implemented consistent with EPA’s Guidance for the Data Quality Objective Process, August 2004 , EPA QA/G-4 or an equivalent document.

5. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit shall act as the liaison for information to and from Region IX EPA. ADEQ’s Steering Committee shall pr ovide necessary support and technical authority for any ADEQ da ta collection activity.

6. QAPjPs shall be prepared by the originat ing ADEQ Program, and if necessary in coordination with ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit, prior to the start of any data collection effort. The originating Program has the option to uti lize the services of a private contractor. QAPjPs shall be approved by the Division QA Representative or the QA/QC Unit. QAPrPs that function as a QAPjP shall be approved by the Division QA Representative or the QA/QC Unit, and as appropriate, by the Region IX QA Office.

A separate stand alone QAPjP or equivalent document may be developed, as appropriate, for site-specific projects undertaken by the organization utilizing non-EPA resources. QAPjPs, or equivalent documents, develope d for projects not funded by EPA shall be developed within the guidelines set forth in this plan. If ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit is requested, they may assist the independent c ontractor, or ADEQ Pr oject team, with the development of a QAPjP. The QA/QC Unit will also make available Data Quality Objectives (DQO’s), Field Sampling Plans ( FSP’s), and Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s), or other guidance documents, wher e such documents can provide sufficient guidance to the project team. The originating Program has the option to either utilize the services of a qualified contractor or other independent ADEQ staff, provided the person has had appropriate training, has demonstrat ed an understanding of QA principles, and has satisfactory experience in generating QA documents. Short-term projects and onetime events (e.g. emergency response) do not require QAPjPs as long as the sampling protocols and objectives used are ad dressed in the Program’s QAPrP.

7. Regular technical systems audits (TSAs) may be conducted by ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit

### 6 Supervisors for ADEQ projects involving envi ronmental data collection, to ensure that they comply with ADEQ Quality Management Plan requirements. The TSA is a process used to measure the conformance of a measur ement system to criteria defined by ADEQ. Additionally, ADEQ’s Quality Management Pl an may involve periodic Management Systems Reviews (MSRs) of Program QA System s. Deficiencies highlighted in these assessments will be addressed in a time ly manner as defined in section 9.2.1.

8. The requirements of the QMP may be waiv ed only under exceptional circumstances. Each waiver will be reviewed by ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering Committee on its own merits upon receipt of a written request. If found appropriate, the re quirement will be waived. For sites which are under the ju risdiction of EPA Region IX, or if the project is supported by EPA funds, the request for a waiver mu st also be approved by the EPA Region IX Quality Assurance Manager. The waiver request will be submitted to the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supervisor and must address the require ment to be waived, the rationale, and the consequences of non-approval. When a waiver is granted, the actual procedures for the data management activities will be documented and available for review and assessment during the decision-making process a ssociated with the project.

1.1.5 Resources for the QA System

The resources necessary to conduct the various QA and QC activities within ADEQ are provided by ADEQ’s Leadership Team, and, in some cases, by Program staff requiring assistance in order to successfully implement their Programs. QA is viewed as an integral part of any Program which deals with environmental measurements a nd data generation. This includes all monitoring activities. The level of QA resources needed fo r any given Program or project is determined initially by the relevant Program or project/case manager.

ADEQ provides in-house and cont racted expertise in quality assurance and technical support services to all Program s within ADEQ. These support servic es include data quality assessments, data validation, and other evaluations provided by ch emists, toxicologists, engineers, and others. Personnel that provide thes e services are located e ither within ADEQ itself, or within other State agencies such as the Arizona Depart ment of Health Services (ADHS).

1.2 SCOPE OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

ADEQ’s QMP is intended to establish the founda tion for implementing an effective QA Program within ADEQ and cover, at a minimum, intern al and external activity which involve the generation of environmental data for Programs fu nded by EPA or other sources. At a minimum, the QMP applies to ADEQ Programs, activities, gr ants, contracts, and interagency agreements that generate environmental data which is used to make decisions or su pport actions related to the Agency’s defined mission and responsibilities that are funded by EPA. Environmental data are defined as information or measurements resulting from field data collection activity, laboratory analyses, or models involving the assessment of ch emical, physical, or biological factors relating to the environmen t. Therefore, any Programs, ac tivities, etc., which generate such data are required to comply with the requirements of this QMP.

### 7 1.2.1 Types of Activities Specifi cally Covered by the ADEQ QMP

The five types of data generation and monito ring activities covered under this QMP include:

1. Data generated by field samp ling and laboratory analysis; 2. Data generated and used for design, c onstruction, and operatio n of engineered remediation/treatment systems; 3. Data acquired from sources outside ADE Q through databases, publications, etc.; 4. Data generated for use in supporting permitting decisions; 5. Data generated in demonstrating compliance with Program requirements.

Activities that fall under any of these five categories must be implemented in accordance with the QA requirements of EPA Order 5360.1 A2. Health and Safety monitoring data are specifically not included and are not subject to the requirements herein.

Whenever these activities are performed, either directly by ADEQ or by State contractors under the State’s supervision, ADEQ’ s Project/Case manager, with support from the ADEQ QA Unit, has full responsibility for ensuring that all ADEQ QA requirements are met. When such activities are performed using EP A funds through an external funding mechanism such as InterAgency Government Agreements, Grants, or Program funds given to the State, the ADEQ Project/Case Manager, with support from the AD EQ QA Unit, is responsible for ensuring that the State complies with all rele vant EPA QA requirements.

Since ADEQ employs a primarily decentralized approach to quality management, each ADEQ Division is responsible for determining the spec ific environmental Programs and activities to which the ADEQ Quality Management System will apply. The following list includes representative environmental Programs, grants, and activities within each Division which are covered by the ADEQ Quality Management Plan.

AIR QUALITY DIVISION: Air Quality Assessment Section Data Management & Quality Assurance Monitoring Unit Evaluation and Special Projects Unit Planning Section State Implementation Plan & Program Development Unit Fund & Project Management Unit Permits Section New Source Unit Existing Source & General Permit Unit Compliance Section Inspections & Field Services Unit Technical Services Unit

WASTE PROGRAMS DIVISION: Emergency Response Unit

### 8 Technical Support Section Site Assessment Unit Rules Unit Sustainability Unit Remedial Projects Section Voluntary Remediation Program (VRP) Federal Projects Unit Remedial Projects Unit/(WQARF) Remedial Investigations Hydrology Unit Permits Section Hazardous Waste Permits Unit Solid Waste Plan Review Unit Inspections & Compliance Section Solid Waste Inspections and Compliance Unit Hazardous Waste Inspections and Compliance Unit LUST Enforcement UST Inspection & Compliance Unit Corrective Action Section State Lead Unit Site Investigation and Remediation Unit Application Processing Unit Underground Storage Tank (UST) and Division Support Section UST Coordination Unit Information Management Unit

WATER QUALITY DIVISION: Rules Development Unit Business & Planning Unit Groundwater Section Wastewater Recharge & Reuse Unit I Wastewater & Subdivision Review Unit Wastewater Design Review Unit Water Quality Mining Unit Compliance Section Compliance Assurance Unit, Compliance Data Unit Enforcement Unit Field Service Unit Drinking Water Section Source Water Assessment & Protection Unit Program Development & Outreach Unit Technical Engineering Unit Surface Water Section TMDL & Assessment Unit Monitoring Unit Permits Unit

### 9 Stormwater & General Permits Unit

NORTHERN REGIONAL OFFICE: Water Quality Design Review Field Services

SOUTHERN REGIONAL OFFICE: Border Programs Unit Compliance Programs Unit Superfund Programs Unit Compliance Programs Unit

### 10 1.2.2 Data Generated by Field Samp ling and Laboratory Analysis

Some examples of activities covered under the ADEQ QMP are the generation of environmental data, including field work, where chemical, physi cal, or biological samples are collected for analysis; the collection of in situ measuremen ts; field work for site characterization and remediation; and compliance inspections.

Environmental samples for chemical, physical, or biological analyses are commonly collected by, or for, ADEQ and analyzed to accomplish the following goals:



#  Confirmation of the presence or abse nce of pollutants or contaminants;



#  Determination of contaminant concentrati on levels of various sample fractions;



#  Determination of sources of contamination;



#  Delineation of horizontal a nd vertical distribution;



#  Evaluation of the rate and direction of transport;



#  Determination of the eventual fate of identified pollutants;



#  Determination of the effectiveness of treatment;



#  Establishment of time trends, to mon itor changes and evaluate progress;



#  Evaluate compliance with environmental st atutes, rules, and permit requirements;



#  Analyses of geotechnical parameters.

The above sampling activities may be conduc ted for site charact erization, for ongoing monitoring Programs, or during re mediation and removal activities. Any data collected for the State may also be potentially used as an input for risk screening and/or assessment calculations incorporating exposure to humans, wildlife, and the environment.

Where appropriate, data collection activities con ducted for ADEQ must be adequately addressed in a Quality Assurance Program Plan ( QAPrP ), which should include specifics for sampling procedures and the analytical process; this po rtion is commonly called a Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) or Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP). The Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPrP) will specify what documents are necessary during the planning process..

Activities covered under this cate gory include collecting media sa mples in the field, observing and recording field observations, performing an alyses in the field and in field (mobile) laboratories, and analyzing samples in fixed la boratory settings. Examples of media include solid or liquid waste, fluid discharges or em issions, groundwater, surface water, soil, sediment, air, and biota. Measurements include physical measurements and observations made in the field such as flow rates, water leve ls, particle sizes, geological matr ices, etc. Biological monitoring and sampling activities such as habitat eval uation, species identif ication, and diversity assessments are also covered under this category. Portable equipment can be used to make field chemical determinations of such parameters as pH, temperature, and specific conductance. The QAPjPs shall describe methods of collection, me thods of analyses, methods of transportation, and methods of documentation fo r each of these activities.

### 11 1.2.3 Technical Activities Not Covered by the ADEQ QMP

Two types of data collection activities that ar e generally not covered by the QMP are indicated and clarified below:

1. Data collected only for safety or wor kplace regulations are not covered in the QMP. However, if the same data are us ed to identify hot s pots for subsequent investigation the collection is covered by the QMP.

2. Collection of employee medical monitori ng data are generally not covered under the QMP. However, if the data are used to determine risk factors related to work exposure it would ge nerally be covered.

1.3 ADEQ ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

ADEQ employs a decentralized approach to QA management, where by each Division and Regional Office is responsible for deciding how they will specifically implement the general policies and procedures of this QMP. Th e ADEQ Director has de legated day-to-day responsibility for overseeing the Quality Ma nagement Plan to ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering Committee, chaired by the QA/QC Unit Supervis or. The Steering Committee is made up of designated QA/QC personnel from each of the three environmental Divisions and the QA/QC Unit Supervisor who resides in the Business and General/Laboratory Serv ices Section of the Administrative Services Divi sion for reasons of autonomy.

The Leadership Team is that group of ADEQ Ma nagement assembled and under the direction of ADEQ’s Director who are charged with the po licy making and operational strategies of the Agency. The Leadership Team consists of the following members: ADEQ Director; ADEQ Deputy Director; Waste, Water, Air, and Administrative Servi ces Directors; Northern and Southern Regional Directors; Communications Officer; and ADEQ Admini strative Council Staff as desired by the Director.

Currently, the ADEQ QA/QC Unit is managed by a QA/QC Unit Supervisor. The QA/QC Supervisor manages the Quality Assurance Program and has direct access and reporting authority to the Business and General/Laboratory Services Section Manager. For matters concerning QA/QC, the QA/QC Steering Committee has direct access and reporting authority to the ADEQ Director. The QA/QC Unit maintains independ ence in both location and function from any offices or Programs which generate environmenta l data or are involved in environmental data collection.

ADEQ is composed of three Program Divisions (Air, Waste, and Water) that generate environmental data as well as an Administ rative Services Division. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit provides support to each of the three ADEQ Di visions that generate environmental data, functions as the Agency technical QA expert, and assists with a va riety of QA functions.

### 12 ADEQ’s Steering Committee is presently made up of designated QA/QC specialists from each of the three Program Divisions and ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor who serves as committee chair.

1.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Anyone in ADEQ who is either directly or i ndirectly involved with environmental data collection or laboratory analyses has some res ponsibility for ensuring data quality. This may include staff level personnel, Program supervisors, unit mana gers, section managers, Deputy Division Directors, Division Dire ctors, the ADEQ Deputy Director and the ADEQ Director. The following is an overview of the QA re sponsibilities of some ADEQ personnel:

1.4.1 ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supervisor Authority

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor has the author ity and responsibility for managing the QA activities within ADEQ’s Quality Management System. ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering Committee may recommend suspension of environmental data collection projects, and request corrective action in the event that data quality/environmental technology QA activities do not meet the Agency’s QA policy or requirements. If th e ADEQ QA/QC Unit Superv isor and Project/Case Manager are unable to resolve QA issu es at the staff level, those concerns shall be elevated to the appropriate ADEQ Section Manager or Director. The St eering Committee can be called to meet at times other than regular sc heduled QA/QC meetings to reso lve data collection issues.

The ADEQ QA/QC Unit is specifically responsible for ensuring that:



#  All internal and external projects involv ing the generation of environmental data are performed in accordance with the ADEQ QMP and an approved QAPjP, or other suitable planning document as determined by the QA/QC Steering Committee;



#  Agency quality documents, such as SOPs, SAPs, QAPrPs and QAPjPs are prepared in accordance with ADEQ’s QMP;



#  Industry standard procedures requir ed to implement QA management requirements are identified and provided;



#  Laboratory audits are perfor med, and analytical data ar e validated, as necessary;



#  Formal reviews and assessments of QA a nd QC activities are coordinated and the report of findings is prepared and fo rwarded to Section Managers. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will make recommendations for appropriate corrective action as indicated by audit findings;



#  Technical assistance to ADEQ Programs and contractors is provided and EPA guidance documents, policies, and proce dures are distributed as appropriate;



#  ADEQ training needs are assessed; trai ning courses are arranged and developed, and/or presented on QA topics;



#  An adequate degree of auditing by ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit [ i.e., management system reviews (MSR) and technical syst em audits (TSAs) ] is performed to

### 13 assess compliance with ADEQ QA require ments for monitoring and evaluating overall project implementation;



#  QAPjPs specifically address the techni cal adequacy of DQOs, when such documentation is required;



#  Communication takes place between the QA/QC Steering Committee and QA/QC Unit about current quality assura nce activities an d projects;



#  There is an annual review of the Qual ity Management Plan with the QA/QC Steering Committee.

1.4.2 Line Management and Staff Authority

1.4.2.1 ADEQ Director

The ADEQ Director has overall responsibility for ADEQ’s QA Program as outlined in EPA Order 5360.1 A2. More specifically, the ADEQ Dir ector is responsible for ensuring that QA is an identifiable activity having adequate resources allocated for the accomplishment of the mission’s goals for ADEQ’s centralized Programs as well as its satellite (Northern and Southern) regional offices. These goals include providing the resources for the collection of the right type, quantity, and quality of data for al l in-house and external projects.

1.4.2.2 ADEQ QA/QC Steering Committee

The Steering Committee has responsibility for ov ersight of ADEQ’s quality systems, and the general direction of the QA/QC Program. The QA/QC Steering Comm ittee, comprised of representatives from all three of the Program Divisions and th e QA/QC Unit Supervisor, meet on a monthly basis for review and update of the QMP and to establish agency wide consistency for QA/QC practices. Other functions of the Steering Committee are examining, and auditing, environmental data collection procedures. Di vision representatives of the Steering Committee have the responsibility of communicating St eering Committee activities to their Division Director, as well as staying appr ised of the QA activities within their Division, with the purpose of acting as a liaison between th e Committee and their Divisions. These duties are driven by the common goal of continual improvement of the Quality Management System.

1.4.2.3 QA Division Representatives

All Program Divisions: Air, Water, and Waste, sha ll assign a representative that assists with the QA efforts within the Division. QA representati ves serve on the QA/QC Steering Committee and work with the QA/QC Unit Supervisor in wr iting and implementing QAPrPs within their prospective Divisions. Other duties include identifying project s that require QAPjPs, SOPs, and/or audits and coordinating with Unit and Section Managers in designating personnel for reviewing QA documents and scheduling audits . Responsibility lies with the Division QA representatives to coordinate th ird party, autonomous, review a nd approval of Quality Assurance documents by the QA/QC Unit Supervisor, qualifie d appropriate personnel within their Division but removed from the project, or themselves. This review process should not be conducted by Unit Managers for their own projects. With conc urrence from either the QA/QC Unit Supervisor

### 14 or the Project/Case Manager, the QA/QC representa tives have the ability to halt projects in the event of significant QA deviations. QA/QC repr esentatives perform the duties necessary for QA oversight of their Division, and are trained to approve QA documents in accordance with QA/QC Unit guidelines.

1.4.2.4 ADEQ Divisi on Directors:

The Division Directors have th e overall responsibility for mana ging the QA Program within their organization in accordance with the ADEQ QMP. Th e Directors are specifically responsible for ensuring that adequate resources are provided to support ADEQ QA/QC Program responsibilities.

1.4.2.5 ADEQ Section Managers:

Section Managers must ensure that:

$ Whenever environmental measuremen ts are to occur the division QA/QC Representative is designated to coordina te with and particip ate as a member of ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering Committee, and work with the QA/QC Unit Supervisor, tasked with implementing the ADEQ Quality Management System

$ All ADEQ environmental data collection activities include ap propriate planning and documentation regarding data qualit y objectives (DQOs), quality assurance Program plans (QAPrPs), quality assuran ce project plans (QAPjPs) and standard operating procedures (SOPs);

$ ADEQ site-specific QAPjPs are written by Program personnel, contractors, or other responsible parties, and approved by appropriate Division personnel, or by ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit if requested, to ensure effective implementation for projects that generate environmental data;

$ Deficiencies identified in aud its are corrected expeditiously;

$ Program-specific QA-related training needs are identified.

Section Managers may delegate tasks of en suring appropriate QA/QC procedures to Unit Managers, but approval of QA documents shall be completed by an autonomous third party.

1.4.2.6 ADEQ Project/Case Managers:

Project/Case Managers may be assigned the re sponsibility for specifi c projects supported through contracts, grants, or interagency serv ice agreements (ISAs). ADEQ’s QA requirements shall be followed for those internal activ ities, and external projects which generate environmental data. In addition to ADEQ’s QM P, the relevant QA requirements for external projects are specified in 40 CFR 30 and 31, and 40 CFR 15. The ADEQ Project/Case Manager has the principal responsibility for ensuring that project data quality objectives are met.

### 15 Paramount among those requirements is that, when indicated, an approved Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP) is established prior to initiating any data collection efforts.

ADEQ Project/Case Managers must ensure that:

$ All projects needing a QAPjP are identif ied, and that the QAPjPs are written, and approved prior to environmental data collect ion activities, as specified in section 2.2;

$ Data Quality Objectives (DQOs), sp ecifications, and accep tance criteria for projects have been prepared by the Pr ogram, and approved by an appropriate person, prior to data collection activi ties, as specified in section 2.2;

$ They are available to participate in c onducting QA system/performance audits of projects, as necessary, with ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor;

$ Appropriate corrective action is take n if indicated in the audit findings;

$ Unresolved data quality problems are reported to ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor and designated Program staff.

1.5 COMMUNICATIONS

To be effectively implemented, the QMP must not only be approved, circ ulated, and regularly updated, but it must also be understood by thos e responsible for its implementation. Two strategies will be used to ensure that this occurs. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor will keep Division and Agency Management apprised of QA issues as new information, policies, or other QA procedures develop. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will arrange for training on an on-going basis in order to ensure that personnel responsible for QA functions understand QA requirements and practices related to th eir responsibilities.

Having an accurate and up to date QMP is e ssential for implementing an effective Quality System. Minor Changes of the QMP will be im plemented on a yearly basis through an annual internal review process, as de tailed in section 9.1, which in turn will be submitted to EPA Region IX for record keeping. The life-span of any QMP is five years; th erefore at that time a comprehensive review will be conducted, and a revised QMP will be submitted to EPA Region IX for approval. It is the intent of ADEQ’s Quality System to continually document changes in the QMP so when a comprehensive review is re quired, revision and concurrence should involve minimal efforts.

### 16 

## CHAPTER 2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2.1 PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS OF TH E QUALTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The Quality Management System consists of staff, defined functions, tools, and quality assurance (QA) procedures. These components ar e used to ensure that environmental data generated by ADEQ, or its contra ctors/consultants, are of appropr iate quality for their intended purpose. The ADEQ QA/QC Unit has determined th at the following twelve essential elements comprise an effective QA System:



#  Stating of ADEQ QA Goals and Policy (identified in ADEQ’s QMP );



#  Adhering to applicable ADEQ QA requi rements and criteria (EPA Orders, regulations, and guidelines);



#  Defining ADEQ’s QA organi zational structure;



#  Describing ADEQ Programs and activitie s covered by the QA requirements;



#  Outlining the roles and responsibilitie s of those involved with ADEQ QA functions;



#  Utilizing QA tools and procedures;



#  Identifying resource allocations;



#  Establishing a communications pr ocess (internal and external);



#  Affording QA training opportunities;



#  Dictating documentation and record keeping requirements;



#  Implementing review and evaluation procedures to ensure continuous improvement;



#  Defining key QA terminology.

2.2 PRINCIPAL TOOLS OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

ADEQ uses a graded approach to the Quality Management Plan, as does EPA. The graded approach recognizes that differe nt projects, depending on size or complexity, may require a greater or lesser degree of formal planning. Th e successful implementation of ADEQ’s Quality Management Program requires a consistent and graded approach for QA practices commensurate with the intended uses of the data. ADEQ’s QMP requires that a variety of tools and procedures be utilized for planning, implementing, and eval uating the Quality Manage ment System. ADEQ Managers and staff members will be informed of the availability and use of these tools through ADEQ sponsored training.

The QA/QC Unit presently functions with the guidance and support of a Steering Committee, made up of designated QA/QC representatives from each of the three Program Divisions and one

### 17 QA/QC Unit Supervisor, who serves as the co mmittee chair. The QA/QC Unit Supervisor resides in the Administra tive Services Division, speci fically the Business and General/Laboratory Services sect ion. This section performs no environmental data collection activities and thereby preserves autonomy and independence. The QA/QC Unit, in conjunction with the Steering Committee, is responsible fo r establishing, implementing, and evaluating the details of the QMP.

The QA planning and implementation tools include a Quality Management Plan ( QMP ), establishment of Data Quality Objectives ( DQOs ), Quality Assurance Program Plans ( QAPrP s), Quality Assurance Project Plans ( QAPjPs ), Standard Operating Procedures ( SOPs ,) and Sampling and Analysis Plans (SAP s) or Field Sampling Plans (FSPs ). ADEQ’s Program staff, or their contractors, create these plans with t echnical assistance, as necessary, from ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit.

The QA evaluation and assessment tools comp rising ADEQ’s Quality Management System include Management System Reviews (MSRs), Technical System Audits ( TSAs ), Performance Evaluation (PE) Studies, and Data Quality Assessments (DQAs). These are either arranged for, or performed by, ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit.

All environmental data collecti on activities conducted by, or on behalf of, EPA Region IX must be addressed in a Quality Assurance Project Pl an (QAPjP). These details are discussed in Section 2.2.4.

These elements explicitly require clear Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) for each planned data collection activity, and also require that data assessments be conduc ted to evaluate the validity of the results. Every field investigation should be constructed in accordance with an approved ADEQ QAPjP, or other planning document, suitable for the task. The planning document shall ensure that DQOs will be met. Arizona Statutes require that the ADHS Office of Laboratory Licensure be responsible for licensing all labs generating data for regulatory use by ADEQ described in detail in section 4.2.2.

2.2.1 Quality Management Plan (QMP)

ADEQ’s QMP describes the policies, procedures, and systems governing Agency data collection activities. It serves as the umbrella documen t for all QA/QC operations. Future revisions and updates to this QMP will be prep ared at least annually, and at any other time that significant changes occur within ADEQ’s operational structur e. The QA/QC Unit will lead this process to gain concurrence from all ADEQ Leadersh ip as well as the Region IX EPA QA/QC representatives. Revisions and/ or updates will be completed and prepared for submission to EPA in as expeditious a manner as possible under th e particular circumstances for each revision.

2.2.2 Quality Assurance Program Plans (QAPrP)

A Quality Assurance Program Plan is a planning document instituted at the level between the QMP and a QAPjP. This document is used to descri be details that are specific to a Program, or Division, when the QMP is too general to encomp ass the unique circumstances for all Programs.

### 18 It is appropriate to reference Program specific regulations and guidance documents in a Program Plan that are utilized for defining data quality objectives such as Soil Remediation Levels (SRLs) and Water Quality Standards (WQSs). A QAPrP can encompass a entire Di vision or it can be specific for individual sections or Programs. The appropriate level of planning will be determined within the Divisions. For some Progra ms a QAPrP may be suffici ent to be utilized in lieu of a QAPjP. The Programs will provide a copy of their QAPrPs to the QA/QC Unit for approval, general oversight, and management of the Agency wide Quality System. QAPrPs may also need to be sent to Re gion IX QA office for approval.

2.2.3 Data Quality Objectives (DQO)

ADEQ is committed to sound science during the ge neration of environmental data that are technically appropriate for thei r intended use. Environmental data collected should be of adequate quality and quantity to support intended regulatory d ecisions, and when necessary be legally defensible. Data Quality Objectives (DQO) are used in the planning phase of all Agency data collection activities in the capacity that defined objectives shall be identified before sampling goes forward. The Guidance for the Data Quality Objectives Process, EPA QA/G-4 is used, as appropriate, for the development of DQOs by the Agency. In many situations, regulatory criteria and action limits are the basis for environmental decisions. In these situations, the appropriate planning document should stat e (i.e. QAPrP, QAPjP, FSP, or SAP) that regulatory limits are the driving force for Data Quality Objectives, and that the formal EPA DQO process is not extensively utilized. Alt hough DQOs are a required element of any Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP), these data objectives can be identified with regulatory limits and/or action limits that are already in existen ce, and do not necessarily need to be derived. ADEQ Programs should discuss within their QAPrP circumstances and situations for projects when the DQO process will be utilized.

Each Program within ADEQ is responsible for establishing DQOs fo r projects where ADEQ takes the lead role in gathering environmental data or for those proj ects where ADEQ provides oversight. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will provide techni cal assistance, if needed, to determine the appropriateness of the DQO process gi ven the intended use of the data.

The development of data quality objectives ( DQOs) is outlined in QA/R-5. For many projects, DQOs may be a simple statement of why data are being collected and what data outputs will be considered significant. For other projects, the co mplete statistical hypothesis testing approach as described in Agency Guidance QA/G-4, Guidance for the Data Quality Objectives Process may be appropriate.

Data Quality Objectives are intended to accomplish the following



#  Clarify the project objectives;



#  Define the most appropriate types of data to collect;



#  Determine the most appropriate conditions under which to collect the data;



#  Specify the level of uncertainty that is acceptable as the basis for establishing the

### 19 quantity and quality of data needed.

2.2.4 Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPjP)

All QAPjP’s should be develope d as specified in EPA QA/R-5 , EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans for Environmental Data Operations . ADEQ requires that all twentyfour elements be addressed before ADEQ’ s QA/QC Unit may submit a QAPjP to EPA on ADEQ’s behalf. These elements consist of the following:

Group A Project Management A1 Title and Approval Sheet A2 Table of Contents A3 Distribution List A4 Project/Task Organization A5 Problem Definition/Background A6 Project/Task Description A7 Quality Objectives and Criteria for Measurement Data A8 Special Training Requirements/Certification A9 Documentation and Records

Group B Measurement/Data Acquisition B1 Sampling Process Design B2 Sampling Methods Requirements B3 Sample Handling and Custody Requirements B4 Analytical Methods Requirements B5 Quality Control Requirements B6 Instrument/Equipment Testing, Inspection, and Maintenance Requirements B7 Instrument Calibration and Frequency B8 Inspection/Acceptance Requireme nts for Supplies and Consumables B9 Data Acquisition Requirements B10 Data Management

Group C Assessment/Oversight C1 Assessments and Response Actions C2 Reports to Management

Group D Data Validation and Usability D1 Data Review, Validation and Verification Requirements D2 Validation and Verification Requirements D3 Reconciliation with User Requirements

The QAPjP dictates the policies and proce dures, project organizat ion and objectives, QA requirements, and QC activities designed to achieve the desired type and quality of environmental data necessary to support project objectives. In ADEQ a QAPjP is utilized for collection and analyses of data to su pport long term and large scale projects.

### 20 For those activities funded by EPA, there are ad ditional influences from the federal level on QAPjP preparation. ADEQ Program Plans identi fy projects requiring QAP jPs and the detail required within that planning document. Some Programs utilize abbreviated QAPjPs in the form of “fill in the blank” documents, although these s hortened documents still need to be completed prior to sampling activities. Ot her Programs within ADEQ, such as Tank Programs, rely heavily on Guidance Documents for the planning proces s and do not require formal QAPjPs as such. Short-term projects and one-time events (e .g., emergency response) do not require QAPjPs as long as the sampling protocols and objectives are addressed in th e Program QAPrP. Whether or not a project is funded by EPA, planning documents suitable for the task are required. These planning documents, in the form of a QAPjP or an alternative document, are an expected part of the Quality System. The detail within the doc uments, and the circumstances under which each form is appropriate, will be described in the Program specific documents. A QAPjP, or the equivalent planning document, must be approve d by appropriate delegated autonomous Division personnel or by the QA/QC Unit. Additionally, a ll contractors for ADEQ must meet the quality assurance and Program requireme nts established by ADEQ QMP.

2.2.5 Quality Assurance (QA) Status Reports

QA Status Reports are a tool used for doc umentation and communica tion of QA activities. Although all Programs do not make use of QA St atus Reports, some of the Programs may require these reports, and when utilized they w ill be described in the appropriate QAPrP. Each plan for environmental data collection should incl ude a section discussing the frequency, content, and format of the required QA status report(s). These factors will be determined by the relevant ADEQ Program Project/Case Manager. Status re ports will be placed in the project file by ADEQ’s Project/Case Manager and will be used to he lp track project progress. Each status report should address, at a minimum, the following elements:



#  Status of the project;



#  Changes that occurred in project acti vities (sampling, QC control measures, analytical methods);



#  Results of performance and system audits as they apply;



#  Any corrective actions taken;



#  Any project organizational changes;



#  Results of the assessment of data quality indicators; precision, accuracy, completeness, comparability, representativeness, and sensitivity.

For some Programs, rules or policies supersede these status reports. The policies or rules establish requirements similar to status repor ts, and can function as an alternative. The alternative should be referenced in the plan, and may if necessary, discuss elements in addition to those listed above.

2.2.6 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)

### 21 The use of standard operating procedures (SOPs) in ADEQ serves as one mechanism to ensure comparability across Programs and individual envi ronmental data collection projects. SOPs must be incorporated, either in full or by reference, in the QAPjPs or QAPrPs.

ADEQ uses a variety of SOPs, some are EPA developed documents such as Laboratory Documentation Requirements for Data Evaluation R9QA/004.2 August, 2001 , and others have been developed by ADEQ. SOPs developed by ADEQ are peer reviewe d. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit is available for assistance in both SOP developm ent and review. ADEQ has a number of general SOPs that are maintained within the QA/QC Unit. These SOPs are available for reference and can be incorporated into QAPjPs or QAPrPs. SOPs can also be modified to develop specific SOPs for a variety of Programs. SOPs for th e water sample collection from Public Water Systems are maintained on ADEQ’s website. Some other examples of ADEQ’s general SOPs

are:



#  Collection of Composite Soil Samples for Compliance Purpose;



#  Groundwater Monitoring Well Sampling;



#  Water Sampling from Groundwater Treatment Systems;



#  Soil Vapor Sampling Guidance;



#  Soil Vapor Sampling for Remediation Systems.

2.2.7 Technical Systems Audit ( TSA )

All ADEQ Programs that employ environmental samp le collection and analyses are subject to a TSA. TSAs are a principal tool of ADEQ’s qua lity system and are defined more thoroughly in Section 9.2.2.

2.2.8 Management System Reviews (MSR)

Management System Reviews (MSRs) will be performed periodically within ADEQ for all Programs. Further details on MSRs are provided in Section 9.2.1.

2.2.9 Corrective Actions

In the normal case, deficiencies are identified, and corrective actions are initi ated, as a result of a review or audit. However, there are cases wh en deficiencies are iden tified during normal work routines, outside a review or audit. In thes e cases a corrective action memo is generated to document and communicate the deficiency. The me mo, at a minimum, explains the problem and documents procedural changes and actions that wi ll correct the problem and minimize the chance for repeat problems and deficiencies. In some situations, no corrective action is required; however, it is necessary to document the occurrence. For these situations, the corrective actions can be referred to as non-conformances.

2.3 OPTIONAL PRACTICES FOR THE CONTROL OF DATA COLLECTION

2.3.1 Field Audits

### 22 These are "real-time" observation, review, and critical appraisal of field sampling activities. Field audits consist of an on- site visit to the sampling lo cation; observation of sampling practices; review of project records and sampling SOPs; and, documentation of findings. The primary intention of such audits is to ascertain whether the QAPjP specified practices are being followed.

When sampling is being performed by ADEQ personne l, or ADEQ contractors, the lead auditor must be an ADEQ employee. In these circum stances, audits may be requested through the ADEQ QA/QC Unit, and are performed by non-proj ect personnel to avoid the appearance of bias.

All field auditing activities will result in the production of a written report. Usually, the draft findings report should be prepared by the Lead Auditor within 30 days of the observation phase of the audit, although it may need to be prepared more quickly in some cases. Whether internal or external, the Auditor should send the report to the ADEQ Project/Case Manager for review. For external audits, the ADEQ Project /Case Manager will pass the audit report onto the auditee for comments. Final repor ts generated by the Audit Team are to be completed within a reasonable and appropriate time. Copies of the Fi nal Report will be stored in the Project file and with the auditor. Additional copies will be distributed as appropriate.

2.3.2 Laboratory Audits

These are audits of laboratory operations. Such audits may be "real-time" (i.e., performed while project samples are under analysis ) or performed after analysis is completed. Laboratory audits will consist of an on-site visit to the laborat ory, observation of analytical practices when possible, review of project records and labor atory SOPs, and documentation of findings. A laboratory audit is conducted to determine and document whether laboratory practices and analytical procedures used are consistent with QAPjP requirements and laboratory tasking instructions.

When analyses are being performed by ADEQ cont ractors, the lead auditor must be an ADEQ employee. In these circumstances, audits may be requested through the ADEQ QA/QC Unit, and are performed by non-project personne l to avoid the appearance of bias. All laboratory auditing activities will result in th e production of a written repor t. A draft of this report is due within 7 calendar days of the completion of the observ ation phase of the audit, or a mutually agreed upon alternative. The draf t will be sent for comments to the ADEQ Project/Case Manager responsible for the activity observed prior to completion of the report. Written comments must be supplied by the ADE Q Project/Case Manager to the ADEQ QA/QC Unit within 7 calendar days of th e receipt of the draft, or a mu tually agreed upon alternative. Final reports generated by the ADEQ QA/QC Unit are to be completed within 30 calendar days of receipt of comments by the ADEQ Project/C ase Manager, or a mutually agreed upon alternative. Copies of the Fina l Report will be stored in the Project’s file a nd also with the ADEQ QA/QC Unit. Additional copies wi ll be distributed as appropriate.

### 23 

## CHAPTER 3 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING

3.1 POLICY FOR QUALITY ASSURANC E (QA) RELATED TRAINING

The purpose of this Chapter is to explain the pr ocesses used by ADEQ to ensure that staff and managers working in environmental Programs are trained and qualified to perform their required QA responsibilities. This includes Project/Cas e Managers, field personn el, ADEQ QA/QC staff, data processors, and the individual s who supervise these personnel.

3.1.1 Responsibilities

ADEQ’s Program Unit Managers are responsible fo r ensuring that each staff member involved with collecting or analyzing environmental data has the necessary technical, quality assurance, and project management training re quired for his or her assigned tasks and functions. Section Managers are also responsible for ensuring that technical staff maintains the necessary level of proficiency to effectively m eet ADEQ’s QA/QC responsibilitie s. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will serve as the Agency resource for arranging for, and assisting in, defini ng QA/QC training needs on a regular basis to update Program staff with developing QA/QC issues.

Maintaining staff proficiency in critical tec hnical disciplines (e.g., environmental engineers, geologists, hydrologists, hydrogeologists, chemists, and micr obiologists) is assumed to be determined within the hiring process.

3.1.2 Identification of Training Needs

Core training will be coordinated through the QA /QC Unit in conjunction with various Division supervisory personnel. Intermediate and adva nced skill training will be arranged when the appropriate Agency staff identify the need. The QA/QA unit, in conjunction with Program management, will identify continuing professi onal training requirements and address those requirements utilizing external re sources for the latest technologi cal advances and evolution in industry standards.

3.1.3 Implementation of Training Requirements

ADEQ staff are encouraged by supervisors to draw upon their educational background, experience, technical training, and on-the-job training to enhance th eir understanding and performance of QA-related procedures.

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit is developing a training progr am that will offer, or arrange for through a third-party vendor, the following courses on a sche dule and frequency suited to meet the needs of ADEQ’s staff with QA responsibilities:

 An Orientation to Quality Assurance Management

 Establishing Data Quality Objectives

### 24  Preparing Quality Assurance Project Plans

 How to Perform a Preliminary Data Review

The goal is to offer no less than three of the f our courses during the year. The classes will be open to anyone responsible for QA functions. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will also schedule impromptu QA training designed to address specific QA needs of Program staff.

It is a goal that ADEQ Program staff responsib le for QA functions (as identified by Program management) should complete the above courses w ithin two years from their employment date. In addition, they will be encourag ed to attend meetings and seminars , and to take formal training, in accordance with ADEQ’s training policy, to en hance their understanding of Program specific QA requirements within the Programs they work.

3.1.4 Documentation of Training

ADEQ’s QA Unit will maintain a record of all QA training taken by staff and managers responsible for environmental data generation. ADEQ’s Leadership Team will provide resources for QA training for ADEQ Program staff. This training will be provided, through internal training and/or external sources, to staff at all levels to ensure that QA requirements and responsibilities are understood and implemented at al l stages of projects. Some of the training required to support ADEQ’s Quality Management System will come from EPA.

### 25 

## CHAPTER 4 PROCUREMENT OF ITEMS AND SERVICES

ADEQ procures items such as sampling equipment, instrumentation, field equipment, laboratory services, and consulting servic es. All items and services relating to environmental data collection and generatio n are obtained through the procurem ent process. The ADEQ public procurement process is guided by the Arizona Pr ocurement Code (Arizona Revised Statutes 41- 2501 et seq., and administrative rules and regul ations A.A.C. R2-7-101 et seq.). This procurement code has modeled itself on the Model Procurement Code as provided by the American Bar Association. The procurement pro cess is also governed by State statutes and rules, and depending on the circumstances of the pr ocurement, may involve the approval of other agencies within the State. Whenever appropr iate, requirements for equipment and services specific to individual Programs shou ld be detailed in QAPrPs or QAPjPs. Procurement activities may range from general and scientific supplies to highly sophisticated scie ntific instrumentation and services which directly affect the quality of environmental measurements.

4.1 ITEMS

Within ADEQ, identified equipment needs are submitted to management who prioritize, rank, and approve items for proposed procurement. This process allows ADEQ to identify particular equipment needs, relative to other needs, in orde r to facilitate quality in measurement processes. Specific monitoring, sampling, and analytical eq uipment are procured only after quality requirements have been discu ssed among procurement officials, Program personnel, and when appropriate, ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit. The Contracts and Procurement Section requires that items meet the approved specifications. The criteria for selection of the specific items are outlined prior to approval of the equipment.

4.1.1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

ADEQ field personnel are responsible for main tenance of their own field equipment and instrumentation. ADEQ has either service contract s or in-house capabiliti es for the repair and maintenance of field equipment and instrumentat ion. Schedules for preventive and/or corrective maintenance are determined and carried out thro ugh service contracts or in-house capabilities.

4.2 SERVICES

Project managers work with the ADEQ Contracts and Procurement Section to incorporate quality control within the specific scope of work for each task assignment. Quality assurance for service contracts is based on contractor performance measures which in clude, but are not limited to, the ability of the contractor to adhere to the cont ract terms and conditions, and the ability of the contractor to complete the work in accord ance with the ADEQ approved QAPjP, SAP, and/or other work plan. Services (laboratory, consul ting, drilling, etc.) that are procured through ADEQ's procurement process are contracted in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of the Uniform Commerc ial Code as adopted by the Stat e of Arizona. The standard terms and conditions, at a mini mum, include the following:

 Contract interpretation;

### 26  Contract administra tion and operation;

 Costs and payments;

 Contract changes;

 Risk and liability;

 Warranties;

 State contractual remedies;

 Contract termination.

The Project/Case Manager from the applicab le ADEQ Program can utilize the ADEQ QA/QC Unit in finding services appropriate for his or her needs. Prior to procurement of services, it is important that the data quality objectives and measurement quality objectives of the specific project, as they relate to analytical requirements, can be achieved by the laboratory. The laboratory needs to submit a current Quality Assurance Manual (or similar documentation) for review before the contract is awarded

.

4.2.1 CONTRACTS WITH EXTERNAL PARTIES

ADEQ conducts and oversees assessment (site characterization), reme diation, and removal activities at solid and hazardous wa ste sites in Arizona. For some of these activities, ADEQ may contract directly for environmentally re lated measurements or data generation.

ADEQ’s General Laboratory Services Contract goes out to bid every 3-5 year s. This contract is for General Laboratory Services for a variety of analyses and methodologies and can be awarded to one or more laboratories. This process is a collaboration of ADEQ’s Procurement Section, the QA/QC Unit, and/or QA/QC Steerin g Committee. All Divisions can utilize this contract for analyses within their Divisions.

The Monitoring Assistance Program (MAP) is a Program mandated by Ariz ona Revised Statutes 49-360, for which ADEQ contracts with vendors to ta ke samples and perform necessary analyses for approximately 900 small drinking water systems within the State of Arizona. This contract goes out to bid through the Drinking Water Sec tion and is awarded on an annual basis.

For services procured outside of the general laboratory services contract, and the MAP contract, the Programs are responsible for ensuring that the contractors meet the quality assurance requirements as outlined in the Program specific QAPrP. It is necessary, at a minimum, to obtain a Quality Assurance Manual from any contracting laboratory prior to commencement of work. Other areas where contra ctors and subcontractors are util ized include: ambient surface water analyses for chemical and microbiol ogical indices, air quality analyses, etc.

For contractors performing sampling, the contract ors must develop their own QAPrP or QAPjP. In some instances where contractors are handlin g extensive sampling and data management at multiple levels, it may even be appropriate for the contracting organization to have an overall Quality Management System documented in a QMP.

### 27 4.2.2 Laboratory Licensure Requirements

In addition to the requirements of the Arizona Procurement Code (A.R.S. 41-2501 et. seq.) and the Arizona Administrative Code (A.A.C. R2-7-101 et. seq.), Ariz ona Revised Statutes require that the ADHS Office of Laborator y Licensure license environmental laboratories engaged in compliance testing.

Compliance testing has been defined by Arizona State Law pursuant to A.R.S. 36-495(1) as any:

“Laboratory analysis of any matter, pollutant, contaminant, hazardous substance or other substance subject to regulation pursuant to: (a) Title 49 or rules adopted or enforced by the department of environmental quality for the purpose of determining compliance with title 49. (b) Federal environmental statutes or regulations administered or enforced by the United States environmental protection agency relating to the safe drinking water act (42 United States Code sections 300f through 300j), the clean air act (42 United States Code sections 7401 through 7642), the clean water act (33 United States Code sections 1251 through 1376), the resource conservation and recovery act (42 United States Code sections 6921 through 6939B), the comprehensive environmental response, compensation, and liability act (42 United States Code sections 9601 through 9657) and the toxic substance control act (42 United States Code sections 2601 through 2654) as they relate only to the regulation of polychlorinated biphenyls and asbestos.”

Samples analyzed for regulatory or enforcem ent decisions by non-ADHS licensed laboratories are considered unacceptable for compliance purpose s, as statutorily mandated, and should be rejected unless no other options are available. As testing requiremen ts evolve with the introduction of new contaminants of concer n, there may be unique cases when an ADHS certified laboratory is not available for the me thods required or capable of achieving the required limits. For instances when a method is not ce rtified by ADHS, or no ADHS laboratories are available, an exception can be made. All other re sources should be exhausted before this option is utilized. These instances should be comm unicated to the QA/QC Unit to track overall regulatory issues and develop solu tions in coordination with ADHS.

Upon application for an environm ental laboratory licen se ADHS shall issue the license if, after investigation, ADHS determines that the applica tion conforms with the standards established by ADHS.

### 28 The ADHS Director shall prescribe rules prov iding for minimum standards of proficiency, methodology, quality assurance, operation, and sa fety for environmental laboratories and may prescribe standards for personnel education, training, and experience to meet Federal environmental statutes or regula tion. The ADHS Director may also allow reciprocity with other states, and prescribe the manner and form in whic h compliance testing results are reported. The rules shall be developed in cooperation with the Director of the Department of Environmental Quality and shall be consistent with Title 49 (Section 49-101 et seq.).

Unless exempted by A.R.S. 36-495.02, no person may operate or maintain an environmental laboratory without a license issued by th e ADHS pursuant to A.R.S. 36-495.03 through 36- 495.14.

4.3 THE ROLE OF THE ADEQ QA/QC UNIT IN THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will assist the Procurement S ection in the development of the Request for Proposal (RFP), or Invitation for Bid (IFB), for th e General Laboratory Serv ices Contract which will occur approximately every 3-5 years. The QA/QC unit will provide input on minimum Quality Control requirements for Contract Labora tories as well as items to be included in submittal for QA/QC evaluation.

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will advise the Drinking Water section on minimum QA/QC standards for laboratories contracted for the Monitoring Assistance Program.

When appropriate, ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit or its dele gate should review a laboratory’s Quality Assurance Manual, or its equiva lent, before the formal execution of any agreement or related action with the organization.

The QA/QC Unit will confer with ADHS on the good st anding of laboratories that are contracted with, or submitting compliance data to, ADEQ.

4.4 THE ROLE OF ADEQ PROJECT/CAS E MANAGERS IN THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS

ADEQ Program Personnel should define the quality of performance and specifications required of services, instruments, and reagents. The responsibility for monitoring contract pe rformance within ADEQ’s Quality Management System lies with the Programs and ADEQ’s Proc urement Section. All contracts are managed in accordance with the Stat e procurement code.

4.5 AGREEMENTS WITH GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES

ADEQ also utilizes governmental agreements w ith EPA and other Federal, State, and local agencies. A.R.S. 41-2501 exempts governmental agreements from the Arizona Procurement Code. Agreements between ADEQ and other stat e agencies, or universities, to provide or receive a service are authorized under A.R.S. 35-148. Agreem ents between ADEQ and another

### 29 State Agency, political sub-divi sion, or other governments to sh are joint authority (authority possessed by both parties) are author ized by A.R.S. 11-951 through 11-952.

In the event that a governmental agreement scope of work would include environmentally related measurements or data generation, the ADEQ QA/QC Steering Committee’s role would be substantially the same as it is for the General La boratory Services Contra ct. Procurement’s role would include coordination with the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Manager or his or her designee, the ADEQ Project/Case Manager, and the outside politic al subdivision, and then final negotiation of the governmental agreement.

4.5.1 ADHS and State Laborat ory Services (SLS)

The ADHS provides support for ADEQ as neces sary for laboratory services, method development, risk assessments, development of some regulatory limits, and expert testimony.